3 Introduction 5 Dossier ‘Knowledge Economy and Territory’ 7 Foreword SÒNIA RECASENS 9 22@: 10 years of economic transformation ORIOL MOLAS AND MARTÍ P ARELLADA 18 The ‘Barcelona, City of Knowledge’ project and 22@ Barcelona JOAN TRULLÉN 27 The impact of 22@ on urban development and real estate: Barcelona’s future central business district SARA MUR AND JOAQUIM CLUSA 50 The economic impact of infrastructures in 22@ RAMON SAGARRA RIUS 62 Theory and development of clusters ALESSANDRA CHEVALLARD AND EMILIÀ DUCH The 22@ Barcelona model: a city organized into clusters MONTSE CHARLE 66 Science and technology parks as global business platforms RICARD GARRIGA, RAÚL SÁNCHEZ AND FRANCESC SOLÉ P ARELLADA 76 22@ Barcelona and the management of innovative and entrepreneurial talent FRANCISCO J. GRANADOS 85 A conversational capital (KCv) perspective of 22@ Barcelona JOAN MUNDET, MICHELE GIROTTO, JORDI GARCIA BRUSTENGA AND XAVIER GÓNGORA 96 Open innovation in the public sector: the case of urban labs ESTEVE ALMIRALL AND HENRY CHESBROUGH 22@Urban Lab, the example of Barcelona ANNA MAJÓ 106 22@ Barcelona: exporting the model AURORA LÓPEZ, ANDREU ROMANÍ, RAMON SAGARRA AND JOSEP MIQUEL PIQUÉ 117 The triple helix at the science and technology parks of Catalonia M. CARMEN ADÁN AND JOAN BELLAVISTA 126 Creative cities: a new paradigm for local agendas? MONTSERRAT P AREJA-EASTAWAY 137 How can governments create clusters of innovation? The case of 22@Barcelona ITXASO DEL P ALACIO AND JEROME ENGEL 146 Smart territories ALFONSO VEGARA 154 Do world cities need knowledge districts? Observations on 22@Barcelona and its counterparts GREG CLARK 175 22@ Barcelona: a knowledge city beyond science parks HENRY ETZKOWITZ AND JOSEP MIQUEL PIQUÉ No. 64 Catalan version published in: October 2011 English version published in: July 2014 Catalan version co-funded by ERDF European Union European Regional Development Fund Investing in your future
185
Embed
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya nº 64: Knowledge Economy and Territory
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
3 Int roduct ion
5 Dossier ‘Knowledge Economy and Territory’
7 ForewordSÒNIA RECASENS
9 22@: 10 years of economic t ransformat ionORIOL MOLAS AND MARTÍ PARELLADA
18 The ‘Barcelona, Cit y of Knowledge’ project and 22@ BarcelonaJOAN TRULLÉN
27 The impact of 22@ on urban development and real est at e: Barcelona’s future cent ral business dist r ict
SARA MUR AND JOAQUIM CLUSA
50 The economic impact of infrast ruct ures in 22@RAMON SAGARRA RIUS
62 Theory and development of clustersALESSANDRA CHEVALLARD AND EMILIÀ DUCH
The 22@ Barcelona model: a city organized into clustersMONTSE CHARLE
66 Science and technology parks as global business plat formsRICARD GARRIGA, RAÚL SÁNCHEZ AND FRANCESC SOLÉ PARELLADA
76 22@ Barcelona and the management of innovat ive and ent repreneur ial t alentFRANCISCO J. GRANADOS
85 A conversat ional capital (KCv) perspect ive of 22@ BarcelonaJOAN MUNDET, MICHELE GIROTTO, JORDI GARCIA BRUSTENGA AND XAVIER GÓNGORA
96 Open innovat ion in the public sector : t he case of urban labsESTEVE ALMIRALL AND HENRY CHESBROUGH
22@Urban Lab, the example of BarcelonaANNA MAJÓ
106 22@ Barcelona: export ing the modelAURORA LÓPEZ, ANDREU ROMANÍ, RAMON SAGARRA AND JOSEP MIQUEL PIQUÉ
117 The t r iple helix at t he science and technology parks of CataloniaM. CARMEN ADÁN AND JOAN BELLAVISTA
126 Creat ive cit ies: a new paradigm for local agendas? MONTSERRAT PAREJA-EASTAWAY
137 How can governments create clusters of innovat ion? The case of 22@BarcelonaITXASO DEL PALACIO AND JEROME ENGEL
146 Smar t t er r it or iesALFONSO VEGARA
154 Do wor ld cit ies need knowledge dist r ict s? Observat ions on 22@Barcelona and it s counterpar t s
GREG CLARK
175 22@ Barcelona: a knowledge cit y beyond science parksHENRY ETZKOWITZ AND JOSEP MIQUEL PIQUÉ
No. 64
Catalan version published in:October 2011
English version published in:July 2014
Catalan version co-funded by ERDF
Eu r op ean Un ion
European Regional Development Fund
Invest ing in your future
3 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
This issue of Revista Econòmica de Catalunya turns its
attention to analysing the links that form between the
knowledge economy and the territory. If we had to focus
on the best international experiences in this area, we
would all agree that 22@ Barcelona has known how to
combine urban transformation with economic and social
transformation. Therefore, coinciding with the 10th
anniversary of the project, we have invited various authors
to help us understand, from their own point of view, the
complexity of the discourse surrounding this binomial
that is transforming cities around the world.
Coordinated by Josep Miquel Piqué and Mònica
Flores, this dossier analyses the economic foundations of
22@ (Joan Trullén) as well as the economic impact of busi-
ness activity (Oriol Molas and Martí Parellada). We also
wanted to include the economic impact of urban transfor-
mation, at the hands of Mur&Clusa Associats.
The phenomenon of entrepreneurship has been
analysed by Francesc Solé Parellada, and the clusters
model dealt with by Emilià Duch's working group from
the consultancy Competitiveness. We have also analysed
the 22@ model based on the experience of the profes-
sionals working there, in order to understand the key
points in terms of urban planning, infrastructure and
models of social and economic transformation.
We have invited a researcher from the IBEI (Francisco
Granados) to give a social reading from the perspective of
talent management, and we have analysed the relational
and conversational capital garnered in the district with
Dr Joan Mundet's working group from UPC.
We did not want to overlook the international view-
point, in relation to other international projects and clus-
ter models, open innovation models and the triple helix
model. Of particular note is the presence in this issue of
authors such as Henry Chesbrough (UC Berkeley), Greg
Clark (Urban Land Institute), Herny Etzkowitz (Stanford
University), Jerome Engel (UC Berkeley), Itxaso del
Palacio (Imperial College) and Joan Bellavista (XPCAT).
Lastly, an analysis of smart territories by Alfonso
Vegara, of Fundación Metrópolis, as well as creative cities,
by Professor Montserrat Pareja-Eastaway of the University
of Barcelona, complement this series of articles.
Introduction
DossierKnowledgeEconomy and Territory
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya7
ForewordSònia RecasensDeputy Mayor for Economy, Business and EmploymentBarcelona City Council
For its 64th issue, Revista Econòmica de Catalunya chose
a prime theme for the city of Barcelona: the Knowledge
Economy and Territory, aimed at analysing in depth the
22@Barcelona Innovation District.
Given the success of the issue, and the interest
expressed from hundreds of international delegations in
the institutional, business and academic spheres that visit
Barcelona every year, we felt it was the right moment to
print a special issue in English to disseminate and share
our experience.
Throughout its history, Barcelona has been able to
detect the opportunities that have come its way and has
overcome the challenges posed. As a city, Barcelona has
certain assets that place it in optimum conditions for pro-
moting the knowledge economy, an economy which
speaks in terms of innovation and internationalisation.
In this sense, 22@Barcelona is a very good example of
how an area such as Poblenou is transforming 200
hectares of industrial land into a knowledge economy. A
district that has all the elements necessary to promote the
creation of wealth and jobs, based on concentrating uni-
versities and businesses in a territory along with advance
infrastructure that coexists with residential areas and pub-
lic spaces. Thanks to this process, the district is currently
home to more than 7,000 businesses that have provided
over 56,000 new jobs.
Barcelona Growth Centre’s location at the heart of
22@, a symbol of the new Barcelona at the service of com-
panies, focused on economic growth and the creation of
employment, is yet another way the City Council is lend-
ing its support to strengthening the district’s position as
an economic driver of the city.
I would like to thank all of the authors who made this
issue of Revista Econòmica de Catalunya possible, as well as
the Economists’ Association, for promoting this publica-
tion, which helps us analyse our economic situation and
plot new work horizons for our future.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya9
The 22@ Barcelona project
In 2000, Barcelona City Council created a municipal
company, 22@ Barcelona, to promote and manage a proj-
ect whose aim was to transform obsolete industrial zones
of Poblenou into an area with high urban and environ-
mental quality, where new knowledge and innovation-
related activities could be carried out. The project was
based on a model of a compact Mediterranean city with
neighbourhoods in which to live, study and work at the
same time. To achieve this, the former land use designa-
tion of 22a, which established that these city centre areas
should only be used for industry, had to be changed to
the new status of 22@, which permits the coexistence of
all production activities that do not cause a nuisance or
pollution, normalizes the presence of dwellings that have
been affected since 1953, and favours their restoration.
The objectives were, and continue to be: urban, social
and economic transformation that involves combining
dwellings, premises, facilities and green spaces; the pro-
motion of industrial, commercial and service activities;
and the fostering of technical, scientific and cultural
development. The project does not overlook the infra-
structures and public services that ensure opportunities
and quality of life. Thus, the 22@ Barcelona district has
adopted a high-quality, compact, diverse and sustainable
urban model to make the resulting city more balanced,
more hybrid and more ecologically efficient, with a
stronger economy and greater cohesion.
This is a city project that covers urban development,
planning and the management of urban development,
heritage and infrastructures, as well as economic devel-
opment through the promotion of clusters, the organiza-
tion of public-private platforms, and the establishment
and support of companies.
Below we highlight two basic characteristics of the
project, beyond the political commitment to its imple-
mentation. There is an emphasis on the required legal
and financial resources, and a form of project gover-
nance that distinguishes 22@ Barcelona from most
urban operations whose objective is to promote the
location of economic activities.
One factor that has boosted the location of ‘@ activ-
ities’ in the district, particularly in the initial stage, is the
incentives included in the urban development plan. As
a result of these incentives, property developers could
make better use of the zone than of other spaces in the
city and metropolitan area. This has clearly been an
important factor in the location of new activities in the
district.
A second factor to consider is the project gover-
nance. The municipal company 22@ Barcelona is not
only responsible for the district’s urban planning, but
also for implementing its urban and economic renewal
project. To achieve this, the company’s team has pro-
moted around 40 projects to attract new companies in
sectors in which Barcelona could attain a certain degree
of international leadership; to promote the establish-
22@: 10 years of economic transformationOriol MolasGaps
Martí ParelladaUniversity of Barcelona
9
1. In accordance with Article 7 of the MPGM approved in 2000, activitiesthat are characteristic of the 22@ zoning designation are those related tothe sector of information and communication technologies, and those asso-
ciated with research, publishing, design, culture, multimedia activity, data-base management and knowledge management.
10 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
ment of the main institutions’ university centres; and to
enable the installation of the required support services.
To assess the introduction of activities defined as
‘@’1, that is, activities that use talent as the main pro-
ductive resource, the 22@ Barcelona district carried out
studies on their evolution in 2007, 2008 and 2009. In
addition, the need to assess the overall impact of public
policies in this district and to evaluate the results
obtained during the first decade of the project led to a
study2 to identify indicators that could be used in a syn-
thetic analysis of the economic growth generated by the
project. The initial results of this study are presented in
this article.
As the object of study is broader than in previous
research, we should be able to perceive the clearly strate-
gic nature of the sectors that have been promoted. For
beyond the intrinsic added value of the @ economy, it is
clear that it has positive secondary effects: from the gen-
eration of indirect activity (restaurants, shops and busi-
ness services, among others) to the renewal and consol-
idation of a brand - a territorial identity that could attract
other independent activities (in the hotel and catering
trade, traditional sectors that are being updated and
freelance professionals, among others). Furthermore,
taking into account the model of a compact city that
inspired the 22@ Barcelona project, this brand could
even attract residential housing, which, in turn, would
generate more economic activity.
Ur ban developm ent and populat ion gr owt h
The first focus of transformation of the 22@ district,
which is the most obvious and the most relevant from the
perspective of public investment, is the territory. The
urban area3 that the project covers forms part of the
transformation project itself and constitutes one of the
greatest challenges that the city of Barcelona has taken
on in recent years.
The 22@ district covers an area of 198.26 ha (which is
equivalent to around 115 blocks of the Eixample neigh-
bourhood), with a potential 4 million m2 of gross floor
area, of which 80% is destined for the establishment of
production activities and 20% for dwellings, facilities
and services. The original number of dwellings in a cen-
sus of the area was 4,614, and the aim is to construct a
further 4,000 new subsidized dwellings. The transforma-
tion is closely tied to a 180-million-euro infrastructure
plan, which has provided the district with new fibre
10
2. TC-field work, ‘22@ Barcelona: 10 anys, 2000-2010’. February 2011.
• Start of the renovation of 65% of the industrial areas of Poblenou• 117 plans approved: 78 (76%) private initiative, 2,830,596 m2 of gross floor area:
- 136,837 m2 of land for facilities- 119,720 m2 for open spaces- ± 3.000 dwellings built as subsidized housing
• Eight public green areas have been designed: 21,898 m2 (6.724 m2 are under construction)• A total of 82,137 m2 of facilities have been built above grade (Ca l’Aranyó/Pompeu Fabra University, Mediacomplex building, etc.)
• Planning of 70% of the subsidized housing envisaged• 1,502 dwellings: 892 dwellings constructed, 521 under construction and 107 with building permits• 2,041 dwellings built, in the permit stage or approved (51% of the 4,000 envisaged in the General Metropolitan Plan)
• Permits for a total of 1,323,000 m2 of gross floor area:- 70% for economic activity uses- 18% for dwellings- 12% for facilities
PLANNING
FACILITIES AND
GREEN AREAS
DWELLINGS
CONSTRUCTION
3. Geographic boundaries of 22@: C. Wellington / Av. Meridiana / Pl. de lesGlòries Catalanes / Gran Via de les Corts Catalanes / Rambla de Prim / Pl. deLlevant / C. del Taulat / Ronda del Litoral / (coastal area).
Source: municipal company 22@ Barcelona.
Table 1
St ate of urban development act ivit y up to 31/12/09
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya11
optic, electricity and general infrastructure networks,
and with a detailed mobility plan. It has been accompa-
nied by the promotion of private investment, which has
led to the development of 117 plans for facilities, open
spaces and dwellings, as shown in the table below.
One effect of the investment is that the resident pop-
ulation of 22@ has increased by 16,750 people since 2001
(according to 2009 data). Currently, the 22@ district has
over 90,000 inhabitants, which represents 5.6% of the
population of Barcelona (according to the municipal regis-
ter of 2009). In percentage terms, the population growth
in the 22@ district (23%) has been much higher than in
the city as a whole (8%), in the metropolitan area (14%)
and in Spain (18%) for the same period.
Likewise, the characteristics of the 22@ district have
meant that its population is younger on average than
that of the entire city of Barcelona. This indicates that the
zone is attractive to the younger age groups who opt to
live in this area of the city.
The location of new economic activities in the zone
and the population growth have boosted, and continue
to boost, a considerable amount of indirect activity. This
helps to increase the number of services in the neigh-
bourhood that make it more habitable. In turn, an
upwards spiral is generated that feeds back on itself.
Cadastral data reveal an increase in land use for activi-
ties associated with the increasing vitality of the zone, as
the area occupied by non-residential premises is 10 dec-
imal points higher in the 22@ district than in the rest of
the city (42.4% compared to 32.6% in Barcelona).
This process has been intensive in recent years, as the
city lost almost 5% of premises dedicated to non-resi-
dential uses between 2002 and 2010, whilst in the 22@
district the percentage rose by over 7%4.
The num ber of com panies locat ed in t he dist r ict
has doubled in t he last t en years
It is calculated that there are now 7,064 companies in
22@ Barcelona, which represents 3% of all companies in
the province of Barcelona (according to DIRCE data). It
is also estimated that 4,400 freelancers work in the dis-
trict. The number of companies has more than doubled
in the last ten years, as in 2000 there were just over 3,400
entities. Therefore, there has been a growth of 105%,
which is far higher than that experienced in the entire
province or in Catalonia (around 60%).
Most of the 3,437 companies in the district at the
start of the 22@ project remain there today (just over 7
out of every 10 companies, or around 2,500 firms in
total). However, approximately 1,000 have disappeared
or moved to other zones (27%). Nevertheless, this is just
a snapshot, and is therefore static. During 2000-2010, the
zone was particularly dynamic, and was witness to the
emergence and relocation of a large number of compa-
11
Graph 1
Compar ison of populat ion growth (as a %) for t he 2001-2009 per iod
30%
0%
20%
10%
22.8%
22@ Barcelona Metropolitan area Catalonia
7.8%
13.7%
17.9%
90,214 1,621,537 4,992,193 7,475,420
73,464 1,503,884 4,390,390 6,343,110
Population 2009
Population 2001
Source: Statistics Department of Barcelona City Council and IDESCAT.
4. Currently, the district has around 42,000 premises for dwellings, almost30,000 for parking, just over 6,000 for industrial use, close to 4,300 for
shops, restaurants and hotels, around 1,300 offices and approximately 270for other services (education, health, sport, etc.).
nies. Furthermore, we should not underestimate the
effects of the recession, which have made it impossible
for companies founded in recent years to consolidate
their position. According to information provided by
companies specialized in business surveys and in the use
of commercial registers, each year between 800 and
1,000 companies have been founded in the area, but
between 500 to 700 have folded. This is a very fast pace,
which shows the dynamism of the territory. According to
these sources, the balance of growth was clearly positive
up to 2008. However, in 2009 and 2010 a slightly higher
number of companies folded than were founded.
1
Despite the recession, since 2000 approximately
4,500 companies have been established in the district
(almost 25% in the first three years, 2000-2003, 40% in
the second, 2003-2006 and 35% in the third, 2007-2010).
If we add the 2,500 companies that were already present
in the area, we reach the figure of over 7,000 companies
present in the zone today. On average, 454 new compa-
nies have set up in the area per year, or 1.2 per day. Just
under half of the new companies registered since 2000
are start-ups; the rest are companies that have relocated.
In absolute figures, it is calculated that around 2,150
companies have been newly founded in the district,
whilst the rest (around 2,400) moved from other zones,
mainly the city and its metropolitan area.
Knowledge and technology as a st rategic focus
of growt h
In line with the original vision of the project, 22@
Barcelona is fully committed to clustering in various sec-
tors in which Barcelona could become a notable leader,
such as the audiovisual sector, information and commu-
nication technologies (ICT), media technologies, energy
and design. ‘The aim in these zones is to increase the
innovative capacity of companies by creating production
environments that bring together leading companies,
institutions, public agencies, universities and research,
development and innovation centres in each sector. In
these entities, an enterprising culture shall be promoted.
Added value services, tools and infrastructure shall be
provided for the competitive development and growth
of companies, and contact shall be promoted with the
leading business and research, development and inno-
vation projects worldwide’.
Thus, in addition to the objective of attracting lead-
ing companies, the project has promoted the establish-
ment in the district of various university centres, with
over 25,000 students, and numerous research and tech-
nology transfer centres.
Initially, five clusters were promoted (Media, ICT,
Medical Technologies, Energy and Design), which are
those that have been analysed in studies carried out to
date and on which we have data. However, the eco-
nomic development in recent years has led to the inclu-
sion of new, priority strategic sectors such as Agri-Food,
Higher Education, Aeronautics, Automotive and
Logistics. These are emerging areas that also require
special attention and should continue to be promoted in
the future.
12 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya12
Graph 2
Compar ison of t he increase in business act ivit y (as a %).2000-2010 per iod
150%
0%
100%
50%
105.5%
22@ Barcelona Province Catalonia
57.3% 60.0%
7,064 companies
3,437 companies
Companies 2010
Companies 2000
225,652 companies 299,989 companies
143,411 companies 187,445 companies
Source: TC-fieldwork, ‘22@ Barcelona: 10 anys. 2000-2010’. February 2011 and DIRCE.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya13
There has been a clear change in the types of activi-
ties carried out by companies in the district. Records of
the Barcelona City Council’s business tax (IAE), which
are only available up to 2005, are an indicator that can be
used to measure change in production structure.
Statistics on this information indicate that the number of
service companies in the zone has increased consider-
ably, at the expense of manufacturing . In 1996, 27% of
the companies in Poblenou carried out industrial activi-
ties. In 2005, when the 22@ project was already fully
underway, this figure had dropped to 18%. This change
occurred extremely rapidly if we compare it to the evolu-
tion in manufacturing activity in the city as a whole.
Currently, over 3 of every 4 companies in 22@ work
in the service sector, 15% in manufacturing and 8% in
other sectors. This production structure is very similar to
that of the entire province of Barcelona, although the
proportion of manufacturing is still 4.7 points higher in
the zone. The main industrial activity is related to pub-
lishing, the graphic arts and the production of recorded
media. These represent 4.5% of the total activity in the
district and 30% of the existing manufacturing activity.
Within the service sector there is greater diversification
of companies. However, commercial activities (24%)
and business services (19%) predominate.
If we use as an index the OECD categorization, which
groups economic activities according to their level of
knowledge and/or technology intensity5, we can see that
traditional manufacturing sectors have contracted, whilst
knowledge- and new technology-intensive sectors have
expanded . If we use as a reference data from the IAE
records, the number of companies in these sectors has
increased considerably in 22@. In 1996 - 4 years before
the launch of the 22@ project - knowledge-intensive
13
Graph 3
Companies in 22@ by act ivit y. 2010
Manufacturing14.8%
Other 8.4%
Services76,8%
1,043 companies 596 companies
5,425 companies
Sample group: 7,064 companies
% BCN Province
Manufacturing: 10.1%
Services: 76.0%
Other : 13.9%
Source: TC-fieldwork, ‘22@ Barcelona: 10 anys. 2000-2010’. February 2011, and data from DIRCE 2010.
5. Groups based on CCAE-93 rev.1, in parenthesis. High-tech manufactur-ers:Pharmaceutical products (224), Office machinery and computer equip-ment (30), Manufacture of electronic materials, radios, televisions andcommunication devices (32), Medical and optical precision instruments(33), Aeronautical and space construction (353); Mid- to high-tech man-ufacturers:Chemical industries - except pharmaceutical products - (24-
244),Machinery, equipment and mechanical material (29), Machinery andelectric material (31), Manufacture of vehicles and trailers (34),Manufacture of railroad material and other transport equipment(352/354/355); Knowledge-intensive services:Mail and telecommunica-tions (64), Finances and insurance (65 a 67), Business services, except realestate activities (71 to 74), Education (80), Health (85).
14 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
activity in the zone was five percentage points below the
figure for Catalonia. By 2005 it had reached the same
level, and now it is three points above it. In 2010, 27.4%
of the companies located in 22@ carried out knowledge-
intensive activities, compared to 24.4% in Catalonia and
22.8% in Spain.
Some activities that are prioritized in the strategic
plans of the 22@ Barcelona project, such as graphic arts
and cultural and recreational activities, are not includ-
ed in the aforementioned OECD classification. If we
group these activities together, we find that in 2001
they represented 17% of activity in the district (accord-
ing to data from IAE records), whilst in 2005 their pres-
ence had increased to 21%. Currently, 31% of the com-
panies in this territory, or around 2,200 firms overall,
carry out @ activities, whilst in the whole of Catalonia
only 23.6% of companies undertake such activities.
Probably the employment data most clearly reveals
how the district has successfully attracted knowledge-
and/or technology-intensive sectors throughout the
process. It is estimated that approximately 2 out of
every 3 current employees in 22@ work in knowledge-
and/or technology-intensive companies. This high per-
centage is mainly due to the establishment of compa-
nies in recent years.
14
Graph 4
Companies in 22@ who under take act ivit ies @. 2010
@ activit ies31.0%
Remaining activities69.0%
2,190 companies
Sample group: 7,064 companies*
Publishing and graphic arts (22)
IT and o�ce equipment manufacturing (30)
Electronic material and communication device manufacturing (32)
Medical-surgical, precision and optical material manufacturing (33)
Telecommunications and email (64)
Ancillary financial intermediation and insurance activities (65)
IT activities (72)
Research and development (73)
Business activities (74)
Education (80)
Cultural and leisure activities (92)
@ activit ies in Catalonia. 2009 31.0%
Source: IDESCAT (2009). Data from DIRCE.
Sectors Total 22@ Before 2000 After 2000
Table 1
Dist r ibut ion of workers in 22@ by knowledge int ensit yof t he company that employs them. 2010
Population: ± 90,000 workers. Calculation basis: 1,029 companies that have provided information on thisaspect. These results show a trend. However, they do not show the exact distribution of workers in thedistrict (they are calculated using estimations). They are not comparable with the information availablefor the city or for Barcelona as a whole (data from registers).
Source: TC-fieldwork, ‘22@ Barcelona: 10 anys. 2000-2010’. February 2011.
Knowledge-intensive activities 67.5 56.6 73.8
High-tech manufacturers 3.7 5.9 2.3
Mid- to high-tech manufacturers 4.2 8.0 1.7
Knowledge-intensive services 59.6 42.7 69.9
Non-knowledge-intensive activities 32.5 43.4 26.2
Mid- to low-tech manufacturers a 0.8 1.6 0.3
Low-tech manufacturers 6.8 9.5 5.2
Non-knowledge intensive services 21.3 26.3 18.7
Unclassified in OECD 3.6 6.1 2.0
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya15
In 2009, it was established that one of the distinctive
elements of workplaces in @ companies is their high
human capital. On average, 72.5% of employees in @
companies with workplaces in the district were univer-
sity graduates. This figure is significantly higher than
the 37% of the employed population of Catalonia with
higher education qualifications, stated in the labour
force survey (EPA) for the fourth quarter of 2009. The
2009 figures also show that @ companies are with-
standing the impact of the recession better than others.
Managers of such companies were aware of the difficult
context, but most stated that their companies were sta-
ble or growing. Therefore, we can conclude that one of
the main objectives of the project is being met: that of
attracting and concentrating economic activity based on
talent, which must act as a catalyst for an economy with
high added value, to better face the current economic
challenges.
In addition to the establishment of large firms in the
district, small and micro companies have played a key role
in the economic dynamism.
Some company relocations to the neighbourhood
are particularly well-known and attracted media atten-
tion. During 2010 or 2011 alone, companies such as
National Geographic, Aenor, Marcus Evans, Quantum
Solutions, Bassat Ogilvy, CMT and Telefónica moved or
were in the process of moving to the area. Although
these companies have a strategic value beyond their
quantitative value, much of the success of the 22@
Barcelona initiative is due to the attraction of a large
number of small and even micro companies who see an
opportunity for their projects in the area.
It is calculated that there are currently around 90,000
people working in 22@, which is approximately 10.2%
of the number of workers in the city of Barcelona6. Of
these, 62.5% work in ‘new’ companies that have moved
to the district in the last decade.
Approximately 8 out of every 10 companies employ
fewer than 10 workers. Small companies, which employ
between 10 and 49 workers, represent 12% of the total,
whilst medium-sized and large companies that have 50
or more employees represent 5%. If we compare these
15
Graph 5
Dist r ibut ion of workers in companies in the 22@ dist r ict . 2010
% BCNProvince
0.4
1.6
9.0
89.0
1.7More than200 workers
Between 50 and199 workers
Between 10 and49 workers
Up to10 workers
0% 20% 60% 80%40% 100%
3.2
12.4
82.6
41.9% of 22@ workers
36.2% of 22@ workers
21.9% of 22@ workers
]
]
Source: TC-fieldwork, ‘22@ Barcelona: 10 anys. 2000-2010’. February 2011, and DIRCE 2010.
6. The number of workers in the district is not exact, but is the result of an estima-tion calculated on the basis of a sample of 1,029 companies for which data areavailable on the total number of employees in the company and the number of
employees working in 22@. Using the ratio of the number of workers in the dis-trict by ranges of company size, and information on the number of employees inthe rest of the companies that are registered, we made the subsequent estimates.
Sample group: 7,064 companies
16 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
figures with those for the production fabric of the
province of Barcelona (DIRCE), we can see that 22@ has
a higher percentage of medium-sized and large compa-
nies (4.9% compared to 2% in the entire province).
However, these data are on entire companies, not
just the staff at workplaces within 22@. The use of
aggregate data shows that micro companies employ
22% of the workers in the district, whilst small compa-
nies employ 36% and the 160 or so medium-sized and
large companies are responsible for 42%.
Some final considerat ions
1. The results of actions carried out in the 22@ dis-
trict in its first ten years of existence are clearly positive,
if we consider the initial objectives that were estab-
lished. This is demonstrated by some of the most rele-
vant indicators:
• The population in the 22@ district increased by
23% in the 2001-2009 period, which is much higher
than the population growth in the city (8%), the metro-
politan area (14%) or the whole of Catalonia (18%).
• Since 2000, approximately 4,500 companies have
set up in the district. When we add this figure to the
2,500 existing companies, the total number of firms in
the zone in 2010 was just over 7,000. Of the 4,500 com-
panies in the district in 2010 that had been installed
during the decade, around 2,150 were start-ups, whilst
the rest had moved from other zones, mainly in the city
of Barcelona itself or its metropolitan area.
• One of the main objectives of the project was to
boost @ activities in the district. These activities include
those related with the ICT sector, research, publishing,
activities in 2001. By 2010, this figure had risen to 31%
of the companies in the district, whilst in Catalonia the
figure for the same year was only 23.6%.
• The specialization due to the increasing presence
of 22@ activities in the district has considerably
increased the human capital that is found there. In total,
72.5% of employees of companies that have workplaces
in the district are university graduates. This is in contrast
to a figure of 37% for the whole of Catalonia.
2. Considerable social consensus has been attained
on actions carried out in the district7. All the political
groups in Barcelona City Council voted in favour of the
change in the General Metropolitan Plan (PGM) to
renew the industrial areas of Poble Nou-District with
22@ activities. The actions that have been progressively
implemented have attained sufficient consensus to be
able to continue with scheduled activities. Disagree -
ments about PERI Llacuna, priority reservation for resi-
dents of some of the subsidized flats built in the neigh-
bourhood, and the safeguarding of items of industrial
heritage in the zone are areas of debate in which con-
sensus has been reached.
3. Although the territorial area of the 22@ disctrict is
limited, it could be an example of the renewed impor-
tance of considering territories as units of economic
development. This contrasts with economic develop-
ment through the expansion of mass production, in
which large companies sought the most efficient terri-
tories on a global scale. In this case, development with-
in a territory was no longer able to guarantee the devel-
opment of the territory. The rediscovery of an urban and
regional policy has led to a re-evaluation of the role of
social and institutional conditions and the mobilization
of endogenous resources as a way to ensure develop-
ment, together with the factors that have traditionally
been taken into account, including training, innovation,
infrastructures and enterprising ability8.
4. Studies carried out to assess policies implemented
in the 22@ district have focused not on determining
whether they have contributed to attracting activities
such as those classified as @, which is clearly shown by
available data, but on evaluating whether the changes
that have occurred in the district are specific to this zone
16
7. See M. Martí, ‘El proyecto 22@Barcelona. Glocal governance, renovaciónurbana y lucha vecinal en Barcelona’. VII Congreso Español de CienciaPolítica y de la Administración.
8. M. Parellada, prologue to the book El distrito industrial de la cerámica,A.M. Fuertes (dir), Fundación Dávalos Fletcher, 2005.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya17
or reflect a trend can also be found in the rest of the city
or the metropolitan area. Comparisons of the situation
in the district with other districts of Barcelona, the met-
ropolitan area as a whole or towns with industrial spe-
cialization close to the central city show that there are
slightly different positive effects in 22@. In addition, the
results show that economies of location, that is,
economies that value the importance of proximity to
other companies in the same sector, have been relevant
to determine the location of companies that carry out @
activities9.
Therefore, although the 22@ project has only been
implemented for a relatively short period of time and
the attraction of the 22@ district is evidently dependent
on the attraction of the Barcelona metropolitan area, the
results obtained to date can only be classed as positive.
5. The importance of location factors in the
Barcelona metropolitan area and the development of
new territorial areas whose characteristics make them
suitable for policies similar to those implemented in the
22@ district (for example, in the city of Barcelona itself,
the impact of the La Sagrera station and the BZ
Barcelona Innovation Zone project in Zona Franca; and
in the metropolitan area, the Barcelona Synchrotron
Park around the Alba synchrotron and the DeltaBCN
Aerospace and Mobility Park) mean that is it reasonable
to consider the promotion of location policies for new
economic activities that include the offer of land
required for these urban development activities in the
city of Barcelona itself and in the metropolitan area. The
desire to promote all of these areas together under the
brand ‘Barcelona Economic Triangle’, the experience
gained in the 22@ district, the potential represented by
the provision of land for the aforementioned projects
and those that could be developed, and the opportuni-
ties for action provided by an entity such as the
Barcelona metropolitan area are all essential factors that
will help to ensure the introduction of economic activi-
ties associated with the knowledge society.
17
9. E. Viladecans-Marsal, J.M. Arauzao Carod, ‘Can a knowledge-based clus-ter be created?. The case of the Barcelona 22@ district’, Papers in RegionalScience, 2011, own publication.
18 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
1. Int roduct ion
Since the engineer Ildefons Cerdà’s plan for the
reform and extension of Barcelona in 1859 (Pla de
Reforma i Eixample de Barcelona), the city has undergone
various urban development interventions of great
scope that have made it a benchmark for scholars of
urban phenomena. Some notable examples are the
Jaussely Plan of 1905, Le Corbusier’s Macià Plan of
1934 (which was not implemented, due to the Civil
War), the General Metropolitan Plan of 1976, and the
transformation that took place as a result of the
Olympic Games of 1992. Major international events,
such as the Universal Exhibition of 1888 and that of
1929 (on electrical industries) were also major drivers
of economic and urban development.1 The transforma-
tion of Poblenou that began in 1998, together with the
opening up of Avinguda Diagonal to the sea and the
Universal Forum of Cultures, constitute, in my under-
standing, an important link in this chain of plans and
projects. In particular, what is known internationally as
the 22@ Barcelona project has aroused great interest in
the field of urban development and in that of local eco-
nomic development.
The redevelopment of the industrial areas in the
Poblenou-22@ BCN District of Activities must be con-
sidered within the context of economic and urban devel-
opment operations of greater scope, known as the
‘Barcelona, City of Knowledge’ project, which is promot-
ed by Barcelona City Council.
The aim of this article is to identify the economic
model underlying the urban development proposal of
22@. This model is characterized by the internationaliza-
tion of the economy, the tertiarization of activity, the
increasing flexibility of production, and the emergence of
a new technological paradigm based on information and
communication technologies.
Barcelona, which is one of the few cities in southern
Europe that was in the front line of the commercial rev-
olution in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries and
played a leading role in Spain in the industrial revolution
during the second third of the nineteenth century2, faced
at the end of the twentieth century a new technological
and organizational revolution known as the Knowledge
Economy.3
The economy and urban planning must adapt to the
new production context. In particular, zoning, which is
one of the main instruments of urban planning, must be
altered to fit the new reality of production. Zoning, which
emerged as a central tool of functionalist urban develop-
ment, must be adapted to the new reality, and along with
it planning must be modified. We can no longer seek spe-
cialization in zones by defining uses on the basis of a
classification of production sectors (specifically in indus-
The ‘Barcelona, City of Knowledge’ projectand 22@ Barcelona
Joan Tru llénDirector of the Barcelona Institute of Regional and Metropolitan Studies (IERMB)
1. Joan Busquets, Barcelona. La Construcción urbanística de una ciudadcompacta, Ediciones del Serbal, Barcelona 2004.
2. Jordi Nadal has developed these arguments in different studies. OnPoblenou and its evolution since the industrial revolution see: Jordi Nadaland Xavier Tafunell, Sant Martí de Provençals: pulmó industrial deBarcelona, 1847-1992, Ed. Columna, 1992.
3. For information on the knowledge economy and the city, and on measure-ment of the knowledge economy in urban areas and its application toBarcelona see: Joan Trullén, Josep Lladós and Rafael Boix, ‘Economía delconocimiento, ciudad y competitividad’, Investigaciones Regionales, no.1, 2002, p. 139-161.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya19
trials zones) into ‘what’ they produce. To generate
increasing yields, we should not try to achieve vertical
integration in large production plants, sector zoning and
radical separation of uses. Instead, we should generate
economies outside the company that come from different
sectors and converge in the territory. The important fac-
tor is no longer ‘what’ is produced, but ‘how’ it is pro-
duced. As Giacomo Becattini stated, to understand the
keys to contemporary economic development, the unit of
analysis should shift from ‘sector’ to ‘district’4.
Production has moved away from large industrial
production plants that incorporate most of the produc-
tion stages and added value. The focus has shifted from
specialized industrial cities. Instead, the form of produc-
tion in the knowledge economy shall essentially be flex-
ible and have a considerable intangible component. In
this form of production, the city plays an important role:
it provides the urban dimension that generates
economies associated with diversity; and economies of
location are associated with the integration in a territory
of groups of innovative companies dedicated to specific
production activities.
The cities compete more than the companies.5
Therefore, the conditions need to be created so that
dynamic external economies can emerge in the territory
of a metropolis. The dimension of metropolis is relevant,
as is the grouping of innovative companies into clusters
and Marshallian industrial districts. These territorial fac-
tors are crucial to competitiveness.6
Therefore, old spaces with industrial zoning that are
situated in central areas could be used for new produc-
tion activities under certain conditions. This notion goes
far beyond the concept of a digital or information city
proposed at the beginning of the 1990s in some scientific
circles. Here what we are talking about is the city of
knowledge.
2. The ‘Barcelona, Cit y of Knowledge’ project
The Barcelona, City of Knowledge project is the main
focus of Barcelona’s economic and urban development
policy after the Olympic project. The Barcelona project
gave rise to what would later become known as the 22@
Barcelona project. Joan Clos, who was chosen to replace
Pasqual Maragall as Mayor of Barcelona in September
1997, made the concept of ‘city of knowledge’ a guiding
principle of municipal government action:
Barcelona must be faithful to its tradition of moderni-
ty, which has been demonstrated so many times
throughout its history, and must accept that the
knowledge revolution shall be a driving force in this
part of the world. Barcelona is in a favourable situa-
tion to position itself as a leader.7
In response to this idea, an ad hoc structure was cre-
ated in October 1998 to promote the new project, with
the appointment of two commissioners: one for urban
planning and one for the economy.8 After the elections
of May 1999, the post of councillor for the City of
Knowledge was created and headed by Vladimir de
Semir. The Municipal Action Programme 2000-2003
described the objective of making Barcelona a city of
knowledge.
The economic context in which this proposal arose
was strongly influenced by two fundamental factors:
weakening of the major impetus of the Olympics, which
boosted economic activity between 1986 and 1992; and
the recession of 1993-1995, which had a severe effect on
Barcelona until 1996. Barcelona needed to turn towards
new objectives and the focus became the concept of the
city of knowledge. The adoption of a proactive strategy
has characterized municipal economic policy since 1998.
4. Giacomo Becattini, ‘Del ‘sector’ industrial al ‘districte’ industrial. Algunesconsideracions sobre la unitat d’anàlisi de l’economia industrial’, RevistaEconòmica de Catalunya, no. 1, 1986. Michael Porter’s clusters or groupsof innovative companies are concepts that are very similar to Becattini’snotion of ‘Marshallian industrial district’.
5. Roberto Camagni, Economia urbana, Antoni Bosch (editor), 2005.6. Joan Trullén, ‘Factors territorials de competitivitat a la Regió Me tro po li ta -na de Barcelona’ in Revista Econòmica de Catalunya, no. 34, January1998, p. 34-51.
7. Joan Clos. ‘Una ciutat amb idees’, Barcelona, Metròpolis Mediterrània, no.1. Monograph on Barcelona, City of Knowledge, 2001, p. 4. The reference wasto Richard V. Knight (1995): ‘Knowledge-Based Development: Policy andPlanning Implications for Cities’, Urban Studies, 32.
8. José Antonio Acebillo, Director of Barcelona Regional, Commissioner forInfrastructure and Urban Planning, and Joan Trullén, Commissioner forEconomic and Territorial Assessment and Diagnosis for the Barcelona, Cityof Knowledge project were appointed by Resolution of the Mayor’s Office,22 October 1998.
20 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
In this line, the economic strategy was based on the
emergence of ‘a new macroeconomic context from the
time of integration into the monetary union, with a
reduction in nominal and real interest rates that would
facilitate the adoption of strategic changes, which would
necessarily involve the mobilization of considerable
financial resources’9. Unlike the pattern found in many
Spanish municipalities, Barcelona would not prioritize
residential construction, but a change in the economic
basis, supported by new concepts of urban development.
Preparatory work on the new strategy began in the
mid-1990s. In fact, the Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
published two monographs in issues 33 and 34 on La
Barcelona metropolitana: economia i planejament
[Metro poli tan Barcelona: economy and planning]. The
issues contained eighteen articles that described the
state-of-the-art in these matters and in other related
areas such as finances, ecology, demography and
mobility in the metropolis10. The aim was to identify
elements that could be used to construct a new story
after the Olympic project, which had put Barcelona on
the world map for the first time. A change in scale of
the Barcelona metropolitan area was detected, as well
as Barcelona’s new role as a central supplier of servic-
es to the network of metropolitan cities, and the con-
siderable competitive capacity of a metropolis in
which SMEs are predominant, due to the existence of
territorial factors of competitiveness. A new story
needed to be created to bring together the city’s strat-
egy. And this story would be defined in a new project
for the city: Barcelona, City of Knowledge.
Next, we will highlight some of the main points of
the urban development strategy.11 First, the city of
Barcelona’s function as a central server for the metropol-
itan area was identified. In other words, the city needed
to adopt functions of a tertiary nature, and consequent-
ly traditional industrial and logistic uses would be
replaced by tertiary ones. Second, the city should expand
not towards the west, as it had in the past, but towards
the east. To achieve this, two actions were required:
Avinguda Diagonal needed to be opened to the sea, and
Poblenou needed to be transformed. The third point was
to associate this new strategy with a major infrastructure
decision: to make La Sagrera the central station for a
new high-speed train, and thus opt to redevelop the
Besòs area and the triangle Sagrera-Besòs-Front
Marítim. A singular building (the Jean Nouvel water
tower) would act as a sign of the new direction of urban
growth of Barcelona towards the east.12
The economic and territorial strategy of the
Barcelona, City of Knowledge project was drawn up
between October 1998 and May 1999. An executive
summary was subsequently published without the sta-
tistical workings in the monographic issue of the journal
Barcelona, Metròpoli Mediterrània, [Barcelona, Medi ter ra -
nean Metropolis] in 2001, which was dedicated to the
City of Knowledge project.13
A description of Barcelona’s economic model and a
specific analysis of the city and the knowledge economy
were published in 2001 by Barcelona City Council in the
book La Metròpoli de Barcelona cap a l’economia del conei-
xement: diagnosi econòmica i territorial de Barcelona 2001
9. The new financial framework that was emerging was comparable to thatfound at the start of the twentieth century with the repatriation of capitalfrom Cuba and the Philippines, which provided the opportunity to fund oneof Barcelona’s biggest urban development operations: the urban reform andconstruction of the Via Laietana road. This point had been debated in one ofthe last urban strategy councils chaired by Pasqual Maragall. The transfor-mation of Poblenou was a project of comparable financial magnitude to theurban reform of Via Laietana eighty years earlier. On the funding of thereform and construction of Via Laietana, see Francesc Roca i Rosell, Políticaeconòmica i territori a Catalunya, 1901-1939, Ed. Ketres, Barcelona 1979.
10. These issues were presented at Barcelona City Council’s Saló de Cent inApril 1998.
11. The urban planning strategy would mainly be defined by José AntonioAcebillo. The subsequent urban transformation project for Poblenou, led byRamón García-Bragado, had to be in line with this strategy. Xavier Casas, the
deputy mayor and the president of the Commission for Urban Planning,Infrastructures and Housing would play a central role in the urban develop-ment of Barcelona between 1998 and 2008, particularly that of Poblenou. SeeRamón Garcia-Bragado, in the preface of the book 22@ Barcelona. 10 anysde renovació urbana, Barcelona, 2011.
12. The group of specialists who drew up the Modification of the GeneralMetropolitan Plan for redeveloping the industrial areas of Poblenou,approved in July 2007, was comprised of the Urban Planning Manager,Ramón García-Bragado (who proposed the 22@ name for the project), thearchitects Ricard Fayos, Àurea Guillén and Pau Batlle, the economistsRafael González Tormo and Joaquim Clusa, who drew up the economic andfinancial study, and the jurists Enric Lambies and Sònia Cobos. See thepreface of the book 22@ Barcelona. 10 anys de renovació urbana,Barcelona, 2011.
13. This monograph includes different contributions that together give an idea ofthe nature of the project. It includes studies on ICT (Tere Serra), R&D (Jordi
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya21
[The Metropolis of Barcelona Towards the Knowledge
Economy: An Economic and Territorial Analysis of
Barcelona 2001].14
The economic and territorial strategy is set out in the
study ‘Projecte Barcelona Ciutat del Coneixement.
Informe Final. Elements per a una diagnosi econòmica i
territorial’ [Barcelona, City of Knowledge Project. Final
Report. Elements for an economic and territorial analy-
sis], published by the Department of Applied
Economics, UAB, on 26 May 1999. This study was part of
a programme of research on the urban and metropolitan
economy of Barcelona.15 The main hypotheses and pro-
posals are given below.
a) The importance of know-how and knowledge to
explain the generation of added value in advanced
economies and the continuity of production. Together
with labour and capital, knowledge will gain relevance
as a production factor. Intangibles such as education are
increasingly important. The relevance of capital is dimin-
ishing. Codified knowledge is becoming less important.
b) Skilled labour is becoming more important than
unskilled labour. ‘Tangible’ capital is increasingly
important.
c) The growing importance of increasing returns in
industrial and service sector production, which leads to
further specialization of territories. The technical
change is occurring both in industrial and service sec-
tors. For the first time, economies of scale, scope and
network are affecting the service sector considerably
and increasingly.
d) The importance of territorial factors to explain the
continuity of industrial and service sector production.16
The notion of a knowledge-based economy is further
reaching than the concept of an ‘information society’. It
not only includes knowledge of a scientific nature or
from advanced research, but also knowledge of different
production areas. It distinguishes between information
(codified knowledge) and non-codified or non-codifi-
able knowledge.17
In Barcelona, one opportunity to exploit was the exis-
tence of a strong tradition of industrial know-how, built
on a foundation of arts and trades and a worldwide rep-
utation in design and art, and in fields related to medi-
cine and health, training and knowledge transmission.
Some of these areas will be brought together in clusters
or groups of innovative companies based in Poblenou.
On the basis of works by Masahisa Fujita and
Takatoshi Tabuchi, a process of recentralization of
knowledge-intensive production activities was identified
in large metropolises, in contrast to trends in the 1970s
and 1980s, which showed greater growth of medium-
sized cities. Considerable economies of agglomeration
would emerge that would generally boost the process of
relocation of the most knowledge-intensive activities to
the centres of large metropolises.
Behind the growth in economies of agglomeration
lies: economies of scale in the provision of public servic-
es (international airports, major ports, large hospitals,
large universities and research centres) and economies
of location (through cross-fertilization as in Jacobs, spe-
18. Camí), 22@ BCN (Ramón García-Bragado), indicators for ‘Barcelona, City ofKnowledge’ (M. Antònia Monés), urban ecology (Salvador Rueda), economicactivity and employment in the Barcelona as a city of knowledge (MaravillasRojo), culture (Ferran Mascarell) and education and training in the knowledgesociety (Marina Subirats). The Technical Programming Unit of Barcelona CityCouncil, headed by M. Antònia Monés, drew up a series of indicators for cen-tral themes in the new strategy, including the penetration of ICT and theInternet, the quantification of advanced business services, knowledge centres, andICT production, among others. A map of the city of knowledge was drawn upfor Barcelona, which precisely identified the the presence in the territory of edu-cational centres, libraries, theatres, museums, auditoriums, exhibition rooms, andhighlighted the uneven distribution is the municipality of the offering of theseservices, particularly in the Sant Martí, Nou Barris and Sant Andreu districts.
14. Joan Trullén, La metròpoli de Barcelona cap a l’economia del coneix-ement: diagnosi econòmica i territorial de Barcelona 2001.Ajuntament de Barcelona, Gabinet Tècnic de Programació, Barcelona2001, with foreword by M. Antònia Monés.
15. This programme of research in the UAB’s Department of AppliedEconomics resulted in various publications, such as the Pla Delta I. El
16. model econòmic i territorial de Barcelona (1995) and Noves estratè-gies econòmiques i territorials per a Barcelona (1998). These studieswere promoted by Narcisa Salvador until 1998 and by M. AntòniaMonés from 1999, from Barcelona City Council’s Technical ProgrammingUnit. In addition, Carola Adam collaborated extensively (with NatividadHernández, Hugo Fuentes and Guillermo Gandara, among others) andsubsequently Rafael Boix (with José Antonio Santana and Rafa Porcar).Rafael Boix headed the study ‘Barcelona ciutat del Coneixement.Economia del coneixement, tecnologies de la informació i de la comuni-cació, i noves estratègies urbanes’, Barcelona City Council’s TechnicalProgramming Unit, 2004.
16. Projecte Barcelona Ciutat del Coneixement, May 1999, p. 17.17. Knowledge includes both categories and codes for interpreting the infor-
mation itself, abilities or specializations with tacit content, and solutionsto problems or research of a heuristic nature that cannot be well definedby algorithms. See Moses Abramovitz and Paul A. David, TechnologicalChange and the Rise of Intangible Investments: The US economy’sGrowth Path in the Twentieth Century, 1997.
22 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
cialization in certain activities or Marshall, Arrow and
Romer externalities). In addition, the increasing impor-
tance of network economies has also been detected
(Roberto Camagni, Carlo Salone).18
The ‘Barcelona, City of Knowledge’ study identified a
change in economic base in Barcelona, and detected
some trends, including the following:
a) Loss of relative importance of industry and its
metropolitan decentralization. Two thirds of the metro-
politan industrial base are outside of Barcelona. Con se -
quent ly, Barcelona increasingly acts as a service provider
for the metropolis.
b) Greater cyclical sensitivity in industry than in
services.
c) Sharp increase in the demand for land for knowl-
edge-intensive tertiary activities.
d) Poly-nuclear nature of the metropolis of Bar ce lo -
na, with considerable concentrations of industrial activi-
ties in historic metropolitan towns and cities, and con-
centrations of the tertiary sector in Barcelona itself.
e) The metropolis is not a city of cities, but a poly-
nuclear metropolitan area that is diverse in general, but
specialized in certain production activities in its main
nodes. Barcelona has strong economies of location for
many tertiary activities. This is considered to be highly
relevant in the new strategy of the city of knowledge,
promoted by the municipality of Barcelona 19.
f) Spending on research and development has been
found to be insufficient in comparison with other
European metropolises. Shortfalls have also been found
in the stock of human capital per employee. Con se -
quent ly, these areas need to be strengthened.
The strategic consequence of this evaluation is clear:
‘Barcelona, as the central city of a poly-nuclear metro-
politan region, must strengthen its specialization in
knowledge-intensive activities’20. This has an economic
and territorial consequence:
The traditional urban economic strategy of Barcelona
was based on the fact that the predominant economic
activity was manufacturing, and that zoning of land
uses in the central city of the metropolis was essential
to maintain manufacturing activities. To pass from an
industrial manufacturing model to a model adapted to
the technological revolution, it is essential to open up
the 22a zoning to these new activites, to protect their
production and employment base.21
The sixth section of the document is on ‘Poblenou,
Technological District’. It proposes the establishment in
Poblenou - and within a new scientific, technical and
cultural axis that covers Nou Barris, Sant Andreu and
Sant Martí - of a new technological district to strategi-
cally locate productive, research, learning and develop-
ment activities that are knowledge-intensive. The instru-
ments proposed to meet this objective include those of a
town planning nature and those of a university and
research and development nature. Furthermore, to
implement this proposal to attract new technological
activities of a scientific, technical and cultural nature, a
new industrial land policy needed to be defined to
include these activities in the industrial zoning: ‘The
notion of sector must be replaced by that of activity, to
promote knowledge- and employment-intensive
activites in old zones with 22a designation’.22
One of the main arguments in all of this debate is
that the new knowledge-intensive activities are more
employment-intensive than industrial manufacturing
activities.
Together with a specific approach centred on land
uses, we should focus on the importance of creating an
environment with a high quality of urban development
in the Poblenou zone that includes ‘educational services
to cater for a population from different countries and
cultures with a high degree of mobility’.23
To strengthen new research and development activi-
ties, a new university centre for teaching and research
needs to be created in Poblenou. To achieve this, land
must be provided to meet the space requirements of
these uses, and new forms of managing these services
18. A later systematization can be found in La metròpoli de Barcelona capa l’economia del coneixement: diagnosi econòmica i territorial deBarcelona 2001, Chapter 3.
19. Projecte Barcelona Ciutat del Coneixement, May 1999, p. 22.
20. Ibid., p. 29.21. Ibid., p. 29.22. Ibid., p. 31.23. Ibid., p. 32.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya23
will be needed to facilitate interaction with the environ-
ment, in a context of transition from the Humboldtian
University to the post-Humboldtian.24
3. Zoning based on t he knowledge economy in the
22@ Barcelona st rat egy
The new economic and territorial strategy laid out in
the Barcelona, City of Knowledge project has an impor-
tant consequence for urban development: the need to
increase the land available for knowledge-intensive
activities, particularly in the municipality of Barcelona.
However, much of the land available for locating eco-
nomic activity in Barcelona is designated in the General
Metropolitan Plan as industrial.
Studies on the location of economic activities in the
metropolitan area indicate that the demand for industri-
al land in the municipality of Barcelona has decreased,
whilst the demand for land for the service sector has
increased considerably.25 In addition, service sector activ-
ities have two essential characteristics: high employment
density and high demand for centrality. This opens the
door to reusing old industrial land for new service sector
activities.26
Furthermore, there was a considerable amount of
industrial land available in central zones of the metrop-
olis, particularly in the districts situated in the north and
east of Barcelona. This land is classified as industrial and
is designated as 22a in the General Metropolitan Plan
(PGM). This is consistent with an economic model based
on the specialization of Barcelona in manufacturing pro-
duction.
The aim is now to modify this traditional zoning
instrument to adapt it to the new strategy of Barcelona
as a city of knowledge: ‘To pass from an industrial man-
ufacturing model to a model adapted to the new tech-
nological revolution, it is essential to open up the 22a
zoning to these activites, to protect their production and
employment base’.27
However, the question was how to achieve this. The
aim was not simply to expand the activities in the 22a
zoning to include ICT activities, but to incorporate a
wide range of activities that are ‘knowledge-intensive’.
Teams of engineers who worked on the definition of the
@ activities, led by Miquel Barceló, had a vision that was
focused on ICT in particular, and based on the constitu-
tion of a ‘digital city’, along the lines of cities such as
Bangalore or projects such as that of Silicon Alley in New
York or the Cyber district of Boston.28 However, now the
aim is to adopt a more general vision, based on the prin-
ciples of the knowledge economy, and implemented
according to the new paradigm.
Indeed, the classical zoning is based on the notion of
a production sector defined by the characteristics of
what it produces. The new zoning should be based on
‘how’ it is produced, in accordance with the criteria in
the paradigm of the knowledge economy. If we had
opted for a highly precise definition of @ activities as
those that are strictly related to the production of infor-
mation and communication technologies, then an
extension of the existing list of activities of a manufac-
turing nature by incorporating ICT manufacture and
services would have been sufficient. In contrast, if we
adopt a vision of the knowledge economy, as foreseen
by the OECD, then activities that produce ICT and those
24. Here the main reference was the OECD document Science,Technology, Industry. University Research in Transition, Paris, 1998,p. 7 and 8. A document by Pedro Conseiçao, Manuel V. Heitor and PedroOlivera was also used, entitled: ‘Expectations for the University in theKnowledge-based Economy’, and published in TechnologicalForecasting and Social Science, 58, 1998, p. 203-214.
25. Joan Trullén (1998): Noves estratègies econòmiques i territorials pera Barcelona, p. 20.
26. On changes in employment demand in Barcelona see ‘Tendències de l’ocu-pació a Barcelona a partir de INSS i IAE (1993-1997)’, research agree-ment between Barcelona Activa and the UAB, Joan Trullén with RafaelBoix and Juan Antonio Santana, Department of Applied Economics, 25September 1998, duplicated.
27. ‘Introducció: la nova zona 22@ i la ciutat del coneixement’, Chapter 2 ofthe ‘Modificació del PGM per a la renovació de les àrees industrials delPoblenou-Districte d’Activitats 22@BCN’.
28. Studies that were first promoted by Miquel Barceló from the CatalanInstitute of Technology and then by the 22@ Barcelona development com-pany, on the introduction of ICT in Barcelona and in the metropolitanarea, were essential to define the technological and business strategy ofPoblenou, and, in particular, the initial list of @ activities. In addition,Barceló boosted the location of the Catalan Institute of Technology inPoblenou, and was behind the technological drive focused on informationand communication technologies. A detailed description of the project andits relation with the model of the digital city can be found in Antoni Oliva,El districte d’activitats 22@bcn, Aula Barcelona, Barcelona, 2003.
24 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
that intensively use ICT and have highly qualified
human capital should be included. This latter perspec-
tive requires new dynamics, and is supported by the
‘Barcelona, City of Knowledge’ document and other
previous economics studies.
Therefore, on the basis of studies on the location of
economic activity, it was argued that much of the
demand for land in Poblenou would be for non-indus-
trial activities that are mid- to high-tech or high-tech,
and services in particular.29 These activities have one fun-
damental characteristic: they have very high employ-
ment density.30
Therefore, a proposal was made to adopt the
OECD’s notion of knowledge economy, set out in its
document OECD Science, Technology and Industry
Scoreboard 1999: Benchmarking Knowledge-based
Economies. This led to the adoption of general criteria
rather than just lists of the sectors and subsectors
defined in national classifications of economic activi-
ties; and to the use of a method for approving propos-
als that required the formation of an advisory commis-
sion to evaluate whether proposed activities met the
established criteria.
In its first document to propose how to measure
knowledge-based economies, the OECD warned of the
adoption of simplistic criteria:
The importance of technology-based activities has
often been approximated by the share of high-technol-
ogy industries in manufacturing. However, this
approach focuses only on the main producers of
high-technology goods.
It is desirable to include otehr activities that are inten-
sive users of high technology and/or have the rela-
tively highly skilled workforce that is required to ben-
efit fully from technological innovations. Therefore, in
addition to the commonly identified manufacturing
industries, service activities such as finance, insurance
and communications are included here.
This approach went far beyond what was initially
established and what emerged from the model of a dig-
ital city.31
These activities were identified by the acronym CITI
and the categories 72 (communications), 8 (bank insur-
ance, estate agents and business services) and 9 (com-
munity services, social services and personal services).
Consequently, a criterion was adopted that enabled a
wide range of service sectors to be included in the @
designation.
Finally, the approved text included in detail a wide
range of ICT manufacturing and service activities, and
also referred in general to ‘those other tertiary activities
that are based on knowledge and increase competitive-
ness, according to the OECD Science, Technology and
Industry Scoreboard 1991, page 18, particularly in techno-
logical, commercial and financial areas’.32
This important amendment was accompanied by the
adoption of a list of criteria that @ activities had to meet,
which are as follows33:
a) Use production processes characterized by inten-
sive use of new technology resources.
b) Have a high employment density (number of
workers or users/area).
c) Generate high added value.
d) Be directly related to the generation, processing
and transmission of information and knowledge.
e) Not pollute or be a nuisance, and be suitable for
central urban environments.
The decision to include a reference to new knowl-
edge-intensive activities and to potential changes in the
OECD method, and to establish some principles or gen-
24
29. ‘Noves estratègies...’ p. 20 and 21.30. A comprehensive study was carried out on the location of economic
activities in Barcelona, in the district of Sant Martí and the blocks ofPoblenou, based on the business tax and covering the period 1992-1997. The study revealed a trend of deindustrialization and ter-tiarization and examined at two-digit level the area of the blocks inPoblenou. See Joan Trullén and Rafael Boix, ‘Tendències recents del’activitat econòmica al Poblenou de Barcelona a partir de les dades del’impost d’activitats econòmiques’, collaboration agreement between
Barcelona City Council and the UAB, Department of AppliedEconomics, 1999.
31. See Miquel Barceló and Antoni Oliva, La ciudad digital, Pacte Industrialde la Regió Metropolitana de Barcelona, Beta Editorial, L’Hospitalet deLlobregat, 2002, p. 121.
32. Modificació del PGM per a la renovació de les àrees industrials delPoblenou-Districte d’Activitats 22@BCN, p. 249. Annex 1. Relació d’ac-tivitats @.
33. Ibidem Art. 7.2, p. 227.
eral criteria for assessing whether an economic activity
was suitable for inclusion within @ activities, required
the creation of decision-making procedures that were
different to those that had been used up to that point in
Barcelona’s urban planning regulations. Specifically, it
was agreed to create an advisory commission, comprised
of people of recognized technical and professional abili-
ty in the area of ICT, the information society, and the
knowledge economy. This commission would be
appointed by the Mayor of Barcelona, and would have
three objectives: report on the special plans that would
have to develop @ activities, propose updates to the list
of @ activities and assess, in cases of doubt or impreci-
sion, whether or not an activity met the criteria estab-
lished in the @ regulations.
4. Conclusion: Poblenou, 22@ Barcelona Dist r ict
of Act ivit ies
In this article, we focus on the inclusion of the
process of redevelopment of the industrial areas of
Poblenou and 22@ Barcelona in a broader project to
transform Barcelona, which was drawn up between
1999 and 2000 and which is known as Barcelona, City
of Knowledge. This project not only covers strategic
aspects of economy and urban planning, but also a
wide range of fields such as technology, research and
development, culture, education, employment and
information.
Barcelona’s new strategy is based on economic and
urban planning theories brought together in the princi-
ples of a new urban economy (the cities compete,
according to Roberto Camagni) and a new theory of
Marshallian industrial districts (the old criteria of classi-
fying activities by sectors no longer apply, as many of
the advantages are in the ‘district’, says Giacomo
Becattini).
If the key is not the ‘sector’ but the ‘district’, then
urban zoning must change. The old system of zoning
designation identified the sector as the basic economic
category. However, in the redevelopment of Poblenou a
new classification of ‘activities’ is proposed that
includes ICT and service activities that are ‘knowledge-
intensive’, according to the OECD definition.
To pass from an industrial manufacturing model to a
model of knowledge economy, it is essential to open up
the new zoning to these activites, to promote a new
production base with high employment density. This
will lead to the introduction of the new ‘district of
activities’ 22@ Barcelona, within the general project of
‘Barcelona, City of Knowledge’, of which the district
forms part.
References
ABRAMOVITZ, MOSES, & DAVID, PAUL A. (1996), ‘Technological Change
and the Rise of Intangible Investments: The US Economy’s Growth-
path in the Twentieth Century,’ Employment and Growth in the
Knowledge-based Economy, Paris: OECD.
ACEBILLO, JOSÉ ANTONIO (1998), ‘Barcelona: servidor central de la
xarxa metropolitana de ciutats’ in Revista Econòmica de Catalunya, no.
34, pp. 96-106.
BARCELÓ, MIQUEL, AND OLIVA, ANTONI, (2002) La ciudad digital. Pacto
Industrial de la Región Metropolitana de Barcelona, L’Hospitalet de
Llobregat: Beta editorial.
BARCELONA, METRÒPOLI MEDITERRÀNIA Monograph dedicated to
‘Projecte Barcelona Ciutat del Coneixement’, Ajuntament de
Barcelona, 2001.
BECATTINI, GIACOMO, (1986) ‘Del “sector” industrial al “districte”
industrial. Algunes consideracions sobre la unitat d’anàlisi de l’econo-
mia industrial’, Revista Econòmica de Catalunya, no. 1.
BOIX, RAFAEL, (2006) Barcelona ciutat del coneixement. Economia del
coneixement, tecnologies de la informació i de la comunicació, i noves estratè-
gies urbanes, Gabinet Tècnic de Programació, Ajuntament de Barcelona.
BUSQUETS, JOAN, (2004) Barcelona. La construcción urbanística de
una ciudad compacta, Barcelona: Serbal.
CAMAGNI, ROBERTO, (2005) Economia Urbana, Antoni Bosch Editor.
CLOS, JOAN, (2001) ‘Una ciutat amb idees’, Barcelona, metròpolis
mediterrània monographs, no. 1. Barcelona : Ajuntament de Barcelona.
Àrea de Relacions Ciutadanes.
CONSEIÇAO, PEDRO; HEITOR, MANUEL V. AND OLIVERA, PEDRO, (1998)
‘Expectations for the University in the Knowledge-based Economy’,
Technological Forecasting and Social Science, 58, p. 203-214.
GARCÍA-BRAGADO, RAMÓN, (2011) 22@Barcelona. 10 anys de renovació
urbana [prologue], Barcelona, 2011: Ajuntament de Barcelona.
KNIGHT, RICHARD V. (1995). ‘Knowledge-Based Development: Policy
and Planning Implications for cities’, Urban Studies, 32.
Modificació del Pla general metropolità per a la renovació de les àrees
industrials del Poblenou, districte d’activitats 22@BCN. Definitively
approved by Agreement of the Subcomissió d’Urbanisme del Municipi
de Barcelona on 27 July 2000 (DOGC no. 3239 de 5/10/2000).
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya25
NADAL, JORDI I TAFUNELL, XAVIER, (1992) Sant Martí de Provençals:
pulmó industrial de Barcelona, 1847-1992, Barcelona: Ed. Columna.
OECD (1998) Science, Technology, Industry. University Research in
Transition, Paris.
OLIVA, ANTONI, (2003) El districte d’activitats 22@bcn, Barcelona: Aula
Barcelona.
ROCA I ROSELL, FRANCESC, (1979) Política econòmica i territori a
Catalunya, 1901-1939, Barcelona: Ed. Ketres.
TRULLÉN, JOAN, (1998) ‘Factors territorials de competitivitat a la
Regió Metropolitana de Barcelona’, Revista Econòmica de Catalunya, no.
34, January 1998, p. 34-51.
TRULLÉN, JOAN (1998): Noves estratègies econòmiques i territorials per a
Barcelona, Barcelona: Ajuntament de Barcelona, Gabinet Tècnic de
Programació.
TRULLÉN, JOAN; BOIX, RAFAEL AND SANTANA, JUAN ANTONIO, (1998)
Tendències de l’ocupació a Barcelona a partir de INSS i IAE (1993-1997),
Research Agreement between Barcelona Activa and UAB,
Departament d’Economia Aplicada, duplicated.
TRULLÉN, JOAN, AND BOIX, RAFAEL, (1999) Tendències recents de l’activi-
tat econòmica al Poblenou de Barcelona a partir de les dades de l’Impost
d’Activitats Econòmiques, Partnership Agreement between Ajuntament
de Barcelona and UAB, Departament d’Economia Aplicada.
TRULLÉN, JOAN, (2001) La metròpoli de Barcelona cap a l’economia del
coneixement: diagnosi econòmica i territorial de Barcelona 2001. Barcelona:
Ajuntament de Barcelona, Gabinet Tècnic de Programació.
TRULLÉN, JOAN; LLADÓS, JOSEP AND BOIX, RAFAEL,(2002) ‘Economía del
conocimiento, ciudad y competitividad’, Investigaciones Regionales,
no. 1, p. 139-161.
26 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Introduct ion: 22@ as a necessary condit ion to
increase worldwide compet it iveness through the size
of the supply and consolidated clusters
At the end of 2000, a major redevelopment operation
started with the definitive approval of the Modification of
the Metropolitan General Plan to redevelop industrial areas
of Poblenou, the 22@ Barcelona district of activities, which
covers an area equivalent to 113 blocks of Cerdà’s Eixample
and has a potential of close to 4 million m2 of gross floor
space (GFS). This operation was to be carried out in a tradi-
tional industrial area that was occupied by around 1.4 mil-
lion m2 of built floor space in varying states of physical and
functional obsolescence and with a manufacturing zoning
designation (22a). In general, the existing constructions
underutilized a very central area that is just 15 minutes from
the centre of Barcelona.
Over 4,600 dwellings were also located in the 198-ha
area. These dwellings, which were not fully legal, were kept
in the new plan. The 22@ development increases the hous-
ing stock by around 4,000 dwellings for affordable housing
and on ceded land, with a GFS equivalent to 10% of the
total development (0.3 FAR - floor space area ratio), which
will be transferred to the City Council from the develop-
ment by law and as its share in the planning gains.
Thus, a potential 3.2 million m2 GFS for economic activ-
ities was put on the market for building high-density offices
(3 FAR in the blocks1), as corresponds to a central business
district. This is a necessary condition for competing in the
global real estate market and attracting new economic activ-
ity to the central city, which, without the critical mass of 22@
and the opportunity to create clusters, would have had to
mainly locate activities in the outskirts of the metropolitan
area in a more dispersed way. This highlights the role of
Barcelona as the central server in a system of metropolitan
towns and cities, and the focus of directional activities.
The block is the basic unit for planning and for manag-
ing private initiatives, if there is agreement among over 50%
of the land owners. This unit facilitates the distribution of
profits and charges resulting from the development plan,
which is in proportion with the land ownership by existing
companies. It also provides sufficient flexibility to adapt the
supply to the needs of the real estate market. The plan that
the City Council began to implement in four predetermined
areas and the move of activities to the district are additional
incentives for the development of private initiative.
From an economic perspective, the plot ratio incentive
(up to 2.7 FAR for @ activities in the new economy and
2.2 FAR for other service sector uses, such as hotels,
excluding manufacturing activity and storage) generates
planning gains to cover compensation for relocations
(around €600 per m2 of existing floor space), demolitions,
compensation for existing buildings (around €200 per m2
of existing floor space), the costs of city and internal infra-
The impact of 22@ on urban developmentand real estate: Barcelona’s future centralbusiness district
Sara Mur and Joaqu im ClusaConsulting economists, www.murclusa.cat
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya27
(*) The authors are grateful for the interest of the BSAV. The map was includ-ed thanks to Albert Viladomiu Mangrané, Director of Urban Planning ofthe BSAV, and it was drawn up by: [email protected]
1. The FAR (floor space area ratio) of 3 m2 of gross floor space/m2 of land isequivalent to a building area of around 36,000 m2 of floor space above
grade in a block of the Eixample (12,000 m2 of land). This is almost equiv-alent, for example, to building a Mapfre Tower (approximately 42,000 m2
of gross floor space above grade) or an average-sized Corte Inglés of 7floors above grade of around 45,000 m2 of gross floor space) and explainsthe type of building in the blocks with new constructions.
structure and the proportional contribution to financing
the redevelopment of the entire area, according to the
specifications of the Special Infrastructure Plan (PEI) and
which accounts for less than €80 per m2 of floor space
above grade that the corresponding tax ordinance deter-
mines per unit of land area.
The concept of PEI is also an innovation in the man-
agement and private financing of the redevelopment of
the entire area. It determines a high standard of quality
for the electricity supply, telecommunications and waste
collection. Thus, the planning gains also finance most of
the infrastructure of the city, with only a minimum con-
tribution of general investment from the City Council’s
current revenue. This funding mechanism was subse-
quently applied to the infrastructure of La Marina del Prat
Vermell and is planned for La Verneda. It could be applied
in the implementation of urban development plans in the
entire municipality, to finance the city infrastructure that
cannot be assigned to specific sectors.
Naturally, the blocks that have already been trans-
formed or those that are more likely to be transformed in
the future are those that are less dense and close to the
average plot ratio for the previous use (around 1 FAR), as
less compensation needs to be paid. Therefore, the time it
takes to infill the area will depend on the market condi-
tions at each moment to pay the compensation, so the
densest blocks are likely to take longer to develop.
The development of the blocks could be delayed if dis-
agreements arise between landowners that are not part of
the initial majority initiative. Such disagreements are gen-
erally due to compensation, as the financing of the new
development could be covered by property developers
who buy the land from the current landowners. Although
the compensation committees have legal instruments for
paying compensation to the minority owner, this does
not mean that arguments will not arise that could delay
the development of the whole block or sector.
Development in blocks also helps to surpass the min-
imum standards of general urban planning regulations, as
20% of the block or area is set aside for open spaces and
10% for all kinds of facilities, including newly created
ones that are of a 22@ nature.
Free land transfers are neutral in relation to the sale
price of the real estate product, as the residual unit value
of the plots is the derived demand based on the the sale
price of the final product. The business costs, the profit
from the promotion, and the absolute price of plots only
depends on the plot ratio attributed in the plans and the
unit price.
The dimension of the 22@ district can be compared to
La Défense in Paris2, which is advertised as the biggest
international business district in Europe and is centrally
situated3. In an area of 564 ha4, a total of 3.4 million m2 of
offices, 0.95 M m2 of commercial floor space and 0.95 M
m2 of dwellings have been constructed in this area since
the 1960s. There is a total of 4.4 M m2 GFS for economic
activity, 185,000 jobs and 20,000 residents. Today, the
headquarters of 12 of the 50 biggest multinational com-
panies in the world are located in the Île-de-France area,
with 50 million m2 of offices.
The 3.2 M m2 GFS of 22@ represents 72% of the floor
space for economic activity in La Défense and could
house 133,000 jobs in the future using an equivalent stan-
dard (24 m2 GFS per job). Although the total area will
only be 35% of that of La Défense and the average plot
ratio will be around double, the comparison is appropri-
ate as it highlights the scope and development opportu-
nities of 22@. The dimensions of office space in towns in
the Barcelona metropolitan area, with 12.2 M m2(5) (of
which 7.3 M m2 GFS corresponds to the municipality of
Barcelona), are smaller than the 50 million m2 in Île-de-
France stated in information on La Défense, given the
differences in the level of rent, the degree of tertiarization
of the economy, and the effect of its capital status.
All the main urban agglomerations in the world aim
to expand their central business districts in locations as
close to the centre as possible. This is also the case of
Madrid, which in 2009 initially approved a zoning plan
28 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
2. http://www.ladefense-seine-arche.fr/les-lieux-du-projet/la-defense.html.Document ‘Enjoy La Défense Seine Arche’. May 2011.
3. They advertise that the district is 10 minutes from the centre of Paris and30 minutes from the airports in public transport.
4. With 31 ha of open area and 11 ha of green spaces.5. Information from the Land Registry Office, Technical Programming Unit,July 2009.
for the extension of La Castellana under the slogan ‘The
economic heart of Madrid’6. The 312-ha area has a poten-
tial 3.05 million m2 GFS, 45% of which would be for hous-
ing and 55% for economic activity (2.4 M m2 GFS). The
Madrid model differs from that of Paris and Barcelona
basically in the proportions of housing and economic
activity, which are almost equivalent. However, this is an
issue that could be considered in future plans for
Barcelona or in the modification of current plans.
Consequently, 22@ is a plan with a vision for the
future. It was drawn up to make more floor space avail-
able for the offices the market required, and to encour-
age the location of the advanced technology activities
that the new economy needed and continues to need. It
has dimensions, location, quality of city infrastructure
and innovative systems of financing and management
that are comparable to the best initiatives carried out
worldwide.
The recession that began in the second half of 2007
has substantially changed the rate of applications for 22@
building permits. The rate of annual approval of permits
for the 2008-2010 period (133,105 m2 GFS per year) was
23-27% lower than that in 2002-2007 (122,933 m2 GFS
per year if 7 years are considered and 143,422 m2 GFS
from 2002 to 2003). The duration of the low demand will
naturally affect the absorption rate, both in 22@ and in
the other operations in Barcelona that are currently sup-
plied or in the planning and development stages.
Given that construction in 22@ has taken place in four
and a half years of expansion and three and a half years of
contraction, we could consider that the medium-term
demand is in the order of 100,000 m2 GFS per year in
approved building permits and around 4,200 new jobs per
year, using the average standard of La Défense in Paris.
In this article, we deal successively with the following
topics: the forecasts in the initial economic and financial
study in relation to the current results (Section 1); the
supply in 22@ in the context of competing operations in
Barcelona ‘river to river’ (Section 2); the situation of com-
petitive prices and the parameters and opinions in reports
by real estate agents, with reference to some internation-
al prices (Section 3); reference to the economic feasibility
of the development, according to the influence of the dif-
ferent components of the prices and particularly to the
compensation and costs of the city infrastructure (Section
4); the potential building area in 22@ up to 2020 (Section
5); the impact of 22@ on the rest of the construction
dynamics in Barcelona, as reflected by the approved
building permits above and below grade (Section 6).
The concluding chapter (Section 7) refers to the
dimension that will be attained by 22@ and the opera-
tions around the La Sagrera station when completed, in
the context of floor space for tertiary activities in the var-
ious districts of Barcelona and according to the land reg-
istry records. This section supports the hypothesis that the
floor space for economic activity, and certainly the occu-
pation, will surpass that of the districts of Ciutat Vella and
the Eixample, which form the old business centre of
Barcelona.
Forecasts and economic hypotheses in the
Modified Met ropolit an General Plan (MPGM):
20 years, absorpt ion of 135,000 m 2 GFS per year
and economic feasibilit y of compensat ion
‘The main aim of this Economic and Financial Study is
to ensure that the forecasts in the development plan are
met, and to demonstrate that the distribution of charges
and profits is feasible, meets the provisions established in
planning regulations, and is in line with the situation in
the real estate market. In particular, the aim is to highlight
that the development of the “zones”, at the current and
foreseeable value of the real estate market, and public
investment and that from other sources can adequately
finance the “systems” (infrastructure, compensations, city
infrastructure and facilities for the community) required
for the urban development.
This document refers particularly to the following
points:
1. Dimension of the new supply of floor space for eco-
nomic activities resulting from the development plan.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya29
6. http://www.madrid.es/portales/munimadrid/es
2. Demand for floor space for economic activities in
Barcelona and Poblenou.
3. Feasibility of the new urban development
charges, to be financed with the increase in plot ratio.
4. Assessment of the feasibility in real estate terms
of the transformation operations (special plans).’ (From
the amended text for definitive approval of the
Modification of the Metropolitan General Plan,
September 2000, pages 1 and 3).
With respect to the first aspect, the study’s summa-
ry table gives the following figures for potential: ‘If we
add the 509,976 m2 GFS of existing housing and local
and @ facilities, the total potential is just over 3,500,000
m2 GFS. The fulfilment of the potential is foreseen in 20
years in 2019, at an average rate of 133,000 m2 of floor
space for economic activities per year and the construc-
tion of around 4,000 affordable dwellings.’
The following statement was made on the job
potential: ‘The new urban planning also provides the
opportunity to increase the number of jobs located in
Poblenou, which is currently at around 31,000 people,
according to the register for 1996. With an optimistic
forecast of a density of 25 m2 of floor space per job,
the new production district will house over 91,000
jobs.’7
The following should be highlighted: ‘...given that
the annual growth in GDP in these years has been
2.5% on average; a rate that we can reasonably expect
to maintain in the next ten years and at least enables
us to forecast various economic growth scenarios.’
On the assessment of the supply for economic activ-
ity in Barcelona in 1999, the study stated: ‘For these rea-
sons, Poblenou’s share in the dynamics of the munici-
pality is between a minimum of 40% and a maximum of
60%. If we apply these percentages to the trend of
387,854 m2 GFS per year for all types of tertiary activities,
the potential demand in Poblenou is between 155,034 m2
and 232,550 m2 of new floor space per year, with an aver-
age forecast of 194,000 m2 of new floor space per year.
[...] Barcelona currently has a stock of 4 million m2 of
offices, which is 56% of the stock of Madrid and 16%
that of London. [...] The City Council must ensure the
transformation of Poblenou regardless of the economic
and real estate cycle. [...] The vision must be for 15-20
years. [...] Currently, 35-45% of the stock of offices is
considered obsolete and does not meet the users’
requirements. [...] The estimation of the total absorption
of offices of an “international level” in Barcelona and the
metropolitan area is estimated [...]to be 197,000 m2 per
year. The share of Poblenou in the most optimistic fore-
cast would be situated, according to this study, at 69% of
the total absorption in the metropolitan area, that is,
135,930 m2 per year. [...] The operation in Poblenou is
presented as a unique opportunity to re-centralize a
Metropolitan process that is excessively decentralised.’
On the economic feasibility of private operations,
the document stated that: ‘An operation shall be prof-
itable when the difference between the value of the
resulting plots that have to be developed and the total
costs of developing them is positive and this difference
30 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
7. More recently, the figure of 150,000 potential jobs has been estimated by22@ (2009), ‘22@Barcelona project. A social, urban and economic urbanrenewal’, Mimeo, p. 24.
Plan of st ages
Development of a new potent ial floor space for product ion act ivit ies
Encumbrances = <38,000 pts/ potential m2 of gross floor space 901,626 180,324 360,651 180,325 180,326
Encumbrances = > 38,000 pts/potential m2 of gross floor space 607,395 91,109 121,479 212,588 182,219
TOTAL 2,659,654 616,884 942,464 738,164 362,545
100% 23% 35% 28% 14%
reaches a percentage of the total investment that is
equal to or higher than the ordinary returns in the real
estate sector.’
The justification of the economic feasibility of private
operations was supported by detailed accounts that were
submitted for three types of blocks of different densities
and with the final conclusion that ‘...we obtained resid-
ual values of land at the start of the operation [...] that in
all cases were above the €601/m2 of land (€100,000/m2 of
land) that correspond to a plot ratio of 1 FAR before the
expectations of reclassification’.
The considerable innovation in the redevelopment
of the sector and its financing was described as follows:
‘Barcelona City Council shall draw up a special infra-
structure plan to define and specify the standard of the
aforementioned urban development services and the
characteristics of other required infrastructures and
services, both those planned for the public domain and
those planned for private land’. In accordance with the
suppositions of city infrastructure drawn from the
progress in the PEI, the economic feasibility study
(EEF) of the MPGM estimated that the unit cost of the
investment required in the area of the MPGM is
€180/m2 of road (30,000 pta/m2) and the total invest-
ment is €119 M (19.780 billion pta). The planned
financing is 70% from the owners of the land under
transformation (1,269,409 m2 of land counted) and 30%
from the public services providers. The resulting cost to
landowners is €24/m2 GFS in areas with a plot ratio of
2.2 FAR and €30/m2 GFS in those of 2.7 FAR’.
After 10 years of urban development and economic
management that is in line with the forecasts both in
terms of the rate of transformation, demand, city infra-
structure and public-private financing in a cycle of
expansion, the development of the innovative 22@ dis-
trict since 2000 should be adapted to the recession,
which increases the length of time needed to attain the
proposed objectives.
Concurrent and compet it ive operat ions:
12.4 M m 2 GFS, a surplus of 207,500 jobs and a short-
fall of 198,600 dwellings
Barcelona started this century with a limited supply of
offices. However, this changed with the approval of the
22@ project in 2000, with a total floor space of
approximately 4 million m2, of which around 3.2 M m2
GFS are for economic activity. The project represented a
major quantitative and qualitative change in supply that
put Barcelona in a competitive position in the global
market.
This supply for economic activity competes today with
the operations in the Plaça d’Europa in Hospitalet
(0.2 M m2 GFS), the Forum (0.6 M m2 GFS) and Fira de
Barcelona (0.2 M m2 GFS), with a potential of around
26,000 jobs8.
In the future, the supply in 22@ will have to compete
with that of La Marina del Prat Vermell (0.3 M m2 GFS), La
Verneda (0.3 M m2 GFS), Biopol (0.3 M m2 GFS), BZ
Barcelona Innovation Zone (1 M m2 GFS)9, with a potential
for approximately 52,700 jobs, and particularly the supply
around the future central station of La Sagrera-Prim
(0.5 M m2 GFS), with an estimated potential for 18,400 jobs,
according to the information in the attached tables10.
The potential floor space above grade in 22@ has
been updated with documents and information provid-
ed by 22@ Barcelona S.A.U. The below grade figures
have been kept as in the MPGM.
Given its significance, we should also refer to the poten-
tial supply of the operation in the Centre Direccional de
Cerdanyola - Parc de l’Alba, whose plans were approved in
2005. This supply could be considered in a complementary
market to the operations in the city centre. It will meet a dif-
ferent demand for economic activity in terms of the charac-
teristics, location and price. It covers an area of 340 ha and
has a potential floor space of 1.9 million m2, of which
1.5 M m2 GFS are for economic activity.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya31
8. The number of potential jobs is calculated by considering the same plans withapproximate standards of 20 m2 of gross floor space per job in offices, 40 m2
of gross floor space/job in retail, 60 m2 of gross floor space/job in facilities,60-100 m2 of gross floor space/job in logistic activities and industries and2,500 m2 of gross floor space/job in car parks.
9. The incorporation of the major suppply from the plans for El Prat de Llobregat
(La Seda, Enkalene, etc.), Gavà, Viladecans (DeltaBCN Aerospace and MobilityPark, etc.), Sant Boi de Llobregat, Badalona and Santa Coloma de Gramanetthat should be taken into account are beyond the scope of this article.
10. The city infrastructure operations in La Marina and La Verneda areplanned in three phases. In the BZ Barcelona Innovation Zone, a firstphase of city infrastructure of 30 ha is already planned.
Total 931.6 4,277,097 7,120,897 11,397,995 1,226,710 12,624,705 2,697,339
(22@/ Total) 21% 9% 44% 31% 32% 31% 35%
(22@ + La Sagrera and surroundings)/ Total 32% 32% 51% 44% 53% 45% 53%
(22@ + La Sagrera and surroundings)/ Total BCN 36% 34% 61% 50% 60% 51% 62%
Source: drawn up by authors using the information available in planning documents and reports.Note: (P.D.A.: pending definitive approval; P.P.A.: pending provisional approval)
Major urban operat ions 2000-2030: 1,182 ha - 11.4 M m 2 GFS (excluding facilit ies)
Source: base plan provided by Barcelona Sagrera Alta Velocitat. Data compiled by authors.
To date, urban infrastructure has been carried out, as
well as the construction of a synchrotron. As a result, the
Barcelona metropolitan area has a quality supply for dif-
ferent types of high-tech industrial activities in an area of
approximately 600 km2, which is equivalent to the area of
the municipality of Madrid.
In the case of 22@, the average standard in the eco-
nomic feasibility study for the MPGM was 25 m2 GFS per
job in the district, with an estimated total of 91,000 jobs.
However, the number of potential jobs has been updated to
an estimated potential figure of 150,000 (22@, op. cit. p. 24).
The major operations considered, together with other
operations in the 2011 housing programme11, have a total
potential of 11.4 M m2 GFS, 7.1 M m2 GFS for economic
activity, and include a considerable potential supply of new
dwellings (56,000 units), with a high percentage reserved
for affordable housing. Some of these operations are high-
ly self-sufficient in the ratio of the active population/poten-
tial jobs, as is the case of La Marina del Prat Vermell and La
Verneda12.
Together, all of the operations up to their completion
generate a potential of 59,000 active members of the pop-
ulation13, with a surplus of 207,500 jobs and at the same
time a shortfall of 198,600 dwellings (161,300 in the
municipality of Barcelona).
This conclusion is similar to that drawn from a study
carried out in 200514 on the entire Barcelona metropolitan
area and plans for over 200,000 m2 GFS. It estimated that
there was a surplus of 522,000 jobs in 2011 in comparison
to the expected dynamics (op. cit. p. 15).
The total potential figures were estimated at
775,000 jobs and 427,000 new dwellings, and an absorption
period of 31 years for floor space for economic activity and
17 years for that of dwellings (op. cit. p. 54), with the expect-
ed dynamics at that time. In terms of the argument followed
in this article, the metropolitan area plans for 2001-2002
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya33
Major operat ions in Barcelona
No. dwellings No. residents No. active population Balance (active population -jobs)No. jobsOperation
22@ (2000) 4,000 8,800 4,180 150,000 125,820
Forum 6,273 14,766 7,014 14,211 7,197
Prim 3,509 7,720 3,667 884 —2,783
La Sagrera station and surroundings 9,410 20,703 9,834 17,515 7,682
BZ Barcelona Innovation Zone (Zona Franca) — — — 20,000 20,000
La Verneda 8,781 19,088 9,067 9,090 23
La Marina 10,865 23,904 11,354 10,405 -949
Vallbona 2,120 4,876 2,316 818 -1,498
Plaça d’Europa L’Hospitalet 1,684 3,705 1,760 8,477 6,718
Biopol L’Hospitalet - — — — 13,213 13,213
Ciutat de la Justícia L’Hospitalet - - — — — 3,000 3,000
Fira de Barcelona (2000) L’Hospitalet — — — 3,429 3,429
(22@ + La Sagrera and surroundings)/ Total 30% 30% 30% 63% 63%
(22@ + La Sagrera and surroundings)/ Total BCN 31% 31% 31% 75% 78%
Source: drawn up by authors using the information available in planning documents and reports.
11. ‘Municipal commitment to boost the generation of land and promote20,000 dwellings in the next eight years’, by the governing team ofBarcelona City Council, April 2011 (excluding La Marina, Prim andVallbona which are included in the major operations).
12. Pending provisional approval.
13. Estimates using the standards of 2.2 people per dwelling and 47.5% of theresidents actively employed.
14. Roca, J., Clusa, J., Marmolejo, C. (2005), El potencial urbanístic de laRegió Metropolitana de Barcelona. Barcelona City Council, TechnicalProgramming Unit. Collection: Conèixer Barcelona. The study onlytookinto account plans for over 200,000 m2 of gross floor space above grade.
would have a surplus of 329,000 jobs or, alternatively, a
potential shortfall of 315,000 dwellings.
Therefore, the supply of new floor space for economic
activity in 22@ (3.2 M m2 GFS), together with the supply in
La Sagrera-Prim (0.5 M m2), comprises 51% of the supply
of land for economic activities ‘from river to river’ and
would ensure a wide supply for over 20 years according to
the past dynamics, which have been temporarily disrupted
by the recession. We cannot guarantee the same situation
with respect to housing needs, whose forecasts will defi-
nitely have to be reconsidered in the current economic sit-
uation and the periods required for coverage and comple-
tion will have to be lengthened.
Today, the operations of the Forum, Ciutat de la Justícia,
Fira de Barcelona and Plaça d’Europa are practically com-
pleted, whilst other operations that have been approved
more recently, such as La Marina (2005), have not been
sufficiently developed.
The potential available in 22@ and La Sagrera-Prim will
constitute in coming years the main supply for economic
activity (around 2.1 M m2 GFS and around 96,600 jobs), but
it will have to compete with the supply in the rest of the cen-
tral city, as it will account for approximately 47% of the total
for the major operations considered.
22@ in the market of offices and hotels according
to real estate reports: new business distr ict
with economical prices
Offices are the most common type of building in 22@.
They represent 51% of the floor space above grade in build-
ing permits approved from 2000 to 2010 (487,637 m2 GFS
out of a total of 959,846 m2 GFS). The next biggest use is
that of affordable housing, which amounts to 18% of the
approved floor space above grade. This is followed by
hotels, with 13% of the approved floor space above grade.
The area for car parks (441,753 m2 GFS) increases floor
space above grade associated with uses above grade by
46%. Therefore, the three main real estate markets for 22@
are offices, affordable housing and hotels.
The Forcadell report indicates that the average office
rent in what are known as the ‘new business centres’
(22@, Plaça d’Europa in Hospitalet, Plaça Cerdà-Passeig
de la Zona Franca) stood at €13.90 /m2 GFS at the end of
2010 and maximum rents of €18.95 /m2 GFS, although the
closing prices (or ‘expert opinion’ prices, in the words of the
report) are estimated at €7 and €13 /m2 GFS. The ‘new
business centres’ have prices lower than those in the prime
zones, the business district and the central zone, but above
the price of offices in the outskirts of the city.
Rents in 22@ are 22% below those in the prime zone at
€17.56/m2/month on average and a closing price of
between €15 and €19/m2/month. It is notable that the clos-
ing prices are more similar to the asking prices than in
other zones.
According to the same report, the sale prices in 22@
are €3,325/m2 floor space (with closing prices of €2,200-
2,700/m2 GFS) and are 37% lower than in the prime zone
(€5,250/m2 GFS).
The rates of return (yields) that reflect the risk of invest-
ing in each location of the city for new business centres and
for the outskirts stand at between 7 and 8% per year, com-
pared to 5.5-6.5% in the prime zones. In addition, the avail-
ability rates are higher the further from the centre, compared
to the average of 13% for all of Barcelona, which is far from
the 7% found in 2007.
The report states that the drop in prices compared to
previous years is greater the further from the centre,
although ‘...in 2010 most of the operations were carried out
in decentralized zones, unlike in 2009, which was dominat-
ed by the prime zone and the business district’.
According to the Forcadell report, office rental in
Barcelona amounted to 3.4 million m2 from 2000 to 2010,
with an average of 305,500 m2 GFS per year. The year with
the lowest office rental was 2001 (212,000 m2, as shown in
the first graph), whilst with the recession already underway,
a total of 225,300 m2 were rented in 2009 and 239,100 m2 in
2010. The average for the 8 years of expansion is 320,000 m2
and that of the 3 years of recession is 268,000 m2, with an
average for the 11-year period of 306,000 m2.
The Savills report of 2010 states that the net absorp-
tion of offices in 2010 was 274,000 m2 GFS, which coin-
cides almost exactly with the rental figures in the
Forcadell report. Although the rental volume cannot be
directly related with the number of building permits
34 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
approved, the share for 22@ can be estimated by relat-
ing the area for which permits were granted with the
area rented in the period of expansion (122,933 m2 GFS,
compared to the aforementioned 320,000 m2 GFS). This
gives a share of 39% of the market of offices built exclu-
sively in Barcelona and L’Hospitalet.
In this context, the 22@ district is in an intermediate
position in terms of its attractiveness in Barcelona’s real
estate market , despite the competitive prices that it
offers. The reports by estate agents for offices show that
there is a good rate of office rental in Plaça d’Euro pa and
that this can be attributed to the good public transport
Prime rentals at Dec. �010 prices €/m2 GFS per month
Prime rentals BCN nominal rents €/m2 GFS per month
‘Pr ime rentals’ in Barcelona offices in 3/m 2 of gross floor space/month 1985-2010. Nominal rent s every year and constant rent s at December 2010 pr ices
Source: Savills 2011 (nominal prices) and compiled by authors for the conversion to constant prices.
connections with the rest of the city, and particularly with
the airport.
The evolution of office prices in relation to economic
cycles can be clearly illustrated using statistics and graphs
from the Savills report15 for the second half of 2011, from a
26-year perspective beginning in 1984, which was the start
of what was known as the bubble of 1986-1991, as shown
in the enclosed graph.
The recession of 1991 began with very high rents that
were recovered, in nominal values, in 2008. However, the
real values have still not surpassed the 1991 levels. Only
57% of the constant rentals of 1991 have been obtained,
which illustrates the dimension of the 1986-1991 bubble,
particularly in the market of offices16, and the sensitivity of
this market to economic cycles that do not always coin-
cide with the cycle of housing prices.
In terms of hotels as a second real estate open market
in 22@, the 2009 report on hotel real estate by CB Richard
Ellis is notable. In reference to 2008, the report states:
...there is a considerable increase in new projects in the
Sant Martí district, specifically in the 22@ zone and its
area of influence. In practice, this relocation highlights
the sector’s definitive commitment to this zone of busi-
ness development. Gradually, the major chains have
begun to set up this area, which is starting to become one
of the city’s important business enclaves. Forty per cent
of new projects are located in this zone, which also ben-
efits from greater land availability and from the fact
that the prices are noticeably lower that in more consol-
idated and central zones...
This preference for locating hotels in 22@, even though
they cannot benefit from the maximum plot ratio for @
activities of 2.7 FAR, can be explained, regardless of the
capacity to purchase plots, by the fact that the sector is
growing and the @ part of the building area (0.5 FAR) can
be transferred to the rest of the development.
As a reference, office rents in Paris, according to informa-
tion provided by the promotion of La Défense, are as follows:
- Prime rents = €750 per m2 GFS and year
(€63 /m2 GFS/month)
- La Défense = €515 per m2 GFS and year
(€43 /m2 GFS/month)
- Seine Arche = €330 per m2 GFS and year
(€28 /m2 GFS/month)
Rents in La Défense are 32% lower than the prime
rents in the centre of Paris, whilst the figure of €14 per m2
of gross floor space and month in 22@ is 28% lower than
rents for the best locations in the centre of Barcelona. This
indicates comparable positions within the city with
respect to the central business district (CBD), as would be
expected with similar public transport distances.
If we compare the prime rents in Barcelona for the sec-
ond half of 2011 (€19.50/m2 GFS/month), we find that
Paris prices are 3.2 times higher than those of Barcelona.
Rents in La Défense are 3.1 times those of 22@, whilst
those of the Seine Arche, which is in a less central posi-
tion, are only two times higher. However, in central posi-
tions of 22@ the prime rents of Barcelona can be achieved,
which indicates the value and real estate interest in this
zone, and the different rents within the district.
Although low prices can be considered a positive factor
in terms of competitiveness and attraction, the stable
prices of real estate products reflect companies’ interest in
being located in a specific city or place within a city, and at
the same time reflects the payment capacity of the compa-
nies that move there. Therefore, comparatively high real
estate prices that are maintained by stable demand are
good news for a city’s economy.
Majority private financing for quality re-urbanisat ion:
economic feasibility of the development of blocks
with affordable contribut ions
The construction and renovation of a city requires pub-
lic and private investment in city infrastructure and con-
struction, financed by the planning gains for building
determined in the urban development plan in use by the
territory’s governing authorities. The recovery of planning
gains finances the infrastructure. The trend is for each
36 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
15. The average rents in the ‘prime’ zone in the Forcadell report (€17.56 ) onlydiffer by approximately 10% from those in the Savills report.
16. The Mapfre Tower was not fully occupied until 2002, although its con-struction was completed in 1992.
development to cover all of the direct and indirect costs
incurred by the city, and to provide reserves for affordable
housing. Here we present the two aspects of financing,
analysed from the perspective of the public sector (through
the Special Infrastructure Plan (PEI)) and private promo-
tion (through the example of an economic feasibility study
(EEF) in the urban planning stage).
The Special Infrastructure Plan (PEI) for Poblenou-
22@, which is designed as an urban development instru-
ment that covers the entire area of the MPGM, also
includes the connecting infrastructure required for the
area to operate and assesses other actions that ‘...are still
not located within the area of the Plan and are not works
carried out to connect it, but are considered important for
the development of the zone’ (EEF of the PEI, 2000).
The total investment that was initially expected was 329
million euros,17 of which €210 M (64%) corresponds to
investments in the area of 22@, €10 M (3%) to connection
areas and €109 M (33%) to areas outside of the Plan. By type
of activity, the main investment is the €154 M in mobility
(47% of the entire investment), which is located mainly out-
side of the area of the Plan (approximately 70%) and
involves two important actions: the Avinguda Diagonal
tram and the Front Marítim tram. The two next largest sys-
tems in terms of investment are: energy (24% of the total)
and public space (15% of the total), followed by telecom-
munications (7%), cleaning and waste treatment (4%) and
the water cycle (3%).
The financing of investment in 22@ and connecting
infrastructure, which in total is estimated to amount to
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya37
Dist r ibut ion of investment in the PEI by areas (€M)
Total 22@area; 210.3
Connectinginfrastructure; 10.3
Outside of Plan�s scope; 108.7
Investment in the PEI by t ype of act ions (€M)
Total energy 77.9
Total telecommu-nications21.7
Total water cycle 10.1
Cleaning and waste treatment 14.7
Public space 50.8
Total mobility 154.0
Investment in PEI by t ype of act ions (%)
Total energy 24%
Total telecomu-nicacions 7%
Total water cycle 3%
Cleaning and waste treatment 4%
Public space 15%
Total mobility 47%
Financing of the investment in 22@ and connect ions
Development 8%
City Council8%
Other 14%
Operators 32%
Urban planning encumbrances 38%
17. The updated amount is €376.8 M. The use of information from the docu-ment approved in 2000 is justified as it includes details of financing bythe public sector, companies and property developers.
18. In 2006, the transfer of 10% of the development to the City Council wasnot free of encumbrances; this was a precept of State Land Law 8/2007.
€221 M, is expected to be met as follows: 38% from city
infrastructure, 32% from service operators, 8% directly
from municipal budgets, 8% from property developers (in
addition to the charges for city infrastructure) and the
remaining 14% from the other financiers who are involved.
The cost forecasts in the PEI that are included as pri-
vate charges in the corresponding land compensation
projects are likely to be lower than current requirements
in state and Catalan planning regulations referring to
connecting infrastructures and participation to compen-
sate for the shortfall in public transport. The EEF of the
MPGM estimated a unit cost of €24 or €30 /m2 GFS, for
plot ratios of 2.2 and 2.7 FAR, respectively.
Private financing of the urban transformation also
includes the costs of compensation for relocation of exist-
ing activities and rehousing of those in existing dwellings,
demolitions and the infrastructure of the interior of
blocks, as well as the construction costs and all spending
on the management of city infrastructure and construc-
tion processes. The compensation costs may vary consid-
erably depending on the degree of consolidation of the
different sectors within the area of the MPGM. However,
it is the real estate prices that must make the transforma-
tion possible in each case.
A report from 2006 on the financial viability of a private
development proposal in the planning stage for two blocks
in 22@ clearly illustrates the order of magnitude of private
financing and the parameters of the development’s finan-
cial viability. The operation involved considerable compen-
sation costs for construction, relocation of activities and
rehousing as the area was highly consolidated, with a real
plot ratio before the transformation of 1.5 FAR, which is far
above the average of 1 FAR in the entire MPGM.
The operation was based on an expectation of average
real estate prices of €3,000 /m2 GFS for economic activity
classified as @. It required the relocation of existing activity
with considerable compensation costs of around €13 M,
which translates to costs for the potential floor space of
€189/m2 GFS. The entire process was expected to take
6 years, from the purchase of the land to the sale of the built
floor space.
The basic data and results were as follows:
Plot ratio: 2.7 FAR and 0.3 FAR transferred to the City
Council for affordable housing
Sale price for @ activities = €3,000/m2 GFS
Sale price for affordable housing = €1,456/m2 GFS
Average sale price = €2,850/m2 GFS
Average construction cost: €986/m2 GFS
Schedule: 6 years
In relation to the real estate price:
- Average land value: €986/m2 GFS (35%)
- Construction and management (includes marketing):
€1,228/m2 GFS (43%)
- Profit: €635/m2 GFS (22%)
- Annual yield rate: 15%
In relation to plot value (€986/m2 GFS):
- Plot prior to urban development: €600/m2 GFS (61%)
- Compensation: €189/m2 GFS (19%)
- City infrastructure (PEI): €32/m2 GFS (3%)
- Management (includes 4% of PEI and marketing):
€28/m2 GFS (3%)
- Profit: €137/m2 GFS (14%)
- Annual yield rate: 15%
The price of the built real estate product covers all of the
costs and spending in the stages of city infrastructure and
construction, with an annual yield rate of 15% in each stage,
and total city infrastructure charges of €250/m2 of land and
payment for the land prior to urban development at
€1,620/m2 of land. These values are average for plots devel-
oped in Barcelona, according to statistics in the Forcadell
report for the third quarter of 2006 (€1,315-1,800/m2 GFS).
This value is equivalent to a cost of €600/m2 GFS, which is
61% of the average land cost of €986/m2 GFS.
The graph below shows a diagram of the components of
the real estate value of the property, the transfer to the City
Council of 10% of the development18, and the complete
operation.
The following conclusions can be made about the
financial viability of private development:
- The transactions are adapted to the mechanism of
derived demand in each case. The market price of the
final products ‘withstands’ high compensation and high
38 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
residual values, with expectations, that are required of
the property.
- The costs of city infrastructure related to the PEI are
only 3% of the value of the plot and do not include the
costs of connection or compensation for the shortfall in
transport that the state and Catalan law currently
require.
- These costs are lower than those of other urban
developments in Barcelona. In the MPGM for La Marina
in the Zona Franca in 2006, for example, the costs of city
infrastructure in the infrastructure plan include a metro
station. This translates to €92/m2 GFS in 2005, which is
equivalent to around €75/m2 GFS (over double that of
22@) if the figures are updated to 2000, with an annual
average rate of 5%.
- In areas with a highly consolidated building area,
compensation may be a relevant condition for the trans-
formation. Existing companies expect to cover the costs of
the relocation and to have new installations outside of
Barcelona with approximately 50% more land and the
renewal of some machinery.
- The transfer of 10% of land for green zones and
10% for facilities is neutral in terms of the financial fea-
sibility of the development, as the basic parameters of
viability are the plot ratio, total income per sale and all
the costs and spending on managing the urban transfor-
mation and the construction.
- The transfer of 10% of the development to the City
Council provides plots that are equivalent to 0.3 FAR for
affordable housing. Without subsidies, this provides the
equivalent to the impact of a subsidized plot. The 10%
transfer is not a charge for the property owner, but a way
of recovering the planning gains or profits conferred on
the land by the planning, given that private initiative
obtains a profit equivalent to 27% of the sale value of the
real estate, which is equivalent to returns of 15% per year
cash of flow during the six years of management.
Impact of building permits for 22@ on all of
Barcelona since 2003: 61% of offices and 38% of hotels
Barcelona City Council granted 158 building permits for
new construction or major renovation in the 22@ district
between 1998 and 2010, for an area of 959,846 m2 GFS
above grade (planning potential) and 441,753 m2 GFS
below grade (an additional 46%), according to the database
of the Technical Unit of 22@.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya39
�00.0
180.0
160.0
140.0
1�0.0
0
100.0
80.0
60.0
40.0
�0.0
€M
Land
1
38.1
14.6
59.�
8.�1.71.8
11.4
36.0
�
4.�6.61.64.90.� 1.3
3
4�.4
16.�
65.8
13.1
1�.6
36.0
1.9�.1
CompensationsInfrastructurecosts
Urbanisation management
Profit from urban development Construction costs
Construction management
Construction profits
Components of t he final real estate pr ice
40 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Most permits were approved between 2003 and 2007
(72% of the total area). The evolution of the figures over
time reflects the need in the early years (1998-2002) to
carry out the land planning and management (18% of
the total) and, from 2007 onwards, the general slow-
down in the real estate market (10% of the total). In
comparison to the whole of Barcelona, we can consider
that the activity in 22@ took off in 2003, when previous
permits were accumulated. There were two peaks in
2005 and 2007, with 39% of the total floor space.
From 2001 to 2007, the average built area per year was
172,106 m2 GFS, whilst in the following three years it was
only 33,105 m2 GFS. Between 2003 (accumulated) and
2010, on average 120,000 m2 of floor space above grade
were approved per year. This trend could be taken as an
optimistic forecast of growth in the next few years, as the
period includes four and a half years of expansion and
three and a half years of recession. However, a pessimistic
trend could be situated at 100,000 m2 GFS per year.
The main building type is offices, which represent
51% of the floor space above grade in the approved per-
mits (488,000 m2 GFS out of a total of 960,000 m2 GFS).
This is followed by affordable housing (173,000 m2 GFS
and around 2,200 dwellings) at 18%, and then by hotels
(150,000 m2 GFS and around 2,300 rooms) at 13%.
The average area in permits for offices, dwellings,
hotels and facilities is between 5000 and 7000 m2 GFS
above grade, with the exceptions of manufacturing
(2,100 m2 GFS) and two permits for independent car
parks (18,000 m2 and around 720 parking spaces). A
total of 46% of permits are for under 3,600 m2 GFS,
which is equivalent to approximately a tenth of the
potential of a block. Only 20 permits (13%) are for over
a quarter of the potential of a block. The average permit
is for 6,050 m2 GFS above grade.
The estimate of jobs that the approved permits could
represent was calculated on the basis of the standards that
result from combining Barcelona’s land registry informa-
tion with information on jobs from the magazine Barcelona
Economia, which presents information on employment in
32 subsectors, as well as the authors’ own hypotheses19.
The average standards are as follows:
- Storage: 74 m2 per job
- Retail trade: 86 m2 per job
- Personal services (excluding health) and education:
45 m2 per job
1999
�00,000
180,000
160,000
140,000
�001 �003 �005 �007 �010�000 �00� �004 �006 �008
1�0,000
100,000
0
Total permits ��@ m2 GFS above grade
Total o" ces ��@ m2 GFS above grade
80,000
60,000
40,000
�0,000
�009
22@ building permit s. In m 2 GFS above grade, 2001-2010
19. This is part of a wider study underway on the urban and real estateimpact of 22@.
O" ces Manufacturing Hotels Equipment and services Housing
47,664 47,664
405,338
21,712 16,020
34,112
4,485
124,687
12,395
16,020
22@ building permit s classified by real estate init iat ive. In m 2 GFS above grade
22@ building permit s classified by real estate init iat ive and uses in m 2 GFS above grade
- Leisure, hotel and catering20: 39 m2 per job
- Manufacturing: 90 m2 per job
- Health: 26 m2 per job
- Offices: 18 m2 per job
Therefore, 32,149 jobs will have been created when
all of the approved permits have been built, if we
apply the average standards for the municipality up to
2010.
20. It is not clear whether this should be applied exclusively to hotels. Doublethe standard of 79 m2 of floor space per job will be considered.
21. This has been classified according to the name of the permit holder. In addi-tion, the 22@ technical services were questioned to ascertain the distinctionbetween ‘real estate investment for rent’ or ‘specific company’, which werethe concepts that were most difficult to assign. The distinction between‘non-profit institutions’ corresponds mainly to trade union estate agents inthe case of housing and institutions in the case of facilities. ‘Lofts’ areassigned to ‘real estate investment’ in dwellings.
In the real estate market21, most applications for per-
mits have been for investment and rental (50.2% of the
approved area), mainly for the development of offices.
Specific hotel initiatives, which are also considered a pri-
vate real estate investment, represent 15% of the approved
floor space. Government buildings, together with the
The results indicate that 22@ is the most important sin-
gular operation in Barcelona in terms of offices (61% of the
total since 2003) and that, at the same time, it has played an
essential role in the location of new hotels (38%), to address
the growing demand resulting from the constant increase in
visitors to the city.
The results also highlight that 22@ combines and com-
petes with other areas of the city that have considerable
dynamism in the years of expansion, one of which is the
important area of the Forum, which is adjacent to the dis-
trict of Sant Martí. In addition, the synergic effects of clusters
should be considered as a single operation, to which La
Sagrera central station and the surrounding area shall soon
be added.
Building potentials for 22@ and the expected time
it will take to infill the area: up to 2014, with
100,000 m2 GFS absorbed annually and potential for
85,000 jobs.
The figures are based on data available for 22@, today,
which are (in m2 GFS above grade) as follows:
- Listed buildings for which no permit
has been requested.............................................................108,163
- Other buildings that remain .................................198,193
- Consolidated façades for housing .................137,085
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya45
22. In relation to the comparison with information on 22@ building permits byuses, the problem in the new-build statistics in Barcelona Economia is thathotels are classified with facilities. The comparison could also be biased byyears, because there is a time lag between the date of the City Council’sapproval and the favourable information provided by the 22@ technical serv-ices. Therefore, we can assume that the proportion of the two uses is the sameas that in the statistics on total major building works.
In terms of the total 198.3 ha of land, this represents a
total plot ratio of 1.96 FAR. In terms of the 116.0 ha of land
to be transformed (42% of land in roads, green zones and
other systems), this represents a net plot ratio of 3.3 FAR.
A total of 1,842,243 (47% of the total floor space) can
be considered consolidated floor space, and only
959,847 m2 GFS (57% of the consolidated floor space) in
granted permits is still pending construction. A plausible
hypothesis is that building has not yet begun on only
approximately 95,000 m2 GFS in building permits granted
between 2008 and 2009.
The considerable planning and management effort in
22@ is clearly revealed by the building potential with com-
pleted planning and management, which stands at 60% of
the total potential (2.3 million m2 GFS compared to the
total of 3.9 M m2 GFS).
We could consider that the areas that are pending
planning and management (480,137 m2 GFS) will be
developed in the short- to medium-term when the market
conditions are suitable, and that this will be the first poten-
tial area for which construction permits shall be sought.
The main issue is to determine which part of the
1,570,373 m2 GFS with no planning or management, equiv-
alent to 40% of the total potential, will be put on the market
due to demand, after excluding the industrial plots that have
a high ratio of m2 of gross floor space/m2 of land and thus
involve high transformation costs. These plots cannot be
considered as potential supply to be transformed in the
medium term.
Due to a lack of further information, we have used the
proportion indicated in the economic and financial study
of 2000 for blocks with built areas of less than 38,000 m2
GFS in the ‘optional development’ category (59.7%). The
development potential will probably be 1,417,650 m2 GFS
(937.513 m2 GFS added to the 480,137 m2 GFS with plan-
ning and management).
Consequently, the infill of the area will be completed in
12 years (2022), with an optimistic forecast of permits
being granted for 120,000 m2 GFS per year, or in 14 years
(2024), with the pessimistic forecast of permits for
100.000 m2 GFS per year, according to past trends.
If we make combined forecasts for occupation, taking
into account that part of the new developments will be
allocated to dwellings and also assuming the average stan-
dard of 30 m2 GFS per new job, the pending potential
development is likely to house 52,446 jobs, in addition to
those estimated from the permits that have already been
granted (32,14923). This gives an approximate total of
85,000 jobs24 derived from new development in 22@,
which can be added to the existing jobs for activities that
will not be transformed.
The 22@ district , the cent ral stat ion of La Sagrera
and the Forum: Barcelona’s central business district
in 2025-2030
The central business district (CBD) of a metropolitan
urban area is the part of the territory, generally in a very
central position, where there is the highest concentra-
tion of directional activities providing services to com-
panies, with maximum added value per job. For simplic-
ity, the boundaries of the CBD in Barcelona are
considered to be the Eixample and Ciutat Vella districts,
although a more precise delimitation would be more
linear along Passeig de Gràcia and Avinguda Diagonal,
46 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
23. However, in another study based on a census of companies, the number ofnew workers in 22@ economic area (extended) was estimated at 44,600in December 2009.
24. Using the standards of La Défense (24 m2 per job in offices and retail) thiswould be 99,062 jobs.
as shown on the maps in reports by the main real estate
agents.
The urban development proposed in the transforma-
tion of industrial Poblenou into the 22@ district has a
potential of around 3.2 million m2 GFS above grade (and
approximately 1.3 M m2 GFS below grade, based on pro-
portions derived from approved permits) and will alter the
concentration of current tertiary activities and the metro-
politan centres.
The municipality of Barcelona had 118.99 million m2 of
registered floor space in February 2005, both above grade
and below grade in car parks, according to the City
Council’s Institute for Fiscal Studies. In December 2009, it
had 121.29 M m2, according to information from the Land
Registry Office of Catalonia. Therefore, there was an incre-
ment of 1.93%, and the breakdown of uses did not coin-
cide exactly with the initial information.
The Sant Martí district represented 12% of the total
registered floor space of Barcelona (14.6 M m2 GFS) in
2005. However, it housed 20% of manufacturing (2.7 M m2
GFS) and 6% of offices (0.4 M m2 GFS) and government
buildings. In contrast, the Eixample district represented
27% of the total registered floor space (23.9 M m2 GFS)
and housed 45% of the offices and public administration
buildings (2.5 M m2 GFS) and 14% of the manufacturing
of Barcelona (1.7 M m2 GFS). Although the increase in the
number of offices would have been very different in other
districts, we do not have enough land registry information
to document it accurately25.
The combined districts of Eixample and Ciutat Vella
that are considered the current CBD account for 45% of
the floor space of offices and government buildings in
Barcelona, with 3.5 million m2 GFS in 2005.
To the dimensions of 22@ (3.2 M m2 GFS above grade
for activity and an allocation below grade -assuming that
industrial activities can coexist that are progressively trans-
formed within the same sector of activity into activities that
are more compatible with other uses - and around 1.2 M m2
GFS below grade), we should add the potential economic
activity in the operation of the Forum (0.6 M m2 GFS above
grade and around 0.1 M m2 GFS below grade) and in the
area surrounding the central station of La Sagrera (0.4 M m2
GFS above grade and 0.1 M m2 GFS below grade). The total
activity in the three operations together would be 4.2 M m2
GFS of activity above grade and 1.4 M m2 GFS below grade,
compared to 3.5 M m2 GFS in the districts of Ciutat Vella
and the Eixample, in 2005.
We can conclude, therefore, that the completion of the
major economic activity operations in the districts of Sant
Martí and Sant Andreu (4.2 M m2 GFS above grade), which
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya47
25. This is a serious statistical problem that affects the assessment of thephysical and economic dimensions of cities, that is probably caused by thecentralized management of the land register.
Land Register BCN (above and below grade) 2005.
In m illions of m 2 GFS
Ciutat Vella 8.13%
Eixample 23.99%
Sants-Monjuïc 15.22%
Les Corts 8.32%Sarrià-Sant Gervasi 14.90%
Gràcia 8.36%
Horta-Guinardó 9.25%
Nous Barris 7.45%
Sant Andreu 8.81%
Sant Martí 14.56%
Land Register BCN, Offices-Public Administ rat ion, 2005.
In m illions of m 2 GFS
Ciutat Vella 1.3
Eixample 2.49
Sants-Monjuïc 1.21
Les Corts 0.78
Sarrià-Sant Gervasi 0.82
Gràcia 0.51
Horta-Guinardó 0.11
Nous Barris 0.10
Sant Andreu 0.29
Sant Martí 14.56%
Source: Institute for Fiscal Studies, Barcelona City Council, Ciutat Vella Source: Institute for Fiscal Studies, Barcelona City Council, Ciutat Vella
are close together and will therefore facilitate clustering
and synergies when economic conditions allow, will sur-
pass or at least equal in size and in knowledge-based and
new technology activities the dimensions of the districts of
Eixample and Ciutat Vella (3.5 M m2 GFS, in 2005), and will
modify in any case the central areas in the city.
However, there is still the question of whether more
dwellings are needed than those envisaged in the plans for
these major operations in the east of Barcelona, to create the
balance of a compact and complex city and meet the addi-
tional needs of accessibility and public transport that mod-
ern CBD require. In any case, the main commercial centre of
the city will continue to be the traditional, historic CBD.
Summary and conclusions
1. The 22@ district, which has a potential of almost
4 million m2 of buildable area (GFS), boosts the knowledge
economy by providing companies with externalities to
compete better. It also offers an additional plot ratio of 0.5
FAR, which acts as an implicit subsidy in comparison with
other zones with lower plot ratios. The location in the 22@
district of universities and technology centres and a com-
mitment to clustering means that those who move to the
district do so not only for the prices, but also for the posi-
tion in innovation, the ‘current critical mass’ and because
it is the largest central supply. One of the advantages in
terms of real estate is that construction can begin immedi-
ately, unlike in other competing operations that are still in
the planning stage.
2. The 22@ district competes with operations around the
world of a similar scale that are in central locations, such as
La Défense in Paris or the extension of La Castellana in
Madrid. Its advantage is that it is a knowledge economy
cluster, and its disadvantage is that it has a lower critical
mass and regional and international rail networks are not
highly accessible from the district today. Furthermore, the
prices and rents are higher than those of Barcelona, which
reflects the greater attractiveness of world cities. The district
benefits from the iconic Agbar Tower, the Biomedical
Research Park and the new Telefónica tower on Avinguda
Diagonal, which is outside its urban area.
3. The MPGM predicts that it will take 20 years to com-
plete the development. The annual absorption rate will be
135,000 m2 GFS. The compensation for relocation of indus-
trial activities is economically feasible and 70% of the infra-
structure plan will be covered. The development was well in
line with expectations up to the change in economic and
real estate cycle that began in 2007, and permits have been
granted for only 33,000 m2 GFS on average per year.
4. Concurrent and competing current and future oper-
ations have a total building area of 11.4 mm2 GFS for activ-
ities and housing, generate a surplus of 207,500 jobs and a
shortfall of 198,600 dwellings in the city ‘from river to
river’, and their development shall increase metropolitan
mobility.
5. The potential area available in 22@ combined with
the future potential of La Sagrera-Prim shall continue to
be the main supply for economic activities in the coming
years. However, it will only represent 47% approximately
of the potential. The supply that shall be in most compe-
tition with 22@ will be the Innovation Zone in Zona
Franca in the former SEAT factory, which will provide
around 1 million m2 GFS with a plot ratio similar to that
of 22@, and with very competitive rental prices. The city
infrastructure of this area has just begun. To differentiate
the supply, it is essential to ensure specialization by sec-
tors in each territory.
6. The second main metropolitan supply for economic
activity, in terms of size and quality of the city infrastruc-
ture, is that of the Centre Direccional de Cerdanyola-Parc
de l’Alba, which is currently available. We can consider
that this supply complements that of 22@, as it meets a
different demand for activity, in terms of characteristics,
location and price. The two areas strengthen each other to
attract international demand. They cover an area of 340 ha
and have a potential floor space of 1.9 million m2 GFS, of
which 1.5 M m2 GFS are for economic activity.
7. The 22@ district has been a successful operation
because 61% of the total new office buildings in Barcelona
have been located there since 2003, and 38% GFS of new
hotels, for which there is increasing demand due to the
constant rise in the number of visitors to the city. Without
the 22@ district, these activities would have had to be
located in the wider metropolitan area, which would have
48 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
presented fewer opportunities to create urban economic
clusters.
8. The permits approved up to the end of 2010 would
lead to the creation of 32,000 jobs, using the city’s aver-
age standards of density by use. However, in the wider
economic area of 22@, around 44,000 new jobs shall have
been created in 2010.
9. The development of 22@ has been driven by the
location of public facilities, universities and non-profit
institutions, given the supply of land for affordable
housing that represents 26% of the total floor space in
the approved permits. The real estate interest is clear:
50.25% of the approved areas are for buildings for
investment and rent, mainly for offices. Specific hotel
initiatives, which should also be considered private real
estate investment, represent 15% of the approved floor
space. Direct investment by start-ups or existing compa-
nies only accounts for 9% of the approved floor space to
date; consequently this area should be promoted in the
future.
10. From 2001 to 2007, the average area constructed
per year was 172,106 m2 GFS, whilst in the three last
years it has been only 33,105 m2 GFS. Between 2003
(accumulated) and 2010, an average of 120,000 m2 GFS
above grade was approved per year. This trend could be
taken as an optimistic forecast for the coming years, as it
includes four and a half years of expansion and three and
a half years of recession. A pessimistic forecast would be
100,000 m2 GFS absorbed per year.
11. The forecast costs of the Special Infrastructure
Plan that are to be financed by the developments are too
low in comparison to what is currently required in the
Spanish and Catalan planning regulations on connecting
infrastructure and on participation to redress the shortfall
in public transport. The economic accounts for the oper-
ations could include higher city infrastructure costs.
12. The 22@ district is an operation that enables plan-
ning gains to be recovered through the financing of city
infrastructures and through the transfer of land for
affordable housing, which is compatible with private
returns on the operations, due to the plot ratio. Private
real estate initiative has provided profits of approximate-
ly 27% of the real estate sale value and returns of 15%
per year in cash flow for an average management period
of six years from planning to sale.
13. The potential area that is pending development in
22@ (1.4 million m2 GFS) shall be completed in 12 years
(2022) in the optimistic forecast of permits being granted
for 120,000 m2 GFS or in 16 years (2026) in the pessimistic
forecast of 100,000 m2 GFS per year, according to past
trends.
14. The total potential number of jobs is estimated at
85,000 (99,000 using the standards of La Défense, Paris),
with current standards of density. These jobs will be
added to those of activities that will not be transformed.
15. The completion of major economic activity opera-
tions in the districts of Sant Martí and Sant Andreu
(4.2 M m2 GFS above grade) will facilitate the formation of
clusters and synergies when economic conditions are
right, due to their proximity. Combined, these operations
will surpass in size and in knowledge- and technology-
based activity the dimensions of offices for directional
activities in the current CBDs of the Eixample and Ciutat
Vella (3.5 M m2 GFS, in 2005), and shall become the new
CBD of Barcelona by 2025-2030.
16. From the perspective of urban development and
real estate, we can consider whether more dwellings are
needed than those envisaged in the plans for for these
major operations in the east of Barcelona. This would help
to create the balance of a complex and compact city, and to
meet the additional needs for internal accessibility through
public transport of the most contemporary CBD, which
could be funded by the new development. Nevertheless,
the main commercial centre continues to be the tradition-
al, historic CBD.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya49
50 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
The economic impact of infrastructures in 22@
Ramon Sagarra RiusDirector of Infrastructure in the 22@ Barcelona, SA municipalcompany. Associate lecturer in the Technology Department, UPF
Int roduct ion
This article describes the general concept of infra-
structure in terms of its relationship with the economy. It
then looks at this relationship in greater depth and goes
on to explain the urban service infrastructure found in
22@. The article discusses in detail the most strategic,
newest infrastructure: the district heating and cooling
system and the municipally owned fibre optics network.
It concludes by stressing the opportunity presented by
the concept of the smart city, which improves the effica-
cy and efficiency of infrastructure use.
Infrast ructure. W hat is it ?
In general terms, infrastructure is considered the
material foundation on which societies are built. This
incredibly open concept can be narrowed down and the
meaning, still in the broad sense with which we usually
interpret it, can be given as the human undertakings that
serve to support other activities and that form part of the
structural organization of cities and companies. In even
more specialized fields, infrastructure is frequently asso-
ciated with networks of services and further character-
ized by differentiating between infrastructure for facili-
ties, technical services, systems and government heritage
items, among others.
The impact of infrastructure is generally positive in
the economic area, the social area or both. Infrastructure
is considered to improve the conditions of agents who
carry out activities in the heart of society, by increasing
the productivity of production factors. Good infrastruc-
ture and networks are linked to more well-being, lower
costs, more safety, better territorial connection, greater
economic growth, and more revenue, among other fac-
tors. Nevertheless, this view, which could be classed as
the classical perspective, is under increasing scrutiny and
there is a need for a deeper, more rigorous analysis of
infrastructure, in terms of its environmental impact and
externalities, as described later in this article.
To understand the economy of infrastructure, we can
divide it into two main types, which in the language of
urban development are known as systems: general and
local.
General infrastructure is defined as that concerned
with generation, transport and links. It is usually
planned by the public sector and financed by the same
sector or by public-private mechanisms promoted by the
government itself. This group includes roads, ports and
airports, power stations, high voltage power lines and
gas pipelines. In relation to 22@, this kind of infrastruc-
ture is required to reach the networks in the area, but is
not sufficient alone. Its development shows the govern-
ment’s and operators’ confidence in the initiative and it
is often described in the media. Investment in general
infrastructure can be used to clearly analyse and quanti-
fy its impact. However, such analyses only cover the
impact in the same network or system.
Local infrastructure, which is otherwise known as
urban infrastructure or urban services, has a capillary
nature and is comprised of the ‘last section’ of each net-
work to reach each building and each user. Considerable
investment must be made to develop this infrastructure.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya51
Concept Infrastructure costs General (estimated) Local
Electricity MT - Public works 61,865,072.14 26,000,000.00 35,865,072.14
Development of roads 106,100,094.71 0.00 106,100,094.71
Gas network - Public works 1,221,897.60 0.00 1,221,897.60
Heating and cooling system (approx.) 48,000,000.00 15,000,000.00 33,000,000.00
Telecommunications - Public works 36,878,857.33 0.00 36,878,857.33
Drinking water network 2,249,161.25 0.00 2,249,161.25
Sewer system 36,371,364.85 0.00 36,371,364.85
Mobility - Public works 13,604,762.68 0.00 13,604,762.68
Overall total 376,795,873.87 50,000,000.00 326,795,873.87
Note: The amounts do not include spending on drawing up projects, works management, quality control, health and safety, etc. To obtain the total budget without VAT, consider an increment of 30%.
Currently, the basic level of provision corresponds to
services that in the past were what made a piece of land
into a plot: road, water supply, sewers, electricity supply
and signposting. To this basic level of provision we can
add other services that must be defined in urban plan-
ning, such as fibre optics or pneumatic waste collection.
Local infrastructure is financed by property develop-
ers involved in the transformation/urban development
of the territory, which are often organized into coopera-
tives or compensation boards. However, in some cases,
the service companies themselves must make the invest-
ment. The development of local infrastructure is inextri-
cably linked to the urban development process. An eval-
uation of the economic impact cannot be disassociated
from the impact of the urban development process. On
this point, see the article in this issue by Joaquim Clusa,
which specifically focuses on this topic.
The 22@ district covers an area of around 2 million
metres squared, of which around 600,000 correspond to
roads requiring transformation to include all of the serv-
ice networks, and to organize the area.
The figures for the 22@ district are as follows:
Total area: 2,000,000 m2
Public road area (streets) 600,000 m2
Number of blocks 120 units
Number of stretches of street 277 units
Linear metres of streets 36 kilometres
The following table shows all the costs correspon-
ding to the operation of transforming 22@. It distin-
guishes between the part that corresponds to general
systems (power stations, transport networks, etc.) and
the part corresponding to local systems. The structure of
the table is based on the Special Infrastructure Plan for
Poblenou and the data have been updated and adjusted
to real costs. The figures correspond to works and initia-
tives managed by the company 22@ Barcelona. This
company’s area of activity does not include Avinguda
Diagonal, therefore the costs of developing the tram line
are not included.
The table gives an idea of the economic scale of an
operation such as 22@, although part of the investment
is made by the property developer - in this case, 22@
Barcelona - and another part corresponds to the various
service operators. Consequently, the table is not highly
representative.
The typical costs for an urban development agent are
between 200 and 500 euros/m2, depending on the level
of provision and the characteristics of the land. For
example, the complete redevelopment of a stretch of
street in the Eixample district of Barcelona with a level of
services similar to those that can currently be found costs
between €0.5 and 1 M.
The percentage distribution of the cost per system/
network for urban development in the city of Barcelona,
with a medium-high level of provision such as that
found in the Eixample, is as follows (taking 100 as the
standard level): 50% of the cost is allocated to the urban
development of the ‘skin’, which involves the restruc-
turing of roads, but a minimum amount of other infra-
structure and affected services. If we increase the degree
of urban development and the provision of services, we
have to add 6% for the cost of excavating the road sur-
face for conduits, 21% for the sewer network and 23%
for urban service networks. This estimated cost distribu-
tion for an urban development in Barcelona increases if
we include the latest-generation networks: by 116% if
we introduce a pneumatic waste collection system, and
by 161% if we also include a district heating and cooling
system.
In both general and local infrastructure, the fact that
most networks have a natural monopoly means that the
government must intervene as a promoter or regulator.
However, there are no monopolies in the telecommuni-
cations and energy production networks. In telecommu-
nications networks, which are (theoretically) completely
liberalized, the amount of competition in each territory is
what affects the government’s capacity and form of
intervention. This process may lead to insufficient or
outdated infrastructure.
Infrastructure for energy production and sale, but not
energy distribution networks, are also theoretically liber-
alized. However, aspects that are to a greater or lesser
extent disassociated with production itself, such as the
need to ensure supply, the promotion of renewable
energies, social debate on nuclear energy and the
method for assessing CO2 emissions considerably distort
what should act as a competitive market. A detailed
analysis of these aspects is outside the scope of this arti-
cle. However, in any case, energy - as a broad concept
that includes waste, efficiency and emissions - and
telecommunications are the most critical and strategical-
ly most important services for the development of a ter-
ritory, like the 22@ district, apart from services linked to
mobility that are of a very different nature.
In general, once the infrastructure is in place, there is
a tendency to assume that it will always work, when in
reality it requires attention and maintenance.
Investments in maintenance are not highly ‘visible’; as
inhabitants we are only really aware of the importance
of spending in this area when a lack of investment leads
to a fault in the infrastructure. In this case, the major
impact of shortfalls in investment and maintenance
become clear.
To conclude this introduction, we introduce a new
meaning to the concept of infrastructure. In the past,
infrastructure reflected development and progress. Now,
in the developed world, it increasingly constitutes an
important - if not the most important - aspect of sus-
tainability, in the broadest sense of environmental, eco-
nomic and social factors, regardless of the impact on
landscape and that of the works themselves.
The four phases of developing infrast ruct ure.
Impact s and economic assessment . Planning,
investm ent decision, works and use.
There are four periods in which the development of
infrastructure has considerable economic effects: plan-
ning, the decision to build, the construction itself and the
use phase. Each phase has certain characteristics and
assessment criteria, which are described below.
The p lann ing phase.This is the period between the
moment that a need is identified and an initiative pro-
posed, and the point when the initiative has been fully
defined in technical terms, economically evaluated and
verified by society. Studies on investment decisions,
which must be undertaken by the public or private
developers, must assess the impact of the new infra-
structure. The plans are often presented publicly, which
is essential to obtain equity and efficiency in the distri-
bution of resources. The current recession has shown
that the impact of infrastructure has not always been
evaluated appropriately and is not always positive for
everyone - as stated in the Pareto criteria. Each stage in
the development of networks has economic and social
effects and externalities that must be considered and
presented in the planning phase to ensure the sustain-
ability of the model. The following also need to be eval-
uated in this phase: direct investments (budgets for the
works), structural impacts, externalities and the ‘busi-
ness plan’ for the entire life of the infrastructure. The eco-
nomic impact of this phase is not considerable in quan-
titative terms, but it is very important as it is what must
lead to justification of the technical, economic and social
viability of the infrastructure.
The decision phase.This is comprised of the period
between the justification of the project’s viability and the
52 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
political opportunity, when applicable, and the start of
construction. Investment and speculative processes
begin, in which the various agents and those affected
take their positions. In the assessments of land and
activities, the benefits and losses resulting from the
future construction are weighed up. Consequently, this
is the most turbulent stage, as speculation takes place on
the future benefits of the investment.
For general infrastructures, the first effects to be
perceived are generally in the form of expropriations.
Potential positive impacts are not usually included in
the studies and assessments, due to the enabling
nature of the provision of services in the territory.
However, the development of general infrastructure
through urban planning mechanisms has led to some
scandals in the past.
Urban services are selected in the urban planning
period and defined in the urban development project.
The planning must attain a balance between taxes and
charges for developers. It must specify the urban devel-
opment charges, which will be used to finance the con-
struction of streets and networks. The development of
this local infrastructure converts a piece of land into a
plot, and the corresponding buildings can then be con-
structed.
In this phase, those who have opted to carry out the
construction work for the urban development begin the
commercial processes. They make their position on tech-
nical and financial aspects of the building work clear to
the government or the boards.
A quantitative economic assessment of the impact is
particularly hard to achieve, as it involves different inter-
ests in which politics often play a major role. We all
know of some infrastructure projects that have been
announced in the media but have never been built or
have been left half-completed.
The construction phase.This is the period when the
building work takes place and is the phase that has the
clearest, most direct and immediate economic effects. It
is marked by the investment phase. The economic
impact is very well quantified in the project’s budget,
which describes in detail each unit of work to be built
and the associated costs, as well as the items of the pro-
ject’s general costs. This phase has a direct impact on the
government budget, jobs, suppliers and related sectors.
Its dimensions and impact are more widely published
than those of other phases.
The effects of the investment are assessed by an
‘input-output’ technical analysis that provides good
results, as it is based on a statistical analysis that is well
adapted to the relationships between the different eco-
nomic sectors.
The use phase.Once the infrastructure is up and run-
ning, it is essential to ensure that sufficient resources are
available for correct operation, maintenance, and often for
reinvestment precisely in the most technological aspects,
as described at the end of this article in the section on
smart cities. This long phase must produce structural ben-
efits derived from infrastructure use by the population in
general and by the production sectors in particular, lead-
ing to a reduction in costs and a corresponding increase in
the productivity of the different factors.
Although it is the aspect that technically should con-
tribute most to the investment decision, the method for
assessing the structural impact is the most difficult and
the least accurate. This leads to a high degree of arbi-
trariness in these decisions, which frequently become
highly political. Normally, when an investment decision
has a high economic component, it is based on an esti-
mation of the elasticity of production in relation to dif-
ferent factors. The consequences of increases in produc-
tivity are then assessed from an economic perspective.
Increasingly, these analyses are complemented with an
even less precise evaluation of benefits to the well-being
of the part of society that is not directly productive. In
this evaluation, an economic value is given to the time
and the costs saved by people who are not directly
involved in production processes.
As there are frequently considerable technical and
economic differences from the planned scenario, before
an infrastructure investment project begins, the man-
agers may use private sector practices to draw up a busi-
ness plan that includes all the relevant provisional
accounting data. At this point, all the operating, mainte-
nance and reinvestment expenses must be taken into
account. These aspects are frequently underestimated in
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya53
investment decisions, as they go far beyond the length of
political terms of office at different levels of government.
Business plans can be used to quantify how much of the
infrastructure should be financed with public resources
and how much by private capital. Furthermore, the
parameters that govern concessions can be defined, as
well as their economic and financial balances, and all
kinds of financial ratios can be obtained from the cash
flows at any time, including the IRR (internal rate of
return) for the infrastructure and the investment project,
and the NPV (net present value).
Up to this point, we have referred to the evaluation of
investments (budget), the structural impacts and the
business plan. Below we will discuss aspects related to
externalities. To be economically rigorous, we should
analyse positive and negative externalities together.
However, there is a tendency to include positive exter-
nalities in the assessment of structural impacts, probably
to ‘improve the sale’ of the project. We have already
mentioned some evaluation criteria that are typically
used in these cases, based on the observation of individ-
uals in society/the market to obtain the costs (or time)
avoided or the replacement of non-economic agents.
However, the scope of the analysis is much more com-
plex and imprecise and we could state that it has to be
focused on collective rationality.
When the media discuss externalities, they almost
always refer to environmental ones. However, we
should bear in mind that there are many different
kinds of externalities, including those associated with
risk for people or those that alter the ‘economic estab-
lishment’.
The economic evaluation of externalities is highly
complex and there is no base information or contrasting
markets. Often, the character of externalities is not high-
ly economic. However, there are currently no technical
methods to assess the suitability of investments other
than a comparison of their economic impacts. This forces
us to continue to use monetary units in the comparison
of externalities. Incidentally, we should mention that a
new method has begun to be used, although it is not yet
fully tested. In this method, society is seen as a living
organism, and magnitudes are linked to metabolism to
assess the suitability of different alternatives. Thus, this
approach uses concepts such ecological footprint, diges-
tion times and total energy expenditure.
Examples in 22@. The dist r ict heat ing and cooling
syst em and fibre opt ics
As illustrated in this article and in the other articles
in this volume, all kinds of analyses have been carried
out on the 22@ district as a whole and on most of the
associated plans. The main reference document on the
impact of infrastructure in particular is the Special
Infrastructure Plan (PEI) for Poblenou. In this docu-
ment, the following urban systems are analysed and
characterized: mobility, water, energy, waste and
telecommunications. The systems that existed before
the transformation, the alternatives studied and those
proposed enable the assessment and comparison of dif-
ferent proposals.
The analysis includes networks that are not usually
found in urban development projects, such as a pneu-
matic collection network for waste management sys-
tems; district heating and cooling for the energy system;
and the municipal fibre optic network for the telecom-
munications system. The 22@ operation justified the
development of these systems, taking advantage of the
size and the opportunities for transformation. They have
been assessed as good and very good by users and oper-
ators.
Pneumatic waste collection networks were intro-
duced for the Olympic Games of 1992 in the Vila
Olímpica development and they are quite well known.
This is not the case of the district heating and cooling
and fibre optic systems, which are clearly the first of their
kind in Spain. Consequently, we will examine them in
more detail below.
The district heating and cooling (DH&C) system is
fruit of the European Commission’s Green Paper and a
desire to contribute to meeting the Kyoto Protocol. The
selected mechanism was a public works concession to
develop this service of general interest and the subse-
quent creation of a public-private company, called
54 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Districlima. The system is comprised of a main plant
located in the Forum zone, which makes use of residual
heat from the waste recovery plant and the cooling
capacity of the sea, and a second supporting plant situ-
ated in Carrer Tànger, which is currently under construc-
tion. This infrastructure leads to 40% energy savings
compared to the systems that are traditionally used in
Barcelona and substantially reduces CO2 emissions into
the atmosphere. The current length of the network is
13 km. A total of 59 buildings are connected and over
390,000 m2 floor area of offices. The system can generate
heat and cold at 63.3 MW and 44.5 MW, respectively. It
is slightly more economical than conventional systems
for both property developers and users. The total invest-
ment up to September 2011 was €50 M, which will be
recovered in 14 years, according to the 25-year business
plan. The system is expected to be extended into the part
of 22@ that has not yet been transformed and into the
area of the new high-speed train station in Sagrera.
Work on the cable telecommunications system has
consisted in improving the infrastructure of the existing
Telefónica network and creating a new, neutral fibre
optics network owned by the municipality.
This network is made available to operators - the City
Council acts as the wholesaler - and provides services for
the business and residential sector. In the business sec-
tor, it enables companies within the district to access an
enhanced bandwidth, through the 11 telecommunica-
tions operators who currently use this network. For the
residential sector (fibre to the home, FTTH) fibre optics
cables currently reach 3,000 homes, with a penetration
index (no. of users/maximum number of customers pos-
sible) of 19%. From 2006 to date, a total of €3.5 M has
been invested, and the forecasted annual revenue for
2011 was above €0.5 M . It is expected that all of the ini-
tial investment will have been recovered by 2016.
As well as serving these two sectors, the fibre optics
network is also used (along with the municipal Wi-Fi
network) for self-provisioning of municipal services
The article provides the opportunity to present argu-
ments that justify investment in the fibre optic network,
and which are illustrative of the evaluation criteria men-
tioned here. (This example is not intended to be taken as
a general position on government intervention in public
service networks, an aspect that is not covered here). The
arguments have been drawn up with the PhD-holder
Dimitri Zenghelis from the London School of Economics
and illustrate the diversity and difficulty of monetizing
the justifications.
The magnitudes of the direct economic impact of
the telecommunications network have been considered
already. In the sector, it is usually considered that every
euro invested in telecommunications is converted in
the long term into four, an amount that gives an idea of
the structural impact of the investments. The argu-
ments that are given below form part of those that,
whether or not they apply to externalities, should be
considered extremely carefully in evaluations of an
investment’s suitability.
- Social return.A private operator is not likely to
include in the business plan the potential social return
on the investment. This is even less likely if there are sev-
eral operators. Operators generally only consider the
private business that they can do. The social return is
obtained for all the services that can be offered, in addi-
tion to the telecommunication services that a city coun-
cil contracts, including those associated with the concept
of smart city described below.
- Lower cost-oriented prices.The ultimate aim of
the investment is to provide the district with the greatest
number of services possible, and to ensure that the infra-
structure does not constitute a barrier to accessing serv-
ices. In this case, the prices, which are based on
auditable urban development works, and the
desire/opportunity of the government to apply lower
discount rates for writing off the investment leads to
lower prices for users.
- Economic promotion.It is extraordinarily difficult
for private companies to monetize the economic promo-
tion opportunities in a district such as 22@. The infra-
structure is a factor that attracts companies in innovative
clusters, technology service companies and universities.
- Risks taken on.The fact that it is a government
company that takes on the risks associated with policies
and regulations, and bases its service provision on this
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya55
network contributes greatly to ensuring the continuity of
the business and the returns for users and society, mak-
ing the project more credible for the private sector
(clients).
Towards the smart cit y
We finish with a note on new associations between
infrastructure and the new technologies: the model of
smart city that is being developed in Barcelona.
Infrastructure and networks tend to have independ-
ent operators. Each is in the hands of different entities or
departments within the government. The information
flows corresponding to the interrelations between them
only occur at a very high level.
However, new technologies provide the opportunity
to make information on all of the networks available to
the managers of other infrastructures, and to the popu-
lation (open data projects). In addition, the compilation
of this information is promoted for other services that
are not associated with urban development networks,
such as health, education and safety. Together, these ini-
tiatives constitute the Barcelona Smart City project.
Initiatives such as this enable more and better per-
formance to be obtained from existing infrastructure.
Thus, fewer resources are consumed and the logistics
are improved, by facilitating the constitution of grids
and operating in collaboration with building manage-
ment systems. At time of recession such as the current
one in which there is no money for more works, such
initiatives must be promoted as they have social and
economic impacts that have not been fully discovered
or evaluated to date.
56 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Theory and development of clustersAlessandra Chevallard and Emilià DuchCompetitiveness
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya57
Clusters and local specializat ion
On specialization .The same industries and sec-tors are not found everywhere. Rather, the oppositetends to be true: natural resources, the development ofa specific skill or other historical factors lead to regionsspecializing and developing specific abilities of theirown. In the food industry, every town or region has itscharacteristic products. A similar situation occurs inthe economy: regions have their own specific charac-teristics. For example, Hollywood (United States) isassociated with the film industry, Tolosa deLlenguadoc and Bordeaux (France) with the aeronau-tical industry, and Catalonia with the food or textileindustry. For different reasons in each case, a specificsector has developed more in one region than in oth-ers. This phenomenon of local specialization is knownas cluster ing.
Clusters and com petitive advantage: What is a
cluster?In general terms, clusters are concentrationsof companies and other institutions that are dedicatedto the same business, that is, companies and entitiesthat share the same market and consequently are com-plementary and have similarities. Companies and enti-ties in clusters form relationships between them innumerous ways, including official relationships (suchas those between suppliers and clients, for example)and intangible relationships due to proximity (circula-tion of information, etc.).
Concentrations of businesses or clusters generallyoccur naturally: the existence of a raw material, a spe-cific skill, or proximity to a specific market provides theopportunity for companies to emerge with specific,differential knowledge.
A cluster is a geographically proximate group of com-panies and associated institutions in a particularfield, linked by commonalities and complementarities.Michael F. Porter. On Competition
Advan tages of belonging to a cluster. Althoughit may seem paradoxical, local elements that provide acompetitive advantage may help to increase globalcompetitiveness. Given that clusters involve a con-centration of businesses and knowledge, belonging toa cluster can provide access to specialized suppliers,services and human resources. In addition, specificinformation tends to circulate in a cluster that benefitsthe companies, and enables them to react, adapt rap-idly to market changes, and adopt innovation. Ofcourse, in addition to these ‘natural’ factors, supportpolicies to meet the needs of the existing businesscluster also come into play.
Does this mean that companies that are in a clus-ter will be more competitive than those that are not?In general, companies that belong to clusters tend tobe in a better position to compete at global scale (dueprecisely to the access to specialized information andresources, to the flexibility and to the rapid adaptationto innovation). However, belonging to a cluster doesnot guarantee business success. Companies areformed and fold continuously both within and outsideof clusters. Likewise, entire clusters are in decline thathave not known how to interpret market demands orhave responded less efficiently than other companiesor clusters.
58 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
St rategy as the basis of compet it iveness
Differen tiation . The key to business competive-ness is strategy, that is, the capacity of companies tounderstand how the market develops, how their owncompetitive position evolves compared to other com-panies and how demand changes (the consumer’spurchasing criteria). In fact, both the market anddemand develop constantly. Therefore, companiesalso have to evolve and understand which businessesare of most interest. At the same time, they must becapable of differentiating themselves, that is, ofresponding better than their competitors. This knowl-edge capacity and ability to respond to the market isessential, whether a company belongs to a cluster ornot: companies that are not capable of evolving withdemand, or that have done this worse than their com-petitors will probably not survive in the market.
Competitive strategy is about being different. It meansdeliberately choosing a different setof activities to deliver a unique mix of value. Michael F.Porter. ‘What is Strategy?’, Harvard Business Review,Nov-Dec, 1996.
One example of the importance of constant evolu-tion can be found in the Swedish textile industry. Fromthe seventeenth century to the beginning of the twen-tieth century, the region of Sjuhärad, in the south ofSweden, was economically stable due to the develop-ment of iron and wool. The wool market was very tra-ditional for many years: the traders sold wool tohouseholds, and the members of the household madetheir own clothing. It was not until the end of thenineteenth century that a new trend began to changethe value chain: some businessmen began to produceclothing on a large scale. They bought textile machin-ery and used knitting machines. In just a few years, thenumber of people employed in these first companieshad reached 1,500, and Sjuhärad was established as atextile region for several decades.
However, in the 1970s textile trade restrictionschanged, and some that had benefitted the region dis-appeared altogether: suddenly, products could be
imported from countries with much lower productioncosts. The influx of cheap textiles had a profound impacton the local industry, and businesspeople had to devisecreative strategies that would enable them to develop aunique differentiating factor that would ensure their sur-vival in the face of the competition. As a result, buildingon their knowledge of the textile industry, they began todevelop textile machinery. Over time, the technicaldevelopment of this machinery led to a high technicallevel in the manufacture of water filters. Due to the con-tinuing need to specialize to mark their difference, thisknowledge of filters began to be applied to other sectors,such as air filters. Consequently, today around the city ofBoras, there is a cluster of companies that producedevices for ventilation and air quality, whose technicalbasis lies in filters.
This example shows how factors of global compet-itiveness vary constantly. Companies must react to themarket changes and maintain their differentiation tosurvive and grow.
The cluster as a un it of analysis: the concep t of
‘business’.One factor is essential to ensure the effec-tiveness of a strategic analysis of clusters: the clustersmust have been created around ‘businesses’. In otherwords, it is important to ensure that the clusterincludes companies that are dedicated to the samebusiness, and therefore share the same competitiveenvironment. If a cluster includes companies in differ-ent businesses, it will not be possible to meet theirneeds with a single strategy.
A business is not the same as an industry. A businessis a strategic segment formed of a complete value chain,from the raw material to the buyer who approaches aspecific, unique market. We can illustrate this with anexample: the paper industry. In Catalonia, there are aconsiderable number of companies classified within thepaper industry. However, are all of these companies thesame? If we analyse the markets by those who work inthem, we can see that they are dedicated to very differ-ent products: some make paper for tissues, others makepaper for printing, and others make cardboard. In addi-tion, we can find companies who make food paper, suchas kraft paper for cartons (Map 1).
If we continue with the analysis, we find that theseproducts in turn are destined for very different markets:kraft paper is used for cartons in the wine sector, card-
board is used for packaging in the pharmaceutical indus-try, and printing paper for the publishing industry (Map
2). In other words, instead of a classification of the rawmaterial, we have a classification by business. This sec-
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya59
Pap er
Printing
Kraft
Cardboard
Tissues
Printing
Kraft
Cardboard
Tissues
Publishing
Wine
Pharmacy
Tissues
Map 1
From the paper sector to the final product
Map 2
From the paper-based product to business focused on this product
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya60
ond classification covers all of the companies that arerequired to reach the final consumer of each product.
Each of these markets has its own operating dynam-ics: different clients, different market forces, and differ-ent competing companies. If we wish to understand thestrategic implications for the companies and what theideal environment should be like, we need to study thesefour markets individually. If we focus only on the level ofraw material and analyse all the companies that madepaper in Catalonia, we lose the strategic information thatis specific to each one of these markets.
This illustrates the importance of defining clustersaround businesses. If the perimeter of a cluster is toosmall or too big, we will not be able to reach conclusionsabout individual strategy or the most suitable environ-ment. Consequently, we will probably be limited toimplementing cross-cutting measures. Although theseare important, they will not be sufficient as they will notaddress essential, strategic themes that are required toboost the competitiveness of a territory, as discussedabove.
The following example is from the biotechnologyindustry. This industry covers different markets: biotech-nology for energy production, biotechnology for healthproduction, and biotechnology for food production. Ifwe wish to devise a strategic approach, we cannotaddress these three enormous markets simultaneously,as each of them has very different prerogatives. Instead,we should focus on each market individually. If we studythem separately we can understand their evolution, thefactors that determine competitiveness, and what com-panies must do to be competitive. If we try to respond toall the markets at the same time, we will probably onlybe able to make general recommendations that do notdeal with the specific feature of each market.
Clusters as a tool for analysis and economic policy
We shou ld focus on strategic change, not on clus-
ters. Clusters are not good or bad forever. As mentionedabove, no company is guaranteed to succeed justbecause it belongs to a cluster. Therefore, the emphasisshould not be on the clusters themselves, but on the useof clusters as a tool for analysis when we are definingcompany strategies.
Clusters as an ideal measurement in an econom-
ic analysis.To boost the economy of a region and itsdevelopment, the ideal solution would be to work on theindividual area of each company: to understand whateach company should do in the global situation andwhat kind of environment it needs to carry out its mis-sion. However, it is not feasible to work individually oneach company in the region. Only the large companiestend to carry out individual analyses. Small and medi-um-sized companies find it hard to update their strate-gies, and only very rarely seek exterior help to redefinethem. However, if we work in the area of a cluster, wecan effectively provide strategic recommendations onspending, as the cluster will contain similar SMEs thathave the same competitive goals. Thus, clusters can helpin the design of a strategy and its effective applicationboth individually and collectively.
This is why governments focus on clusters: they aresmaller and more precise measures of analysis thanindustries, and enable the development of a suitableeconomic policy for groups of companies that share sim-ilar characteristics.
Strategic work in the area of a cluster.To in -crease competitiveness, a company needs to work ontwo levels:
• First at a strategiclevel, to draw up an individualstrategy that enables a company to position itself inattractive businesses, use its strengths, and developunique characteristics that differentiate it in the market.
• Secondly, all companies need a suitable environ-
ment that meets their needs (with support organiza-tions, training entities, R&D centres, suitable regula-tions, complementary industries, etc.).
These two inseparable factors, strategy and environ-ment, are essential to determine competitiveness.Therefore, each area needs to be considered:
Ind ividual strategy.In general, each company candevelop its own individual strategy (and must do this). Itmust define how it wants to compete in the market,according to its strengths and weaknesses, and the inter-est of each business. Not all companies dedicate enoughtime to defining their strategy, or to adapting it suitablyto changes in the market. For example, companies oftendo not see the major changes that are coming. This wasthe case with the emergence of VoIP or internet tele-phone: initially, it was not the telecommunications
61 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
giants who entered this new market, but new compa-nies, such as Skype, who rapidly became leaders. It is notalways easy to understand what strategic orientationshould be adopted or to apply a new business modelthat is different to the one used previously. However, inany case, the development of a strategy to follow is theresponsibility of the company directors.
Environment. With respect to the environment, nocompany is capable individually of defining and struc-turing the environment in which it develops. There aretoo many exogenous factors that are outside a compa-ny’s control, despite the considerable influence thatthese factors may have on companies. For example, acompany cannot decide unilaterally which universitycourses or techniques are taught at existing educationalcentres, or the regulations that will be applied in theirsector, or the amount that will be invested in researchand development centres. Perhaps some large compa-nies can influence these factors, but in any case they arenot decisions that can be taken by a company individu-ally. These decisions depend on the governing bodies (atregional or supraregional level) and development organ-izations, among others.
The role of regional governm ents and of eco-
nom ic developm en t organ izations.Even if govern-ments follow a non-interventionist policy, theyinevitably have an impact on the economy with theirpowers in the areas of subsidies, legislation, creation ofinfrastructures (such as technology parks) and publicpurchases. Government influence is not only unques-tionable, but also necessary to create a suitable envi-ronment for business development.
Nevertheless, as discussed above, it is not viable for agovernment to work on each company individually.However, if we group companies by businesses we canwork more effectively, with clusters of companies thatshare the same challenges and opportunities. This helpsus to understand how we can promote the developmentof these companies.
The study of clusters helps governments to under-stand two factors: first, which businesses are the mostattractive and will grow the most in the long term; andsecond, what environment is required for these compa-nies to be able to develop. Using this information, a gov-ernment can transmit strategic information to compa-nies so that they can apply it individually; and make
economic policy decisions that help to create an envi-ronment that is favourable to the business cluster.
Tools that governments use to support business clus-ters in their regions include, among others: investing intechnologies that benefit the companies in the cluster,reducing shortfalls in training and specialized staff incompanies, supporting the creation of service centresand associations, providing strategic information on themarket, and acting as an advanced purchasing centrethat prepares companies for future market requirements.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya62
The 22@ Barcelonamodel: a city organizedinto clusters
Montse Charle
Barcelona City Council
The model of 22@ Barcelona urban development In December 2010, we celebrated the tenth anniver-
sary of 22@ Barcelona, which is perhaps the most impor-tant and ambitious project carried out in the city ofBarcelona since the Olympic Games of 1992.
This project, which was approved by Barcelona CityCouncil in 2000, was for the recovery of a territory thatwas historically a driver of the city’s economy: Poblenou.The recovery involves transforming 220 hectares (over3,200,000 m2) of former industrial land situated in thecentre of the city into an innovative and productive dis-trict that acts as a scientific, technological and culturalplatform, with excellent, modern infrastructure for thedevelopment of knowledge-intensive economic activity.
In these 10 years, 22@ Barcelona has become aninternational benchmark in urban, economic and socialtransformation. In this decade in the life of the project,the number of companies, shops, restaurants, hotels,and so on, in the area has doubled. The figures haverisen from 3,400 firms to over 7,000 today. Half of thesecompanies moved to the area from 2000 onwards, and27% of the total are knowledge-intensive companies. Itis estimated that the district has gained over 56,000workers, and the number of residents in the zoneincreased by 16,750 to reach 90,214 inhabitants at theend of 2010.
Economic promotion th rough the cluster modelLocal and regional governments can play a major
role in the economic development of their territory,by boosting local industries, detecting the emergenceof new sectors of activity and promoting their estab-lishment.
One of the main actions in the development of eco-nomic activity in the 22@ Barcelona district has beento boost and promote various economic sectors thatare strategic for the city, on the basis of a cluster
model. This has the following advantages in terms ofeconomic promotion:
• It enables the creation of fields of knowledge inwhich Barcelona can aspire to become a world leader.These fields of knowledge are created through the con-centration in the same geographic location of compa-nies, public organizations and leading science and tech-nology centres. When these fields of knowledge areformed, they should be based on sectors that are consid-ered to be strategic and in which Barcelona can excelabove other regions and countries. If the city does nothave a competitive advantage in which to differentiateinvestment, it shall not be sustainable .
• It facilitates the creation of a real ecosystem ofinnovation that can attract talent and generate new eco-nomic activity. Fields of knowledge and the presence ofcompanies and research centres act as magnets for talentfrom around the world, attracting companies and quali-fied staff, as well as boosting innovation at a technolog-ical and market level.
• It facilitates the design of a strategy to strengthenthe competitiveness of the sector. A concentration ofagents forms a critical mass that is large enough to iden-tify companies’ opportunities, as well as what they needfrom the environment. These factors can be identifiedwith sufficient accuracy to be able to analyse strategicproblems (and thus promote competiveness), instead offocusing on challenges that affect the entire sector.
In addition, the cluster model enables the formationof local and international connections with other clus-ters. This may lead to the establishment of new formaland informal networks that can help to promote jointprojects, attract innovative international projects, andincrease social and corporate cohesion.
The clusters in 22@ Barcelona: the role of govern-
ment entities
The economic activity of 22@ has been organizedinto 5 macroclusters, all in knowledge-intensive areas inwhich Barcelona has exceptional companies and knowl-edge that can help the city to excel internationally:
• Information and communication technologies • Medical technologies • Energy • Design• Media
1. Data from April 2011. 2. Data from 2011.
63 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
There are two ways in which a government body canboost development in these areas:
• Firstly, it can identify the most useful businessstrategies, in order to prioritize through support mecha-nisms (subsidies or others) the companies that are mov-ing towards these strategies , and thus make the most oflimited public resources.
• Secondly, all public and support entities (researchcentres, training centres, creation of regulations, etc.)need to be aligned so that they can evolve and respondto the companies’ needs, which change over time.Whenever a new business emerges, such as for exampleelectric vehicles, the established regulations need to beadapted, as well as the actions proposed for sector sup-port bodies.
In addition, government bodies can disseminate theresults of their strategic studies to the local business sec-tor. These studies provide basic information on thedevelopment of businesses and trends in consumerdemand. This may be particularly useful for small andmedium-sized companies who may not be able tofinance this kind of research in all cases, or may have tocarry it out at individual level.
Illust rat ion: t he media clust er in 22@ Barcelona
The cluster ’s perimeter of action
The media sector, also know as the content, commu-nication, creative and cultural industries and copyright-based industry sector, groups together all companiesdedicated to the production, creation, publication, distri-bution, use and management of information and experi-ences whose common aim is communication.
This sector includes a wide range of industries, sometraditional and other emerging, that face similar chal-lenges despite their diverse origins. All companies thatare considered part of a cluster must face similar chal-lenges: if this were not the case, there would be no wayto define shared support mechanisms, and public inter-vention would not be able to focus on strategic problems;instead it would have to deal with cross-cutting issues. Ifwe focus just on strategic challenges, we can increase thecompetitiveness of companies and territories.
The med ia: a strategic sector for Barcelona and
Catalonia
The media sector is a very important sector for theCatalan economy, because of its current size and its pro-jection for the future.
According to the latest official data available from theStatistical Institute of Catalonia (IDESCAT)1, the grossvalue added (GVA) of the communication sector inCatalonia increased by 31.1% between 2002 and 2007,from a total of €4,977 M to €6,525 M during this period.This figure represents 4% of the GDP of Catalonia andapproximately 5% of employment (145,000 workers).These data clearly situate the media sector above theSpanish average and at the head of the sectors associat-ed with the knowledge economy in Catalonia.
Much of this economic activity is located inBarcelona, the capital of Catalonia. According to datafrom the Business and Labour Observatory of theGovernment of Catalonia2, 88% of all workers in themedia sector in Catalonia are located in Barcelona (62%)and its metropolitan area (26%).
The potential for growth is very high, and at the sametime the media sector promotes the development of ICT(as it uses this technology intensively) and the promo-tion of local culture worldwide.
The importance of the sector at the scale of the localeconomy, as well as its high concentration in Barcelonawith respect to other territories, makes the media a per-fect sector to be analysed using the cluster tool, as this isbased precisely on the concentration of businesses andthe competitive advantage of one territory over others.
The wealth of the Catalan media cluster
As defined by Michael Porter, clusters are businessrealities, and as such they are considered to include all ofthe sector’s economic fabric in a territory. The mediacluster in Catalonia has a wide range of companies thatcover all of the value chain in audiovisual productionand that enable the entire cluster to be efficient andcompetitive. In addition, the cluster includes good pro-fessional and university training centres with excellentmedia-related research in universities and R&D centres.When the wealth of businesses and institutions isanalysed in detail it is clear that the media cluster of
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya64
Barcelona stands out nationally and internationally withrespect to other territories:
• Large, small and medium-sized companies: morethan three hundred media companies are concentratedin 22@ Barcelona. Some of the most representative areRadio Nacional d’España and Barcelona Televisió, in thepublic sector; and Mediapro, Lavinia, InternationalSound Studio, ADN, Cromosoma, Canonigo Films,Cuatro, Garage Films, Sonoblok, Vistaprint, the editorialgroup RBA, Enciclopèdia Catalana, Bassat Ogilvy,Miraveo, Apeer, BMAT, and InOutTV, among others, inthe private sector.
• Leading institutions: the Catalan AudiovisualCouncil (CAC) , which is a pioneering regulatory body,and the Barcelona Media Foundation are the most rep-resentative examples of leading institutions that belongto the media cluster. The Barcelona Media Foundation isalso the manager of this cluster. It must ensure the con-nection and interrelation between the different parts ofwhich it is comprised, and promote initiatives thatincrease the competitiveness of companies in the sectorand improve the position of Barcelona as a leader in thisarea.
• Universities and other media-related training cen-tres: the UPF’s Communication Campus (24,000 m2). Thecampus houses the Learning and Research ResourceCentre (CRAI), the Audiovisual University Institute (IUA),the Science Communication Observatory (OCC) and theUniversity Institute for Applied Linguistics (IULA). Inaddition, 22@ houses the SAE Institute, an international-ly renowned media-related higher education centre, andthe UPC School of Professional & Executive Development(3,286 m2 floor area; 3,000 students). Finally, the TechTalent Center houses the new headquarters of the UPCSchool of Professional & Executive Development, whichis a space for knowledge exchange among professionalsin the technological field. It generates creativity and inno-vation for the production sectors.
• Technology centres, R&D and technology transfer:these are key elements that are essential to ensure con-tinuous, joint innovation in a highly technological sec-tor that evolves at a fast pace. In many cases, they bring university research to the market. TheBarcelona Media Innovation Centre (CIBM), theTechnology Centre of the Barcelona Digital Foundation,the Internet Interdisciplinary Institute (IN3) and the
eLearn Center of the UOC are clear examples. The loca-tion of the first European research laboratory of Yahoo!Research Barcelona in Barcelona Media Park is a clearexample of how ecosytems of innovation such as 22@are essential to attracting talent. This is an example ofintegration into the innovation system.
• Other knowledge infrastructure: the multi-sectorincubator Barcelona Activa has a high percentage ofprojects associated with the media and audiovisualfields, and there is a new incubator specifically for themedia on the corner of Roc Boronat and Almogàvers(3,716 m2). Pompeu Fabra University’s Tànger building isaimed at research groups or start-ups associated withthe media, as is the UPF’s Music Technology Group (atwhich the well-known musical instrument ‘Reactable’was created) and the Computational Imaging andSimulation Technologies in Biomedicine Research Group(CISTIB), which is also attached to the UPF. The Imaginabuilding has almost 12,000 m2 of floor area for compa-nies and institutions associated with the media sectorand is a major centre of audiovisual production as it hasa set of 2,000 m2 and other smaller sets, technical roomsfor production and post-production, as well as a teleportfor satellite transmission and reception (La Sexta, GolTV,BesTV, La Fàbrica, etc.). The Media-TIC building has14,000 m2 of space for companies, research and training.The Factoria de Talent Creatiu, attached to the DigitalentFoundation (and promoted by Cromosoma and Abacus,among others) has a set of 100,000 m2 and other techni-cal areas.
Other elements in Barcelona and the metropolitanarea that are connected to the cluster and complementa-ry to it are the following:
i2CAT. A foundation dedicated to promotingresearch and innovation in the second generation of theInternet. Its audiovisual cluster is focused on the devel-opment of video technologies for the Internet.
Barcelona/Catalunya Film Commission .The cityitself has become the biggest and best set that we have.Around 1,000 productions are filmed here every year. The importance of a local market
However, the existence of a network, even such a richone that covers the production chain so well, is not suffi-cient guarantee of a cluster’s success. One of the key fac-tors for developing any business sector is the growth of themarket and the existence of local anchor companies.
65 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
In the media cluster, there is a range of markets thatare growing strongly, and these markets are strong inCatalonia. They have a considerable number of anchorcompanies that operate worldwide. The proximity ofanchor companies means that the business networkreceives information on consumer trends so that it canrespond appropriately to market demand, and helpscompanies to establish lasting relations with theirclients. Below, we describe the main media markets andtheir strength in Catalonia:
• In radio, Barcelona has been a leader in Spain(Ràdio Barcelona broadcast its first 30-minute news pro-gramme in 1924) and continues to be a leader in pro-duction and the launch of new creative talents.
• In television, Catalan production companies areamong the most successful in Spain and have beenresponsible for some of the most successful, influen-tial programmes in the last decade. They have beenfurther strengthened with the emergence of local tel-evision, thematic channels, etc. Companies such asGestmusic-Endemol, Mediapro, El Terrat and Lavinia,at their time, were responsible for much of the inno-vation in Spanish television and, in some cases,worldwide.
• In the world of cinema, Catalan producers are lead-ing a considerable resurgence supported by significantnational and international business projects. In additionto the large producers, there are around 200 small pro-ducers of television and cinema in Catalonia who gener-ate some of the most ground-breaking, singular audiovi-sual proposals in Spain. Beyond the success of fictionalfeature films, the production of documentaries, televi-sion series and TV movies have been recognised interna-tionally by a considerable group of entrepreneurs in thefield of creative arts.
• In the field of advertising, Catalonia, and specifical-ly Barcelona, has become a leader in advertising produc-tion at European scale. The presence of creators, talentand a top international production and support industryhas made the city an inspiration and the source andscene of many global advertising campaigns.
• In animation, Catalonia leads the Spanish sector,and has helped some of the strongest companies toattain leading positions in Europe, such as Cromosoma,which is successful worldwide with its crafted, high-quality product.
• In terms of digital creation, there are some majorcompanies in the fields of video game production, tele-vision design and special effects, that have a strong pres-ence in local, European and US markets. Examplesinclude Digital Legends and Novarama.
• In the publishing sector there is also a well-estab-lished tradition led by companies such as Planeta,Random House Mondadori, RBA, Salvat, Zeta,Enciclopèdia Catalana and Grup 62, among others.
Challenges for the fu ture of the cluster
Due to public and private collaboration on variousprojects, such as the Barcelona Media Park, and the newinvestment of companies in the sector, Barcelona is acompetitive and modern territory within this field. Forexample, the Barcelona Media Park is one of the mostemblematic projects carried out in 22@ Barcelona andthe city of Barcelona for the media sector. It has115,000 m2 of floor area for companies and 60,000 m2 forservices related to the communication sector and it iscomprised of Pompeu Fabra University, the 22@Barcelona municipal companies, the Grup MediaPro andBarcelona Media Innovation Centre (the manager of thecluster).
With the impetus of the media cluster in the newtechnological district of 22@ Barcelona, Barcelona hasestablished the foundations for becoming one of themain media centres at European and international scale.It is a focus of innovation and an unbeatable location forthe media industry. Barcelona has all the assets andpotential needed to achieve this goal.
66 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
1. The authors would like to thank Jerome Engel, director of theEntrepreneurship Program at the Haas School of Business, University ofCalifornia (Berkeley), for the help and information provided. We wouldalso like to thank the founders of Adecq-BesTv, Digital LegendsEntertainment, Genaker, Groupalia, Polymita, VozTelecom, Wututu and
Zyncro for their collaboration with this study. Finally, we are grateful toRaúl Sánchez for his excellent work on the field study.
Science and technology parks as globalbusiness platforms1
Ricard Garriga and Raúl SánchezBarcelona City Council
Francesc Solé ParelladaUniversitat Politècnica de Catalunya-BarcelonaTech (UPC)
As a set of clusters, technology companies located in
science parks benefit from networks between compa-
nies, connections with universities, and with govern-
ment institutions. We based our project on the triple
helix, and developed a model that represents the evolu-
tion of the support provided by agents involved in an
innovation system in each one of the stages of business
growth. We took into account companies created in a
technology park in Barcelona, which were founded with
a global vision, and we focused the analysis on five main
variables that determine the development of a business
(technology, talent, finance, location and evolution) to
internally validate the proposed model. We found that
the support provided by these three agents of the inno-
vation system varies according to the company’s stage of
development. The in-depth results contribute to increas-
ing the efficiency of programmes to support technologi-
cal initiatives.
Environments based on innovation systems have
been found to be particularly favourable for the creation
and development of technology companies. Science and
technology parks are a a clear example of this, as they
support entrepreneurs, and promote the creation and
exchange of knowledge, as well as the exploitation of
new opportunities (Etzkowitz et al., 2005).
A science park is comprised of companies associated
with universities and other research institutions, in
which the creation and growth of knowledge-based
companies is promoted (Monck et al., 1988). At the same
time, a science park is a localized node for knowledge-
intensive companies that provides opportunities to form
connections with research centres, clients and special-
ized suppliers. Companies within science parks benefit
from the excellent facilities, and the proximity of other
knowledge-intensive companies promotes the exchange
of experiences (for examples, see Saxennian, 1994;
Sorenson, 2003; Nonaka et al., 2000; Zucker et al., 1998),
and therefore the creation of new opportunities
(Schumpeter, 1942). In addition, the availability of inter-
mediary ‘inputs’ increases, which enables companies to
deepen knowledge of their specialization (see, for exam-
ple, Sorenson, 2003; Stuart et al., 2003; Porter, 1998;
Marshall, 1920).
Due to the current global economy, many of these
new companies are focused on international markets
from the time of their inception. They see the world as
their main market from the outset and they view the
internal market as a support for their international busi-
nesses (McKinsey & Co., 1993). These companies seek a
competitive advantage through the use of resources
from different countries and the sale of their products to
a range of countries (McDougall et al., 1994; Oviatt et al.,
1994; Oviatt et al., 1995; Oviatt et al., 1997). Global busi-
nesspeople use global intellectual property as a compet-
itive advantage, and access world markets using the
resources that other people have studied and created.
Although many studies have been undertaken on
the role of science parks as promoters of entrepre-
neurship, there is still no clear evidence of what they
really contribute and how they support the develop-
ment of new companies (Fergusson et al., 2004). The
aim of this research is to detect the main factors that
support technology entrepreneurship in a science
park. The analysis is based on the triple helix model
as a system of innovation (Etzkowitz et al., 2000):
university, government and business relationships
among the private sector. We carry out a step-by-
step analysis, and identify the importance of these
three agents as facilitators and points of support
depending on a company’s stage of development. In
fact, this study’s original approach lies in the individ-
ual analysis of each one of the stages of company
growth.
We based the analysis on our previous research
and on field studies in the San Francisco Bay area and
Barcelona (see, for example, Etzkowitz et al., 2006;
Piqué et al., 2005; Piqué et al., 2004), as well as on a
literature review to select five critical variables that
define the process of the development and growth of
international companies. Subsequently, we defined a
model using both the stages of business development
and the triple helix approach. Finally, we selected
start-ups that operate in an international market and
are associated with a technology park in Barcelona,
and we interviewed the founders to validate the pro-
posed model.
The interviews revealed that universities, industry
and the government play different roles in each stage of
a company’s growth. Support from universities and
from the government is particularly important in the
first stage of creating and launching a company, whilst
the main support during the subsequent stages of
growth and maturity comes from all aspects of net-
works and links between companies.
The results of the analysis help to identify the main
factors that promote technological evolution in all of
these stages, and illustrate the importance of each of
the agents who act as facilitators. As a result of the
analysis, governments and other organizations should
be capable of helping to improve policies to support
entrepreneurial technology-based companies.
The analysis is organized as follows: the first part
defines a science park as a group of clusters that sup-
port the creation of new companies that operate in a
global market. In the second part, we describe the
research method and define the variables and stages in
a company’s growth, which are examined in depth dur-
ing the analysis. In the third part, we base the analysis
on the triple helix to develop a model that illustrates
the evolution of support and its importance in each one
of the stages in a company’s growth. In the fourth sec-
tion, we present the main results of the interviews, and
in the fifth section we examine in depth the interviews
with companies in 22@ Barcelona, which are further
analysed and discussed in the sixth and final part of
this article.
Science and t echnology parks and technology
ent repreneurship
In the last few decades, many science and technol-
ogy parks and business incubators have formed associ-
ations with the main universities. The growing atten-
tion given to these places is due to the widespread
belief that science and technology parks promote
national and regional development (Malecki, 1991;
Shefer et al., 1993), stimulate R&D and innovation in
SMEs (Westhead, 1997), promote wealth creation and
business performance (Geroski et al., 1993; Harris et
al., 1995) and generate new jobs (Westhead et al., 1995;
Westhead, 1998).
Monck et al. (1988) define a science park as a large
base of companies that, due to their connections with
universities or other research institutions, benefit from
management tools to boost technology transfer and
business knowledge, so that the park can become an
ideal place to create knowledge-intensive companies
and help them to grow. As an association of clusters, a
science park is a type of business network that is situat-
ed in a specific geographic location, in which the prox-
imity between companies and supporting institutions
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya67
ensures that there are strong links between them, and
increases the frequency and impact of interactions
(Porter, 1998).
The advantages of being situated in an innovative
environment generate a virtuous circle (Kenney, 2000)
that attracts talented businesspeople and professionals,
specialized suppliers and investors from around the
world. This local structure of social networks promotes
the flow of knowledge among all of the actors. Different
combinations of knowledge lead to new opportunities
(Schumpeter, 1942). Therefore, working in a cluster helps
to detect more easily gaps in products and services and
consequently to create new businesses (Sorenson, 2003;
Porter, 1998). Furthermore, the increasing demand for
goods, skills and staff attracts specialized suppliers who
make it easy for new companies to access new resources
(Porter, 1998).
Many academics have studied which factors support
the creation of technology companies within science and
technology parks (for example, Link et al., 2005;
Linderlöf et al., 2003; Etzkowitz, 2002). Others have
studied factors that favour the growth of technology
companies (for example, Siegel et al., 2003; Colombo et
al., 2002; Monck et al., 1988). Although some of these
studies are of great scientific value, there is still no clear
evidence of what science and technology parks offer and
how they support the development of new companies
(Fergusson et al., 2004).
In this study, we examine the environmental factors
that determine the stages of creation and growth of
technology-based companies in science and technolo-
gy parks. Like other innovation systems and in accor-
dance with the triple helix model (Etzkowitz et al.,
2000), companies in science and technology parks ben-
efit from the relationship between academic institu-
tions, the government and the private sector. The links
between companies and universities and the govern-
ment create an ecosystem that is favourable for the cre-
ation of new technology-based companies. The impor-
tance of factors that support business activities differ
from one stage to another. Therefore, the importance of
the supporting agents is also expected to differ in each
stage of growth.
Research method
A case study is the best strategy of all when
research aims to answer the questions ‘how?’ and
‘why?’; the researchers have little control over the
events; and the focus is on a modern phenomenon
within a real-life context (Yin, 1984). In his book on
case-study research, Robert Yin (1984) confirms that
evidence from many cases is often considered more
attractive, and a general study is believed to be more
robust. Consequently, the ability to carry out 6-10
case studies, organized effectively within a multiple-
case study design, is analogous to the capacity to
carry out from 6 to 10 experiments on related sub-
jects.
In our research, we selected new companies that
operate in the global market and are located in a
technology park in Barcelona.
We based the analysis on two widely accepted
models. The first is the general model of business
development that divides the process into four
stages: inception, launch, growth and maturity. The
second is the triple helix model (Etzkowitz et al.,
2000) that was defined in the previous section.
On the basis of these two models, we aimed to
analyse how the agents in a triple helix converge
within an innovative environment such as a sci-
ence and technology park. We propose a model
that shows the importance of the support provided
by the three agents of innovation in each of the
stages (Figure 1). With a view to a more in-depth
analysis of the behaviour of new companies oper-
ating in a global market and to obtain comparable
results, we focused on five key variables in the
process of business development. These five vari-
ables are (Figure 2):
• Technologyor intellectual property, and the char-
acteristics of R&D.
• Talent, which includes the academic training of
professionals in the entrepreneurial team, the overall
diversity and its organization and functions within the
company.
• Fundingsources and conditions.
68 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya69
• Location and connections with technology plat-
forms, as well as with the area of influence.
• Evolution of the value chain, sales, and other mar-
ket characteristics.
The research began with a review of the existing lit-
erature and the proposal of a model that linked technol-
ogy entrepreneurship in science and technology parks
and the triple helix model. Subsequently, for exploratory
purposes, we studied the behaviour of new companies
operating in a global market. The aim of an exploratory
study is to construct a theory that solves the problem set
out in the question. The theory is then validated (Yin,
The aim of the interviews was to find evidence on the
five variables in each stage of company growth: incep-
tion, launch, growth and maturity. The companies were
selected carefully to obtain a representative sample of
technology-based start-ups. All of them were, or had
been in some way, associated with universities and gov-
ernment entities in one of the four stages. They had
always had a global outlook and a high proportion of
their sales and revenue were from international markets.
From an analysis of the interviews we identified, in
entrepreneurial processes at the technology park in
Barcelona, which, how and when the factors are most
effective at providing support. Subsequently, we studied
the behaviour of new companies founded with a global
outlook to detect which environmental factors help in
the creation of technology companies within ecosystems
of innovation like science and technology parks. The
environment is a unit of analysis that was characterized
by studying the behaviour of a subunit of analysis: the
company founded with a global outlook. To extract con-
clusions on the environmental factors that determine the
process of development, we analysed the five variables
in each of the four stages of company growth. Finally, we
related the conclusions with the three agents involved in
the triple helix innovation model: universities, the gov-
ernment and the companies (Figure 3).
4 stages(inception, launch,growth, maturity)
5 variables(technology, talent, finance,
location, evolution)
6 casesTechnology Park
(BCN)
Environmental factorsAgents of the triple
helix
Figure 3
Research design
Tech
Talent
Finance
Location
Evolution
CashFlow
Inception Launching Maturity
Time
I II III IV
Growth
Figure 1
Stages of growth and analysis of the five main variables
Figure 2
Main var iables
Research and development
Intellectual property rights
Product and production
Resources
Academic and professional experience
Global diversity, mentality and contacts
Organization of human capital
Alignment of roles and functions
Sources of funding (FFF, BA, VC, CV, M&A, IPO)
Conditions (investment returns)
National and international
Local/global
Technology platforms
Value proposition, business model, business plan...
Local and international sales
Local and global clients
Value chain
TECHNOLOGY
TALENT
FINANCE
LOCATION
EVOLUTION
70 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Agents Resources
Figure 4
Agents in a science park and resources managed
Research university
Government (national, regional
and local)
Companies (large and SMEs)
- People with abilities and contacts
- Science and technology
- Knowledge (how)
- Experience (what we know) and vision
- Business connections
- Space
- Technology infrastructure
- Professional services
- Market (domestic market)
- Money
- Meeting points - Clients (as a key
element)
Agents Resources
Figure 5
Role of agents in a science park
- People with abilities and business connections- Science (research centres)- Technology (technology centres and licences)- Knowledge on entrepreneurship (how)- Experience (what we know) and vision- Business connections- Space- Technology infrastructure- Meeting rooms- Clients (as a key element)- Schools of business angels (private investors)- Promote an enterprising spirit
Business plan competitions
- Role of legal regulator- Could act as a source of demand, providing a sophisticat-
ed market for high-tech products and solutions- Funding of science and technology through public pro-
grammes- Investment in university education
- Large companies: investment in new companies tomanage their strategic innovation. Business mergers
- Small and medium-sized companies: business relations andclusters
- New companies, to incorporate science and technologyas a value proposition
University
Government
Industry
Development of the model based on the t r iple helix
Etzkowitz and Leydesdorff (2000) defined a model of
innovation based on a triple helix of interaction between
university-industry-government. The triple helix model
was based on models of national and regional systems of
innovation developed by Lundvall (1988), Nelson (1993)
and Freeman (1998), among others, and the major contri-
bution of Gibbons (1994) and his ‘Mode 2’ model, which
explains the production of knowledge from a multidisci-
plinary, broad focus.
The triple helix theory proposes that university-indus-
try-government interaction is key to improving the condi-
tions of innovation in a knowledge-based society.
Industry’s position in the triple helix is as the production
node, the government is a source of contractual relation-
ships that ensure stable interactions and exchange, and the
university is the source of new knowledge and technolo-
gies and the main generator of knowledge-based
economies. Industry and government have always been
the principle institutions in leading societies. In a knowl-
edge society, the triple helix model has helped universities
to gain a level equivalent to that of industry and govern-
ment. This was not the case in previous institutional con-
figurations in which it played a secondary role.
Due to its simple, robust structure, the triple helix
model has been used as the basis for many studies.
It fits our study perfectly, and explains the case of most
technology parks in Barcelona.
On the basis of the triple helix, we analysed the role and
interrelations between the agents involved in the innovation
system. Each agent uses different resources to support the
creation of new technology-based companies that have a
global outlook (Figure 4). The role and importance of the
support provided by the three agents varies according to the
characteristics of each one and to the stage in the develop-
ment of the companies.
Figure 5 sums up the main functions of each agent. The
increasing importance of knowledge and the role of the uni-
versity in the incubation of technology-based companies
have increased the prominence of the institutional field.
Enterprising universities are proactive and make academic
and business knowledge available to beneficiaries.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya71
Tech
Talent
Finance
Location
Evolution
CashFlow
Inception Launching Maturity
Time
I II III IV
University Industry Government
Growth
Figure 6
The importance of agents who support the development of technology companies in science and technology parks
As companies increase their level of technology, they
move closer to an academic model, in which they acquire
higher levels of training and share their knowledge. The
government acts as a public entrepreneur and investor, and
also fulfils its traditional role of regulator in the establish-
ment of the rules of the game. Beyond the development of
products, innovation becomes an endogenous process of
‘taking the role of the other’, and fostering interrelation
between institutional spheres.
These functions vary in each stage of company develop-
ment, and therefore the importance of the support provided
by the agents fluctuates in the different stages. Figure 6 illus-
trates the importance of the three agents’ support in each
stage. Due to their research infrastructure, capacity to create
knowledge and highly qualified workforce, universities play
a key role in promoting the creation of technology-based
companies. In most environments, governments invest in
research and, in some cases, finance small technology-
based companies . Once new companies have been created,
the importance of the relation between them increases con-
stantly. In the last stage of growth, the business relations
formed during the entire period enable companies to share
identities and a large amount of information on new tech-
nological developments.
Result s of the analysis
Structured questionnaires were changed at some
point for interviews to understand better how the three
agents in the innovation system had provided support
and the way they benefited companies. Company
founders were asked about the five variables (technolo-
gy, talent, finance, location and evolution) in each of the
four stages of company growth (inception, launch,
growth and maturity).
The company founders all stated that their experi-
ence in other companies led to them starting up a new
business. Most of the products marketed are based on
software technologies and therefore the first steps of the
companies depended on technology knowledge. At this
stage, the technology had not been developed, and
therefore the company was only a business idea. This
means that accessing human and financial resources was
particularly difficult. In fact, some of the founders stated
that ‘they would not have been able to create the com-
pany and make it grow if it hadn’t been for government
grants’ of around €100,000. The development of the tech-
nology was a long, hard process, and required a large
amount of resources.
The entrepreneurial teams started out as around five
people with varying technical knowledge. Their lack of
experience in business aspects meant that several people
had to participate in different management tasks, which
means that, for example, ‘a person could belong at the
same time to the development department, the market-
ing department and the financial department. The
departments and positions of director emerged over
time and with the growth of the company’.
Once the prototypes had been developed, the launch
stage began, in which the company tried to enter the
market and attract the first client. Some of the compa-
nies already had their first client(s), whilst others contin-
ued to develop their technologies. The difficulties
encountered in the cases under study differed from one
company to another.
Almost all of the interviewees agreed that ‘the gov-
ernment grants continued to be very important in this
stage’. The interviewees had made the grant applications
themselves. In addition, some companies received risk
capital investments of around €100,000-€700,000, which
in some cases reached €1.5 M.
This stage ‘requires a highly specialized team’. The
expert technology team was working on new technolo-
gy developments, so the objective of the new team was
to enter the market and attract the first clients.
The following stage in the growth of a company
begins once it has its first clients and the first sales have
been completed. Instead of just having a product, the
company is now a producer. This is the stage in which
the companies demonstrated that they are international;
all of them have clients worldwide. To market their prod-
ucts globally, they required injections of private funds of
between €1.5 and 5 M.
All of the companies were developing new technolo-
gy products to complement or replace existing ones.
Some of them also considered the possibility of opening
new offices abroad; others were seeking a way to oper-
ate abroad successfully.
In this stage, it is very important to have qualified
staff in management. The companies hired people with
management knowledge, particularly in the areas of
marketing and sales. On average, the team expanded
from the five original founders to around thirty or more
people. As the focus was international, the team was
comprised of people of different nationalities.
All the companies under analysis are in the growth
stage. They are not sure what separates the growth stage
from maturity. Some agreed that ‘maturity begins when
the company is seeking an exit mechanism’, whilst other
believed that ‘maturity ends when the company is sold’.
Although it was difficult for the founders to predict
the size and location of their company in the future,
all hoped that their companies would be in a global
position.
In-depth interviews with 22@ Barcelona companies
We take as an example three leading companies in
the area of the 22@ Barcelona technology park. Due to
the creation of its conceptual model of economic and
urban development, this area continues to be one of the
city’s economic drivers. It has gone from being a driving
force of the textile industry during the last century, to a
driver of the knowledge economy this century; a place
where innovative, global companies can find a suitable
ecosystem for growing internationally from Barcelona.
The zone is based on a clustering model focused on the
fastest growing sectors: ICT, the mass media, health
care, environmental technology, and design. It currently
has over 1,500 companies and 45,000 workers, and 12
research and development centres associated with over
10 universities, and it is a clear example of a favourable
environment for the new knowledge economy.
Interviews were carried out in April 2011 with com-
panies in 22@ Barcelona: Adecq-BesTv, Groupalia and
Zyncro.
André Vanyi-Robin explained his business experience
as co-founder of Adecq, a company that developed the
solution BesTv, based on a non-linear platform of serv-
ices for digital television. BesTv introduces new services
for digital terrestrial television, via satellite and by cable,
which enables personalized content, 3D television and
dynamic publicity. After five years of operation, it has
been purchased by Motive Television, a company listed
on the AIM, the London Stock Exchange.
Vanyi-Robin explained the trajectory of his business,
which arose out of a previous failure and took advantage
of an opportunity at global scale: ‘the digital switchover’
announced in 2005. He did not have funds, but did find
an ecosystem in 22@ Barcelona and had a plan for inter-
nationalisation. Vanyi-Robin works from Barcelona but
mainly invoices abroad. The businessman stated that
international relations are very important. You have to
travel constantly despite the online globalisation.
Currently, BesTv has spread throughout Eastern Europe,
Turkey and Latin America.
Mònica Comalrena, who is the head of International
Development at Groupalia, described the rapid estab-
lishment and success of this business experience online.
Groupalia creates purchasing groups mainly in the areas
of leisure, health and beauty. ‘It’s a business in which
everyone’s a winner’, she explained. Users get very good
discounts and establishments find major sales channels
72 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya72
for their products. The key to its success is that ‘the more
collaborators you have, the more users you will have too,
and the more users you have, the more collaborators will
want to participate in the project’. After eleven months
in operation, the company employs 400 people, is estab-
lished in 6 countries, and could reach a turnover of 100
million in 2011.
Ms Comalrena explained that the success of
Groupalia was due to international market demand.
Groupalia’s head of International Development said
that there is a real ‘enthusiasm for group purchases in
the world’, which is why they have grown so rapidly.
This is a business that is expanding internationally
without barriers that enabled Groupalia to establish
itself aggressively and rapidly. The company has been
exceptionally well-received by users and clients. She
indicated that Latin America is an area with great
potential for the introduction of Spanish businesses.
Language is a favourable factor as are the economic
cycles, which are different and complementary to those
found in Europe.
The head of International Development at Groupalia
has drawn various conclusions from her business expe-
rience. Mainly, you have to know the product really well.
It is also important to know the market, to be flexible
and to work with local teams who understand their
environment. Comalrena stressed that it was essential
not to be afraid of failure and to correct any mistakes
quickly.
Finally, Lluís Font, CEO of Zyncro, explained his
experience as head of internationalisation of his compa-
ny, which is based on social network mechanisms. With
Zyncro, Lluís Font offers the opportunity to create inter-
nal online communication tools. He is also responsible
for the organization of the company and its knowledge
areas. Font supports the use of social networks in com-
panies. He believes that we should take more advantage
of the advantages they provide for communication. The
CEO of Zyncro stated that currently information does
not flow correctly within companies. Paradoxically,
whilst normal relationships between people are increas-
ingly carried out via social networks, such as Twitter or
Facebook, companies do not use them. During his inter-
view, Mr Font highlighted the difference in communica-
tion between different generations in workplaces. The
youngest use email less assiduously, but rely more on
chats and social networks. However, there are still cer-
tain departments in companies’ organizational charts
that are sceptical about the advantages of the new com-
munication tools.
Lluís Font proposed that in a few years companies
will have corporate social networks. Everything will be
organized through social networks: social games, social
intranet and project management, for example. He also
predicts that in five years the battle of the social net-
works will increase. A social revolution will occur that
will have its detractors and will be led by talent and mar-
keting managers. This will change a company’s relation-
ship with its employees.
Mr Font stated that it was important to move fast in
this changing situation, and to make decisions. The mar-
ket changes rapidly and managers need to adapt and
modify their objectives. ‘You shouldn’t be paralysed by
an analysis, you mustn’t waste time on market analyses.
If I’m wrong, I’m wrong and I change quickly.’
According to the CEO of Zyncro, in the next few
years a social battle will take place that will have its
critics, but it will be real. Entrepreneurs need to sell
their product on the Internet and they need to know
the international market and the differences between
countries. Productivity will increase in companies and
the relationship with workers will change, as well as
their location and their salary concepts. The market
must be global and collaborators shall carry out their
tasks thousands of kilometres from their company
headquarters.
Conclusions and discussion
As a set of clusters, a science park is a kind of busi-
ness network that is situated in a specific geographic
location, where the proximity between companies and
support institutions promotes links between them that
increases the frequency and impact of their interactions
(Porter, 1998). In this study, we analysed environmental
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya73
74 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
factors resulting from the interaction of the three agents
in the triple helix that are involved in most science and
technology parks: universities, government and indus-
try. On the basis of a literature review, we selected five
main variables (technology, talent, finance, location and
evolution) and analysed each of the four main stages in
the process of company growth (inception, launch,
growth and maturity). The importance of the support
agents, such as universities, government and industry,
was expected to vary depending on the stage of compa-
ny growth.
On this basis, we defined a model that showed that
universities and the government provide more support
in the initial stages of company growth, whilst business
relations within the industry are more important during
the growth and maturity stages.
We carried out an exploratory study of companies
founded with a global outlook to validate our model. We
interviewed company founders and found evidence that
confirmed our model. In the initial stage, new compa-
nies operating in a global market focus on the develop-
ment of technology, so they need knowledge and highly
qualified engineers. Consequently, the university is more
important in the first stages than in the following ones.
The most important form of government support is
through funding programmes that are aimed particu-
larly at the inception and launch stages. Prototypes and
basic technologies (developed during the start of
inception stages) are financed with public funds, and
private capital becomes more important when the first
clients have been attracted and the first sales made
(growth stage).
Global companies founded in a science park benefit
from relationships with other companies, particularly dur-
ing the last stages of company growth. The global market
forces companies to hire international staff from the time
of inception, which attracts other talent from around the
world: people with solid academic and professional train-
ing who may decide to create their own technology-based
company. As a result, it is easier to create global compa-
nies and enter international markets.
The results of this study contribute to detecting and
understanding how agents in an innovation system sup-
port companies in different ways in a company’s differ-
ent stages of growth. Governments and other organiza-
tions should take into account the results of this analysis
to improve and maximise the effectiveness of their sup-
port programmes.
The interviews internally validated the proposed
model. External validation requires further research that
could be carried out in a new analysis. In addition, we
expect all of the results to vary from territory to territory.
Due to the characteristics of a specific environment, the
agents will act in a certain way. Environmental and social
characteristics play a key role in understanding how tech-
nology parks support global entrepreneurial initiatives.
Due to the importance of the topic, this study is taken
as a starting point for further research to compare differ-
ent innovation environments that act as support plat-
forms. We hope that comparisons with other innovative
environments will provide evidence for identifying dif-
ferences and improving business support programmes.
References
COLOMBO, MG & DELMASTRO, M. (2002) ‘How effective are technol-
ogy incubators? Evidence from Italy’, Research Policy 31, pp. 1103-1122.
ETZKOWITZ, H. (2003) ‘Innovation in innovation: the Triple Helix of
university-industry-government relations’, Social Science Information,
vol. 42 (3).
ETZKOWITZ, H. (2002) ‘Incubation of incubators: Innovation as a
triple helix of university-industry-government net works’, Science and
Public Policy, vol. 29-2, 115-128.
ETZKOWITZ, H. & LEYDESDORFF, L. (2000) ‘The dynamics of innova-
tion: from National Systems and “Mode 2” to a Triple Helix of univer-
‘Intellectual human capital and the birth of US biotechnology enter-
prises’. American Economic Review, vol. 88: 290-306.
76 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
1. This article is based on a research project proposed by Josep Miquel Piqué,who collaborated in its development as part of his task of promoting studiesto better understand the business sector and innovation activities inBarcelona. I am grateful to Mònica Flores, Gonzalo Rodés and MarcSanmartí for their support during the study on which this article is based. Tocontact Francisco J. Granados, send correspondence to: IBEI, c/ Elisabets 10,08001 Barcelona; [email protected]; [email protected]
2. Some of the arguments presented in this article are based on informationfrom twelve interviews carried out during June and July 2011. The inter-views were the first in a research project on talent management inBarcelona. I am grateful to all of the people who were interviewed whounselfishly, and sometimes very enthusiastically, shared their personalexperience and professional knowledge of the business context and innova-tion activities in Barcelona.
22@ Barcelona and the management of innovative and entrepreneurial talent
Francisco J. GranadosBarcelona Institute of International Studies (IBEI)1
Abst ract
Professionals who work in innovation and the creation
and management of innovative companies are an essen-
tial element of the knowledge-based economy. Territories
that seek to use innovation to support their economic
development must increase the availability of innovative
and entrepreneurial professional talent. 22@ Barcelona
has been a leader in actions to manage the talent that is
available in Barcelona. This article presents the pro-
grammes that have been devised and proposes elements
of analysis for the local creation of innovative and entre-
preneurial talent, the attraction and retention of talent
from other territories, and the development of existing
innovative and entrepreneurial talent within a territory.
Int roduct ion
The availability of professionals who work in innova-
tion and in the creation and management of companies in
innovation-intensive sectors is essential to economic
competitiveness based on knowledge. Territories that aim
to base their economic development on the attraction and
creation of innovative companies must have enough peo-
ple with professional talent in innovation, entrepreneur-
ship and management (Florida, 2005 b; Björkman and Lu,
1999). In the area of business administration, the man-
agement of talent availability as a specific function of
human resources is considered an increasingly important
factor for business success (Hartman, Feisel and Schobel,
2010; Scullion and Collings, 2011). Furthermore, interna-
tional location strategies increasingly value the availabili-
ty of talent in a territory (Tarique and Schuler, 2010;
European Cities Monitor, 2010). International competi-
tion between cities, regions or countries justifies the
establishment of public policies to manage the creation,
attraction and development of innovative professional tal-
ent (OECD, 2008; Salvat and Marcet, 2008).
22@ Barcelona has been a pioneer in establishing a
set of actions to manage talent in Barcelona, which are
presented below. The following sections of the article
also propose elements of analysis, which are either gen-
eral or specific to Barcelona, for the management of
innovative and entrepreneurial talent. Some of the argu-
ments in this article are based on information drawn
from a set of interviews carried out with Spanish and
international professionals whose work involves innova-
tion or the creation and management of knowledge-
intensive companies in Barcelona.2 The sections cover
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya77
3. Further information on the 22@CreaTalent programme can be found athttp://www.22creatalent.cat/index.php?lang=ca.
the following topics respectively: the local creation of
innovative and entrepreneurial talent, the attraction and
retention of talent from other territories, and the devel-
opment of existing talent within a territory.
Local creat ion of innovat ive and ent repreneur ial
talent
This article looks at the management of the creative
talent that all people potentially have to contribute to
the discovery of technology innovations and their busi-
ness development. Whether or not people acquire this
or another kind of talent is closely related to the educa-
tion they receive in the education system. Territories
that aim to boost knowledge-based economic develop-
ment must consider how to adapt their education insti-
tutions, which tend to be mainly focused on the stan-
dard transmission of knowledge, so that the main
teaching objective becomes the promotion of creativity
through active, experimental learning (learning by
doing) that does not penalize mistakes caused by risk-
2001; Sacks, 2000). An educational system that pro-
motes the creativity of individuals is compatible with
obtaining academic excellence, as shown by the case of
Finland - a country that is outstanding for its academic
performance according to PISA reports. The focus of the
Finnish education system in preschool years (up to
seven years old) is mainly based on awakening the
child’s personal interest in the learning process, which
is achieved through creative activities that are mainly
based on play (formal learning of reading and writing
begins at seven years old, three years later than in the
Catalan education system ). The emphasis on creative
learning is maintained in the subsequent educational
phases (Sahlberg, 2004, 2011).
One of the most interesting actions to manage talent
promoted by 22@ Barcelona is the 22@CreaTalent pro-
gramme, which was developed during the 2008-2009
school year in the new primary and secondary schools in
the urban 22@ district. The aims of the programme were
to promote young people’s interest in science and tech-
nology careers, to develop their creative and entrepre-
neurial capacity, to incorporate English and new tech-
nologies as common teaching tools, and to foster the
participation of fathers, mothers and teachers in the
educational process. The teaching method and the pro-
gramme activities (for example, practical workshops to
build robots, on renewable energies, on information and
media technologies and on digital animation) were
designed by a team of experts from LEGO Education
and were contextualized in the context of the activities of
all the business clusters in 22@ Barcelona3.
Education systems can promote innovative creativity
and entrepreneurship by encouraging individual and
group projects that enable students to develop cognitive
and relational abilities that allow them to structure, tackle
and resolve problems; assess and improve the develop-
ment of their work; and guide their learning process effec-
tively (Darling-Hammond, 2010; Robinson, 2001).
People’s innovative and entrepreneurial capacity can be
promoted in all stages of the education system, from pre-
school to lifelong learning for adults (Sahlberg 2009). The
stages that precede the incorporation of students into the
labour market are ideal for carrying out placements that
enable students to develop creative projects in a business
context. Ideally, students should carry out their place-
ments in highly dynamic companies (for example, inno-
vative start-ups), where processes of business creation
and growth can be observed that require multifunction
professional profiles, combining technical activities and
project management. Education institutions that train
professionals in the area of innovation and company
management should boost the creation of projects that
bring students into contact with complementary knowl-
edge and abilities, as occurs in some excellent universities
(for example, MIT or the Imperial College London) whose
curriculums include joint projects between engineering
and business administration students.
78 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
4. Spain has the lowest level of English in the EU countries included in the EF EPI 2011 study (http://www.ef.com.es/sitecore/__/~/media/efcom/epi/pdf/
EF-EPI-2011-Spain.pdf), which is one of the few comparative analyses car-ried out on the level of English in different countries.
78
The impact that policies to create local talent could
have on the economic, knowledge-based development of
a territory may be influenced by the presence of a series of
factors in the region. These include the availability of
sources of financing for innovative business projects, a
regulatory framework that favours the creation of innova-
tive companies, and an innovative business sector in
which students can receive professional training and that
also provides employment opportunities. If a territory is
lacking one or more of these factors, it may be harder to
develop innovative business projects. In addition, a group
of professionals with innovation skills may be formed
who are overqualified for the available jobs in the territo-
ry or, in the worst case scenario, are unemployed.
In these cases, emigration to territories that pro-
vide job opportunities for innovation professionals or
to regions that facilitate the creation of innovative
companies becomes one way in which local talent can
fully develop the innovative potential they have
acquired during their academic training. The positive
effect of training these professionals on the economic
development of the territory in which they have been
educated either disappears or is postponed until their
possible return. In the best case scenario, talented
people that return will have a positive added effect on
local economic development, due to the knowledge
and international contacts they have made during
their period abroad (Saxenian, 2006). One way to
increase the local development of talent is to attract
innovative international business activity to the terri-
tory. This not only has a positive effect on the eco-
nomic development of the host territory, but also
increases the efficiency of actions aimed at local cre-
ation of talent. Thus, a symbiotic effect is produced
between the attraction of international business activ-
ity and the creation of local talent: local talent is nour-
ished by the opportunities for professional develop-
ment provided by the attracted business activity, and
the local talent makes the location of international
innovation-based companies in the territory more
attractive, as these companies need to locally hire
innovation professionals.
Last, but not least, a low level of English (and of
other foreign languages) among young people in a ter-
ritory dramatically limits their educational mobility in
the international arena. This mobility may be essential
in some areas of knowledge. A lack of language skills
also makes it difficult for the local education system to
incorporate excellent international lecturers who are
only able to teach in English, and to attract interna-
tional students who need English as the language of
instruction. A lack of English language skills among
locally created talent is a fundamental obstacle to inte-
gration into an international professional environ-
ment, whether this environment is located abroad or
corresponds to companies situated here that generally
use English as their working language. It is ironic that
a territory can train good innovation professionals
whose major competitive disadvantage to working in
companies located in the local environment is not hav-
ing the same level of English as professionals who
come from outside of the territory.
Despite the importance that education authorities
give to English teaching, the current education system
in Catalonia does not seem to result in a majority of
university graduates with a language level that
enables them to manage and produce professional
information in English and to communicate fluently
in this language at work, even though such English
proficiency is usually attained by students at
European universities.4 Perhaps the main reason for
the low level of English in the population of young
university students in Spain lies outside the education
system. To improve the English language skills of
future generations of young people from Barcelona,
we may need to boost the presence of English in their
cultural environment. For example, television formats
could be changed to bring them in line with those of
European countries with the best level of English
among their populations. This change would involve
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya7979
5. The document ‘Ten years of 22@: the innovation district’ (available athttp://www.22barcelona.com/content/view/887/90/lang,en/) sums up themain urban development milestones of 22@ Barcelona, which has beendefined as a ‘benchmark model’ by the International Association of Science
Parks (IASP) and the TCI Network. Various cities in the world (Rio deJaneiro, Boston, Istanbul, Cape Town) have taken the urban developmentproject managed by 22@ Barcelona as a reference for their own plans forurban development transformation.
broadcasting all programmes for children and young
people in the original language with subtitles (that is,
programmes for children who are old enough to read
the subtitles). However, this change in the cultural
environment would not affect the low level of English
found in older generations.
At t ract ion and retent ion of int ernat ional talent
Countries, regions and cities worldwide are estab-
lishing different kinds of policy actions to attract people
with innovative and entrepreneurial talent from other
territories (Florida, 2005 b; OECD, 2008). Many aspects
to take into account in these policies (for example, adap-
tation to the new sociocultural context, settling the fam-
ily into the new place of residence) are the same as those
that apply to the expatriation of employees of multina-
tional companies - a topic that has been extensively
dealt with in the literature on business administration
(Collings, Scullion and Morley, 2007; Dowling, Festing
and Engle, 2008). The end objective of policies to attract
and retain talent is to boost innovation and the creation
of new companies in the territory, and to promote the
relocation of companies from other territories. Policies to
attract talent include adapting urban areas to establish
innovative business clusters and eliminating administra-
tive obstacles, in order to facilitate the entry into the ter-
ritory of innovation professionals and companies from
other places. Actions to retain talent are aimed at
encouraging people who come to the territory to train or
work temporarily to stay for longer and carry out their
professional activity of innovation or company creation
and management. The main objective of policies to
retain innovative companies is to foster a business envi-
ronment that increases the companies’ competitiveness
in terms of the generation of innovation.
22@ Barcelona has carried out notable work in the
area of attracting talent. Since its creation in 2000, urban
development has been carried out that has resulted in
the transformation of what was a declining industrial
district into an innovation district in which over a thou-
sand companies directly related to technological innova-
tion - many from other countries - have set up that are
as well as ten university centres and twelve research,
development and innovation and technology transfer
organizations. Currently, the model of 22@ Barcelona is
considered a benchmark at global scale in the area of
innovation-related urban, economic and social transfor-
mation, and it is internationally recognised for its task of
attracting innovative companies and talent.5
Since 2009, 22@ Barcelona has promoted a project
that could contribute to attracting and retaining talented
professionals who work in business management in
knowledge-intensive economic sectors. The objective of
the programme ‘Barcelona, seat of corporate universi-
ties’ is to make Barcelona an international centre for cor-
porate training activities for this kind of company. In
addition to attracting a high number of innovation pro-
fessionals to existing education centres and to the new
ones that could be established in the city, the initiative
will enable people to experience first-hand during their
stay in Barcelona the opportunities that the city offers for
carrying out professional activities in the area of innova-
tion and business projects associated with the knowl-
edge economy. This element of international dissemina-
tion is added to other actions that have been carried out
in 22@ Barcelona to promote Barcelona’s international
image as a city that welcomes professionals and compa-
nies in the area of innovation (for example, through its
presence in international forums of entrepreneurs and
innovators, such as BizBarcelona, or by presenting the
22@ Barcelona project in different international institu-
tions associated with the knowledge economy). The
project ‘Barcelona, seat of corporate universities’
involves the collaboration of various public and private
organizations, including Barcelona’s business schools,
which have been attracting people with talent in inter-
80 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
6. For more information on the ‘Barcelona, seat of corporate universities’ pro-gramme, see http://www.icufbcn.com/.
7. For more information on the 22@Staying in Company programme, seehttp://www.22barcelona.com/content/view/495/820/lang,es/. Another pro-gramme to attract talent developed by 22@ Barcelona and aimed at inter-national students is the ‘Barcelona Week Stage’.
80
national management for many years, and disseminat-
ing the image of Barcelona as a business city.6
Another action to attract talent carried out by 22@
Barcelona is 22@Staying in Company. This includes a
series of grant programmes for students from national
and international universities who wish to complete
their training at innovation companies in Barcelona.7
22@ Barcelona has also established actions to integrate,
and consequently retain, in Barcelona the international
community of professionals and businesspeople in the
area of innovation in the city. Since 2010, the IN22@ pro-
gramme has aimed to strengthen links between this
community (particularly professionals with a manage-
ment profile who are closely related to the international
arena) and the community of local businesspeople in the
area of innovation. To achieve this, a series of meetings
has been promoted, on topics related to different coun-
tries and regions of the world. Each meeting was attend-
ed by around a hundred professionals and also had an
online impact through the LinkedIn platform. The
IN22@ programme was established in response to the
low level of personal relations between the internation-
al community in Barcelona and the local community,
which was identified in 2007 by the study ‘Inter na -
tionalisation of 22@ Barcelona’ (Leon, 2008).
Public policies to attract professional talent must
take into account aspects related to the distribution of
scarce resources between local professionals and those
who have been attracted to the area, particularly in the
case of economic contexts in which there is a lack of
professional opportunities. We must also consider
whether policies have a negative impact on the working
conditions of local professionals (Salvat and Marcel,
2008:31). Policies that end up attracting professionals
with a similar level of talent to locally trained profes-
sionals could be questioned by the latter group. General
regulations on work permits for foreigners (in Bar ce -
lona, this affects people from outside the EU) tend to
assess the availability in the territory of people with
similar professional skills to those of the prospective
immigrants. Consequently, these regulations have an
impact on the capacity to attract talent.
Regulations on work permits do not tend to consider
specific aspects related to the creation of innovation
companies. A foreign entrepreneur who wishes to move
to the territory may have planned the creation (or the
relocation) of the company taking into account the par-
ticipation of a specific team of people who are also from
abroad. The entrepreneur may consider that the involve-
ment of these people is key to the success of his/her
business project (due to their specific skills and experi-
ences, or the trust and personal commitment between
them and the entrepreneur). Therefore, immigration reg-
ulations on employees should make it easier and faster
for innovative companies to hire the team of people that
the entrepreneur considers essential for his/her project.
In addition, in relation to work permits for foreigners, an
issue of great importance for entrepreneurs or for any
innovation professional who is considering moving to a
territory is whether spouses or partners can obtain per-
mits that allow them not only to live, but also to contin-
ue to develop their professional careers within the host
territory. This and other administrative issues (for exam-
ple, in relation to the process of obtaining visas, driving
licences, official recognition of children’s studies, private
health insurance requirements) considerably affect the
real capacity that a territory has to attract and retain
international talent.
Aspects related to the quality of life a territory offers
also have a considerable impact on its capacity to
attract and retain talent (Florida, 2002, 2005a, 2008). In
comparison with other major cities, Barcelona is a
pleasant place to life due to its climate, coastal situa-
tion, urban attractiveness, offering of leisure activities,
presence of international communities and direct air
connections with many other European cities (Florida,
2010b). Barcelona is highly valued in the international
arena according to city rankings (in the European Cities
Monitor of 2010, Barcelona was ranked the fifth best
European city for locating an international company
and the top city in terms of the quality of life of
employees). Barcelona’s strong reputation in the inter-
national arena is a very positive aspect for those weigh-
ing up whether to come to the city to live and work. The
city’s international attractiveness considerably boosts
the capacity of companies in Barcelona to attract inno-
vation professionals from other countries. Some com-
panies also take advantage of the major source of
human capital in terms of the language and cultural
diversity resulting from the high presence in Barcelona
of young people from abroad who initially come to
study, many of whom wish to prolong their stay in the
city by working for international companies that need a
range of staff who know the languages and cultures of
all the countries in which they operate. Barcelona’s
great language and culture assets are also due to immi-
grants who come to work in sectors of the economy
other than innovation and, in the future, to their chil-
dren, provided they maintain their parents’ language
and culture.
The great international attractiveness of Barcelona
does not mean that there are no obstacles to attracting
innovative, entrepreneurial international talent. The
offering of leisure activities and the general attractive-
ness of the city are possibly more decisive factors for
young professionals than for older ones whose lives are
mainly family-oriented. For these family-centred pro-
fessionals, other aspects of the city could be more
important when it comes to deciding whether to move
their professional and personal life to Barcelona. For
example, there is a high unemployment rate which
makes it difficult for partners to join the workforce;
there is a low level of English (and other foreign lan-
guages) in the population in general and in cus-
tomer/citizen services that make everyday tasks diffi-
cult during the phase of linguistic adaptation to the city
(for example, administrative procedures associated
with creating companies or with housing, shopping,
transport around the city, relations with local profes-
sionals and with neighbours). Another issue to take
into account in strategies for positioning the Barcelona
brand (Kavaratzis 2004; Smith 2005) is the possible
development of Barcelona’s international image as a
place that is excessively leisure focused, which may
clash with the image of formality and productivity that
some companies wish to be associated with their busi-
ness and their employees.
An important aspect to consider in policies to attract
and retain international talent is the suitability of the ter-
ritory’s education system for children of incoming pro-
fessionals. People in general and particularly those with
a high educational level, such as innovation profession-
als, place great value on their children’s education.
Professionals who are considering coming to Barcelona
with school-age children will analyse the characteristics
and quality of the city’s primary and secondary educa-
tion system. These people may aim to work in Barcelona
for a while, but may not plan to remain indefinitely, at
least not initially. Instead they may wish to return to
their place of origin or go to another country in the
future. Therefore, they are interested in an educational
offering in which their children’s main language of
instruction is either that of the education system in their
place of origin or at least an international language that
they speak (usually English). Normally, parents do not
want their children’s educational progress to be ham-
pered by a change in language of instruction, and they
want to have the language skills to participate fully in
monitoring and supporting their children’s education.
Various studies have confirmed the positive effect that
supporting children’s education has on their school per-
formance (Teachman, Paasch and Carver, 1997; McNeal,
1999; Marí-Klose, Marí-Klose, Maranzana and
Granados, 2010:51-53). The study ‘Internatio nalisation
of 22@ Barcelona’ indicates that the lack of schools
teaching in foreign languages is a major concern for pro-
fessionals from other countries who live in Barcelona
(Leon, 2008).
Development of exist ing talent
Policies for managing talent also include develop-
ment actions to enhance the performance of people
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya81
82 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
8. The task of 22@ Barcelona with respect to the creation of infrastruc-tures to support innovation and innovative companies is summed upin the document ‘Ten years of 22@: the innovation district’ (avail-able at http:// www.22barcelona.com/content/view/887/90/lang,en/).Further information on the 22@Urban Lab can be found athttp://www.22barcelona.com/content/view/698/897/lang,ca/.
9. Social capital is defined as the sum of potential and obtained resources thatan individual or organization can access through its network of personal
relations. Its existence is facilitated by mutual knowledge between agentsdrawn from previous cooperation experiences and from the existence of regu-lations and social institutions that promote mutual or collective trust(Coleman, 1988; Putnam, Leonardi and Nanetti, 1993; Cohen and Fields,1999).
10. Further information on the 22@SinergyS programme can be foundat http://www.22barcelona.com/content/view/679/893/lang,ca/.Further information on the Urban Cluster Day can be found athttp://www.22barcelona.com/content/view/354/752/lang,ca/.
with innovation and business talent who already live in
the territory. The spectrum of this kind of actions
includes the creation of infrastructures to support inno-
vation and business activities, and actions that promote
innovation and entrepreneurship. Examples of the first
type of actions are the creation of research and tech-
nology transfer centres, technological systems for
information and communication, and business incuba-
tors; the promotion of business clusters; and the cre-
ation of services to access public funding programmes,
risk capital and support for internationalization. The
second group of actions includes programmes for pub-
licly recognizing business success and excellence in
innovation and business, or tax policies that encourage
innovation and the creation of companies. The actions
of 22@ Barcelona to develop existing talent include the
promotion of knowledge-intensive business clusters,
the promotion of creating and attracting infrastructures
that support innovation, and the channelling or direct
offer of services to innovation professionals and inno-
vative companies. One new development action is the
establishment of the 22@Urban Lab programme, which
reinforces the availability of the 22@ Barcelona district
as a space for testing technology solutions of an urban
nature.8
The aim of a specific set of actions to develop local
talent is to promote relationships between innovation
professionals and companies. The literature on knowl-
edge-based clusters of companies and economic
regions shows the importance of personal relationships
between innovation professionals during their innova-
tive activity (Saxenian, 1994, 2006; Wolfe, 2002;
Subramanian and Youndt, 2005). In this literature, the
social capital of people and companies (that is, the
resources that can be accessed via their network of per-
sonal relationships) is considered a catalytic substrate
for the innovation process.9 22@ Barcelona has estab-
lished a series of programmes that promote the inter-
action of professionals and companies that carry out
their innovation activity in the district. The
22@Breakfast Update programme consists of monthly
professional meetings involving the presentation of an
innovation-related topic, after which the participants
have the opportunity to meet and talk informally. The
IN22@ programme aims to promote the establishment
of personal and professional relationships among the
local business community and communities of busi-
nesspeople and international professionals in
Barcelona associated with innovation and the knowl-
edge economy. The 22@SinergyS programme promotes
professional relationships between local innovative
companies and international researchers who attend
professional conferences in Barcelona. The organiza-
tion of specific events focused on promoting network-
ing or other kinds of events that bring together profes-
sionals and businesspeople in the area of innovation
(for example, the Urban Cluster Day organized by 22@
Barcelona) contribute to forging personal relations
between participants, and therefore can increase the
social capital of the members of the city’s innovation
community.10
Cultural aspects of a community of people or organ-
izations have an impact on the existence and character-
istics of relationships and social capital in the commu-
nity (Coleman, 1988; Putnam, Leonardi and Nanetti,
1993; Saxenian, 1994; Granados, 2005). Cultural ele-
ments in the social context in which professional activ-
ities are carried out can affect the number and intensi-
ty of relationships between professionals, their level of
social capital, and their innovative performance. Some
of these cultural elements include the predominant
work and professional ethics in the group; the usual
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya83
work-life balance; the cultural values and norms estab-
lished in relation to gender, age and origin; the perme-
ability of groups to new members; and the importance
of group hierarchies. The level of social capital and
innovative performance in a community of profession-
als may also be affected by characteristics of the busi-
ness context in which they carry out their activity. Some
aspects to take into account are the concentration of
companies within a geographic area, their size and per-
meability with respect to the environment, their coop-
eration and competition strategies, and the job mobili-
ty between companies and between companies and
other institutions where innovation professionals carry
out their activity. Finally, the usual levels of language
skills in the group of local professionals and business-
people and those from abroad who work in the territo-
ry is also fundamental to the development of their per-
sonal relationships and social capital.
Conclusion
In the preceding sections, a series of elements to
analyse the management of professional talent associat-
ed with innovation and the creation and management of
innovative companies were proposed. Specifically dealt
with were issues related to the local creation of talent,
the attraction and retention of international talent, and
the development of existing innovative and entrepre-
neurial talent in a territory. The article also presented the
actions established by 22@ Barcelona to manage the
aforementioned issues. The arguments presented are
based on the idea that cities, regions or countries that
aim to base their economic development on knowledge-
intensive sectors have to tackle the management of
innovative talent, as this is an essential element for eco-
nomic competitiveness based on knowledge. The actions
must be focused on ensuring that the territory has excel-
lent professionals and companies - both local and from
other places - who work in innovation. Barcelona’s cur-
rent international reputation is a considerable competi-
tive advantage in the attraction and retention of interna-
tional talent to the city. In addition, it is possible to
establish new public policies that improve the availabili-
ty and development of innovative and entrepreneurial
talent in the city.
Many innovative activities take place in emerging
business projects. Unlike larger established companies
that have resources and experience, these are particularly
sensitive to the environment that is largely comprised of
the actions of public institutions (for example, administra-
tions that regulate business activity and centres for train-
ing talent). Entrepreneurial innovation projects tend to
depend much more than those carried out in large com-
panies on the external resources that the environment
offers (for example, appropriately trained talent, public
and private services to support innovation, the attainment
of funding, and business creation and management).
Their need for permeability with the environment means
that entrepreneurial projects are also particularly sensitive
to dissonance between the sociocultural context in which
they operate and the company’s needs to be competitive.
An analysis of the economic, administrative and sociocul-
tural context in which innovative, entrepreneurial projects
operate could contribute to the establishment of suitable
talent management measures that help to promote opti-
mum business development.
References
BJÖRKMAN, INGMAR AND YUAN LU. (1999). ‘The Management of
Human Resources in Chinese-Western Joint Ventures.’ Journal of World
Business, 34:306-324.
COHEN, STEPHEN S., AND GARY FIELDS. (1999). ‘Social Capital and
Capital Gains in Silicon Valley.’ California Management Review, 41:108-30.
COLEMAN, JAMES S. (1988). ‘Social Capital in the Creation of Human
Capital.’ American Journal of Sociology, 94:95-120.
COLLINGS, DAVID G., HUGH SCULLION AND MICHAEL J. MORLEY. (2007)
‘Changing Patterns of Global Staffing in the Multinational Enterprise:
Challenges to the Conventional Expatriate Assignment and Emerging
Alternatives.’ Journal of World Business, 42:198-213.
DARLING-HAMMOND, LINDA. (2010). The Flat World and Education:
How America’s Commitment to Equity Will Determine Our Future
(Teachers College Press, New York).
DOWLING, PETER J., MARION FESTING AND ALLEN D. ENGLE. (2008).
International Human Resource Management (Thomson Learning, London).
European Cities Monitor (2010). (http://www.europeancitiesmonitor.eu/
SECE and Semai Lighting, coord inated by Barcelona
Digital. www.siiur.com
An ecodigital example of urban lighting made up of
12 lights that use LED technology and include environ-
ment and presence sensors. The lights also include
telecommunications services, electric vehicle chargers or
information points for citizens. SIIUR is a leader in the
integration of urban infrastructure and services, in the
search for more efficient, ecological and smart manage-
ment of cities.
On the basis of an international competition and the
pilot experience in 22@Urban Lab, the city of
Eindhoven (Holland) has chosen the SIIUR project to
develop and introduce innovative solutions for smart,
sustainable lighting in one of the main districts of the
city. Gemma Batlle, Head of the ICT Cluster
The SIIUR project is a challenge and a source of learn-
ing and has acted as a lever to generate new products,
services and business models, for its member compa-
nies and for the entire sector. Eloy Hernández,Head
of Projects for SECE.
The experience of SIIUR has served to develop
SmarTower(r), a new family of urban multiuse control
panels for smart city installations. Anna Urbiztondo,
Head of Projects for SECE.
For Santa&Cole, the SIIUR project, in the framework
of the 22@Urban Lab, has been important in terms of
research and innovation. To be able to work with
technologically innovative companies has given us
the opportunity to learn about and improve the fea-
tures of street lights. Josep Maria Serra, Editor of
the urban division of Santa&Cole
Impact of the 22@Urban Lab
The main beneficiaries of the 22@Urban Lab are
the same four participants described above in the sec-
tion on innovative public procurement. Firstly, the cit-
izens, who receive better products and better munici-
pal services. Secondly, the companies who can test
their products/services in a real environment. This
104 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya105
facilitates direct contact with potential clients and
potentially faster entry to the market, which enables
them to increase their local and global competitive-
ness. Thirdly, new opportunities arise for the science
and technology community to de-stock and transfer
local and international knowledge. The last beneficiary
is the city/City Council, as the urban labs promote the
introduction of new solutions (continuous improve-
ment), enable public managers to learn about market
opportunities, and facilitate interdepartmental coordina-
tion in innovation projects. In addition, the urban labs
help to situate Barcelona as an innovative city.
Therefore, considering the objectives of 22@Urban
Lab and its potential beneficiaries, the main indicators of
its impact are:
• Production and success in marketing new prod-
ucts/services that been developed by companies at the
request of the government or in response to technologi-
cal challenges posed in the framework of the 22@Urban
Lab.
• Introduction by the government of new products/ser-
vices that have been tested and shown to be more efficient
and/or sustainable in the framework of 22@Urban Lab.
Given that this is a new relatively new initiative, it is
difficult to objectively analyse the results, but there are
indicators such as the testimonials gathered in this article
that indicate the effectiveness of the initiative and show
that is has been well received by companies and by the
government. Currently, none of the pilots have been
transformed into contracts or real purchases, but various
pilots have served to rule out products. Above all, many
pilots have helped to improve products, make then safer,
more robust and better adapted to the city’s real needs,
and helped the government to discover potential new
functions.
3. Conclusions and future challenges
A city that aims to attract economic activity must be
committed to the innovation of its companies and facili-
tate their entry to the market. At the same time, it must
offer its citizens the best products and services.
Urban Lab is a tool to support in the city the strategy
of innovation, knowledge generation, economic and
social development. Although 22@Urban Lab is an initia-
tive that is still too young to properly assess its impacts,
initiatives like this enable the city and its government to
learn, the companies to learn and increase their compet-
itiveness, the citizens to enjoy the best services, and the
city to be positioned in the world of innovation. One of
the current challenges of this initiative is, however, to
increase the proactiveness of governments and the
launch of specific goals at international scale, which will
globalise markets and make them more efficient.
At times of economic difficulty for companies and
governments, innovative public procurement and the
22@Urban Lab1 as a tool in this process provide a great
opportunity to support companies and to progress in the
Barcelona Smart City strategy.
1. More information at: www.22barcelona.com/urbanlab
106 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
1. Int roduct ion
The 22@ Barcelona plan began as a unique opportuni-
ty to recover the productive potential of Poblenou and cre-
ate a major centre for scientific, technological and cultural
activity that would make Barcelona into one of the main
platforms of innovation and the knowledge economy in
the international arena.
With this idea in mind, Barcelona is transforming the
industrial district of Poblenou, which was the city’s main
economic driver for over a hundred years, into a new
model of a knowledge area that promotes collaboration
and synergies between universities, government and com-
panies to boost the development of a culture of talent and
knowledge.
The Poblenou neighbourhood is situated in the Sant
Martí district, which houses the past and the future of
Barcelona in the same territory. This combination is partic-
ularly obvious in the transformation of the old industrial
Poblenou into the new technological 22@ district.
Poblenou occupies almost all the eastern quadrant of
the Eixample area that was designed by Ildefons Cerdà in
1859. During the second half of the nineteenth century
and the first half of the twentieth century, most of the city’s
industry was located in this area and it became known as
the ‘Catalan Manchester’; an industrial zone that was
based on the textile sector and subsequently diversified
into the mechanical, chemistry and food sectors. In the
1960s, the area began to decline as a result of the new
dynamics of industrial location resulting from the need for
large-scale production and the improvements in mobility
systems. Both of these factors led to the creation of spe-
cialized plots in metropolitan corridors and the metropol-
itan ring, which in turn brought about the relocation of tra-
ditional industry out of the city centre. This process became
more pronounced in the recessions of the 1970s and
1980s, and led to the physical and economic degradation
of the area.
The transformation of the industrial zones of Poblenou
began with interventions carried out for the 1992 Olympic
Games, including the construction of the Vila Olímpica
(Olympic Village) and the ring roads, the restoration of the
coastline, as well as actions to open up Avinguda
Diagonal.
At the end of the 1990s, this new perspective led to an
interesting discussion about the future of the 200 ha of
remaining industrial land in Poblenou, whose uses were
increasingly precarious and on which there was consider-
able pressure to bring about transformation for housing.
Previous actions had led to a change from industrial to res-
idential use, and the complete transformation of existing
structures. In contrast, the approval in 2000 of the
‘Modification of the General Metropolitan Plan to redevel-
op industrial areas of Poblenou, the 22@Barcelona district
of activities’ made a decisive, unequivocal commitment to
maintaining the productive potential of this territory, and
to bringing about progressive urban transformation over
time. This would be achieved through regeneration of the
industrial zone by revaluing its architectural environment
and improving the quality of public spaces. However,
actions would not follow the conventional method of
working by areas that completely changes the urban struc-
ture. Instead, a balance would be created between what is
kept and what is renovated. This method would enable
22@ Barcelona: exporting the modelAurora López, Andreu Romaní, Ramon Sagarra
and Josep Miquel PiquéBarcelona City Council
new urban images to be created in a context of continuity
with the preceding forms.
Therefore, the plan’s objectives are the urban and eco-
nomic renewal of Poblenou through the proposal of a
compact, diverse model of a city. Instead of promoting
specialization of the territory by (industrial) uses, it opts for
a combination that fosters social cohesion and leads to
urban and economic development that is more balanced
and sustainable. Thus, new economic activities coexist with
research, lifelong learning and technology transfer centres,
housing, facilities and shops in a high-quality environment
in which the density is compatible with balanced provision
of open spaces and facilities.
The 22@ Barcelona plan modifies the characteristics of
the 22a industrial zoning regulations for Poblenou by
introducing a new urban development classification, that
of 22@, for land uses and building intensity in the new
subzone. The regulations define a new classification for
facilities, known as 7@ facilities, creates new standards for
the complete redevelopment of the area, establishes the
rights and duties of land owners and determines the
resulting planning methods and mechanisms for carrying
out the transformation. The Special Infrastructures Plan
(PEI) for Poblenou, which specifies the provisions in the
22@ Barcelona plan for infrastructure and service net-
works, was approved on 27 October 2000.
Through a system of incentives that improve the urban
development of the area, with a progressive increase in
uses and building area from 2 m2 of gross floor area/m2 of
land to 3 m2 of gross floor area /m2 of land, the urban
renewal processes contribute to the redevelopment of all of
the streets and the renewal of infrastructure, an increase in
the quality and capacity of urban services, and the reorgan-
ization of mobility. In addition, land is transferred free of
charge to the community. This land was initially 100% pri-
vate, but as a result of the transformation, 30% will be made
public for the creation of new green areas, facilities and
social housing. The presence in the district of @ activities
shall also be promoted. These are activities in which talent
is the main productive resource. They are all basically urban
activities that are intensive in the use of space and infor-
mation and communication technologies, and dense in the
number of qualified workplaces that are generated.
Thus, the progressive transformation of industrial land
shall help to resolve the area’s historical shortcomings, and
to recover the social and business dynamism that charac-
terized Poblenou in the past.
From the beginning of the project in 2000 to 2011, the
22@ Barcelona municipal company has carried out an
urban redevelopment project that involves the creation of
a diverse, balanced environment in which the most inno-
vative companies coexist with research, training and tech-
nology transfer centres, shops, dwellings and green zones
that promote social and business dynamism.
After an initial stage that basically involved urban
renewal, from 2004, 22@ Barcelona began a new phase of
intense economic and cultural renewal. Around forty proj-
ects are being carried out to create areas of European
excellence in sectors in which Barcelona could attain inter-
national leadership: the audiovisual sector, information
and communication technologies (ICT), media technolo-
gies, energy and design. This is achieved by creating clus-
ters in the 22@ territory of companies, public organizations
and leading science and technology centres in the afore-
mentioned strategic areas of knowledge.
Clusters are one of the most competitive options for
development and consist basically in groups of actors (uni-
versities, technology and research centres, companies,
government, private and public financial resources) that
are interested in working together to find synergies in a
specific economic sector. 22@ Barcelona gives clusters the
opportunity to grow in their natural habitat: the city. As a
result, 22@ Barcelona promotes urban modernization and
social progress in the district and the city.
These areas of excellence enable the creation of a
dynamic model of innovation based on the ‘triple helix’
concept. The model fosters the convergence of government,
universities and companies so that the synergies generated
between these strategic agents increase the competitive-
ness of the productive system and contribute to the cre-
ation, growth and consolidation of quality employment.
22@ Barcelona participates actively in the economic
promotion of the district, innovation and the international
reach of its business, science and teaching activity. It leads
a range of projects and provides companies with various
support services.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya107
110 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
2. Process inst rum ent s
In a short period of time during the second half of
2000, the Modification of the General Metropolitan
Plan was approved to redevelop the industrial areas of
Poblenou (MPGM 22@). The Special Infrastructures
Plan (PEI) was also approved, and the 22@ Barcelona
municipal company was founded. Subsequently, gover-
nance decisions were adopted (the Mayor’s Office
Decree of 19 March 2001 and the agreement of the
Plenary Meeting of 22 March 2002) and various com-
mittees were formed (the Advisory Committee,
Technical Committee and Heritage Committee) to give
the company the tools it needed to carry out its task.
These three factors, the MPGM 22@, the PEI and
the 22@ Barcelona company, are all singular and inno-
vative. Together they comprise an inseparable unit that
is also singular and innovative.
1. Although it is brief, the MPGM 22@ is notable
mainly because: a) it establishes specific guidelines and
a clear framework of reference, with a wide range of
transformation mechanisms adapted to the situation;
b) it includes in the urban discourse some structures
that go far beyond standard urban development; c) it
incorporates economic promotion as a crucial objective,
beyond the promotion of a real estate product that has
no content; d) it systematizes mechanisms for recover-
ing capital gains to re-balance urban and social aspects
(subsidized housing, facilities and open spaces); e) it
gives the different operators a leading role; and f) it
opts for the recovery of historical heritage and for the
maintenance and renovation of housing stock.
2. The PEI is notable because, more than a conven-
tional urban development project, it is a comprehensive
plan that focuses on high-quality service networks that
incorporate new technologies and meet sustainability
criteria. It also takes into account the productive poten-
tial of the territory.
3. The 22@ Barcelona company is notable because it
was created as a direct management body attached to
the City Council. It integrates an overall vision for the
entire district of 22@ activities and for all the stages in
each transformation as a single, continuous process. This
process ranges from the identification of specific realities
in each case to the introduction of new activities, as well
as: a) the identification of needs; b) the establishment of
objectives; c) urban development planning to regulate
not only physical aspects, but also contents; d) manage-
ment to obtain land and resources to implement plans
and infrastructure; e) the execution of infrastructure; f)
the support of agents to bring together supply and
demand and ensure that the real estate product is filled
with content; g) the creation of public facilities and the
generation of clusters and business networks that are
cornerstones and in which operators interrelate and
cooperate in projects at local and global scale (universi-
ty, company, government, users, etc.); h) the renewal and
extension of housing stock, with particular attention
paid to those affected; i) the promotion and monitoring
of administrative procedures, among others.
The basic organization of the 22@ Barcelona com-
pany clearly reflects the objective of carrying out the
tasks that it has been given. The company is divided
into the following areas: urban development planning,
urban management, infrastructures and economic pro-
motion, as well as cross-cutting areas that support the
others. All of these are established under their own
management, but they are not independent. Instead,
they are totally interdependent and interrelated, and
have some common objectives.
The company has been present and active in the
process of territorial transformation since the begin-
ning, in the stages of drawing up and processing the
planning and urban management, in the urban devel-
opment and redevelopment of roads and public spaces,
in the creation and extension of service networks and
infrastructures, and in the reception and management
of galleries, technical rooms and other spaces, etc.
In parallel to these physical transformation process-
es, the company collaborates with property developers,
companies and institutions to facilitate their establish-
ment in the area and actively incorporate them into
clusters and leading business networks. All of these
tasks are carried out with a cross-cutting, interdiscipli-
nary approach and are the driving force behind the 22@
Barcelona company.
3. Urban developm ent and infrast ruct ures
3.1. Urban p lann ing
The old industrial area of Poblenou is characterised by
the superimposition of irregular, diverse urban fabrics,
due to the fact that the land has been used over a long
period of around 200 years. The construction logic was
determined by the industrial production needs, the posi-
tion of dwellings in relation to workplaces and the con-
nection with the city and infrastructures.
The result of this process was the coexistence of a rich
diversity of urban fabrics. Despite the regular grid of the
Eixample, Poblenou is clearly distinguished by considerable
variations in a series of alignments, traces of agriculture, old
industrial premises, narrow streets, as well as buildings with
a range of dimensions, uses and styles that form the urban
fabrics. Cerdà’s grid takes on very different hues in each part
of Poblenou and in comparison with the rest of the city.
With this complex reality as a starting point, the gen-
eral planning regulations do not determine the final result
of the transformation, unlike traditional urban develop-
ment plans. In other words, they do not establish detailed,
precise urban planning for the territory. Instead they pro-
mote its gradual redevelopment over a twenty-year peri-
od. The redevelopment is adapted to the existing struc-
tures, so that the industrial and residential buildings that
are maintained are integrated with the new buildings, to
create fabrics with combined functions and complex
forms, in an environment of great cultural value that
brings together tradition and innovation, and fosters con-
tinuity in the process of urban evolution.
To promote this transformation of the territory and
attain a balance between replacement and the permanence
of fabrics and representative elements of the neighbour-
hood’s industrial past, a flexible system of transformation
mechanisms has been established. Various types of derived
plans are adapted to the different situations and require-
ments, and enable projects of different dimensions to be
promoted, including direct interventions on existing plots or
buildings, plans that cover an entire block, promoted by the
private sector, and the six public initiative plans for prede-
termined areas that transform axes or strategic areas, act as
benchmarks, condense the urban fabric, and are drivers of
transformation in the project. The predetermined areas are:
Perú-Pere IV, Parc Central, Llull-Pujades-Llevant, Llacuna,
Llull-Pujades-Ponent and the Audiovisual Campus. They
have a combined surface area of 925,482 m2 of land and
represent 47% of the total area of transformation.
The development of the plan through derived planning
instruments has enabled the transformation to be adapted
to the real characteristics of each territory, through a
detailed study of the fabrics, buildings and uses. Thus, the
range of elements to maintain has been increased from
those initially included in the general planning (heritage
buildings of interest, residential facades and industrial
buildings above grade). Additionally, land divisions, build-
ings and, in short, urban fabrics shall also be kept.
3.2. Urban development management
In terms of implementation of the planning, 22@
Barcelona is responsible for promoting, drawing up, pro-
cessing and monitoring the urban development manage-
ment instruments envisaged for the areas of action outlined
in the planning. In the first few years of the 22@ project,
many of the plans that were approved were the result of
public initiative and related to management in areas of
action also through public initiative. Most of these plans
were approved and are either completed or in very advanced
stages of implementation. In recent years, the number of
private initiative developments has increased. Private plan-
ning and management proposals have been submitted and
processed and are now in various stages of implementation.
In any case, one immediate, essential consequence of
the drive to implement urban planning is the description
of the transformations in physical, legal, economic and
social orders. These generate and impose expectations
and obligations, benefits and charges, rights and duties.
The most specific task in urban development manage-
ment is compliance with various urban development obli-
gations, charges and duties, including: the payment of
charges and compensation for those affected; the reloca-
tion of activities; the rehousing of residents; demolitions
of buildings; soil remediation; compulsory cession of land
for facilities, open spaces and public uses and subsidized
housing; payment of the costs of urban development; and
the provision of infrastructure, among others.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya111
In the first ten years since the launch of the 22@
plan, urban development management, an activity with
a high legal content, has been affected by considerable
changes in the legal framework and a series of rulings
on the few disputes that have arisen, which not only
questioned the initial model but also strengthened and
consolidated it.
3.3. Infrastructures
In addition, the ‘Modification of the General
Metropolitan Plan’ envisages the provision in the district of
new infrastructures that meet the current urban develop-
ment, social, economic and environmental needs, and ful-
fil criteria of sustainability, and competitive service provi-
sion. A new standard of urban development is determined
that goes far beyond the traditional model. Through the
Special Infrastructure Plan for Poblenou, the new standard
specifies the basic elements and main characteristics that
must be included in plans for the surface area and the
service networks.
The Special Infrastructure Plan details the urban devel-
opment of the district (including 37 km of roads), and
specifies the urban development charges and the needs for
each service. It provides a comprehensive solution that
reconsiders the role of public spaces and private commu-
nity spaces to support the infrastructures that coexist with
the current networks.
Notable aspects of the Special Infrastructure Plan are
the creation of a district heating and cooling system that
reuses heat from the waste recovery plant in the Forum
and has considerable environmental advantages; the
development of a pneumatic waste collection system for
selective collection; and the installation of fibre optic
networks that reach all buildings. The urban develop-
ment’s finishing will be sober, in line with what is
already found in the Eixample, and the pavement at
crossroads between blocks have been widened to gain
space for pedestrians.
With respect to the planning of works, and to ensure
the availability of services in the new urban developments,
the PEI specifies the construction of proximity and cover-
age networks for the entire area. These activities represent
30% of the total budget for the planned actions.
4. Economic development
4.1. Promotion of urban clusters
In 2004, to strengthen and highlight the physical trans-
formation (urban development and infrastructures) of the
22@ Barcelona district, economic activity promotion poli-
cies were implemented that focused on emerging sectors
in which a competitive position could be obtained at inter-
national level, including the audiovisual, information and
communication technologies (ICT), medical technologies
and energy sectors. In 2008, a new line of action was
launched in a fifth strategic, relevant sector for Barcelona:
the design sector.
The aim of promoting urban clusters in the 22@ terri-
tory was to increase the innovative capacity of companies
through the creation of productive environments that
bring together leading companies, institutions, public
agencies, universities and research, development and
innovation centres in each sector. The clusters promote
innovation value chains for each sector, through science-
technology-company-market projects. Companies in the
district benefit from an innovation ecology that increases
their capacity to compete internationally.
Each of the five clusters in 22@ is at a different point of
development depending on its characteristics and level of
maturity. In 2010, projects that had started in the previous
years continued, and some new projects began. In all
cases, the method followed in 22@ Barcelona has been
based on establishing close relationships with an entity
that manages the cluster and draws together the sector.
This entity has the mission, shared with 22@ Barcelona, of
boosting companies’ competitiveness.
In 2007 and early 2008, strategic plans were drawn up
for the following sectors: ICT, audiovisual, energy and
media technologies. In 2008, operational plans were drawn
up to implement the strategic plans and a model of gover-
nance and management was designed for each cluster. The
strategic plan for the design cluster, which is jointly led by
the Barcelona Design Centre (BCD), was drawn up in 2009
and the cluster was recognized by the Spanish Ministry of
Industry (MITYC) as an Innovative Business Cluster (AEI).
In the past, 22@ Barcelona collaborated on the creation
of sector-based centres for technology transfer (CTs).
112 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya112
These centres act as instruments to connect research (uni-
versities) and companies. 22@ Barcelona helps to consoli-
date these centres, which include the Barcelona Media
Foundation in the audiovisual sector, and the Barcelona
Digital Foundation in the ICT sector. In 2009, 22@
Barcelona supported the creation of a technology centre
for medical technologies and helped to consolidate the
Catalonia Institute for Energy Research (IREC), which
together with b_TEC is leading the energy cluster.
4.2. Business establishment and support
In 2008, the 22@PLUS initiative was launched to
meet the strategic objective of strengthening support for
companies seeking to move to 22@. Work on this initia-
tive continued in 2009 and 2010. 22@PLUS is conceived
as a value proposal for companies that are studying the
option of moving to the district. It is comprised of a cat-
alogue of services in which the added value elements of
22@ are presented: technology infrastructure, knowl-
edge infrastructure, business cooperation networks,
clusters strategy, access to public and private funding,
access to talent, access to the market, facilities and inno-
vative spaces for companies and entrepreneurs, plat-
forms for companies landing and taking off, among oth-
ers. Part of this service is Business One Door, by which a
company that wants to move to the district is supported
throughout the process. It is given the information
required to join a cluster and to access the services and
tools available in 22@ Barcelona.
The programme of actions of the 22@Network, which
is the association of 22@ companies, aims to facilitate the
integration of companies, institutions and their employees
into the area, and to strengthen relationships between
them and the Poblenou neighbourhood and its rich fabric
of associations. One very effective instrument has been the
monthly 22@Update Breakfasts, which are organized in
conjunction with the 22@Network to discuss current busi-
ness issues and to bring together and connect companies
located in the 22@ district.
To support and adapt spaces offered in the district to
ensure that they meet company needs, marketing tasks
have been coordinated with property developers and real
estate consultants.
5. 22@: 2000-2010
5.1. Urban p lanning
Planning is the first phase in the urban development
process. The next stage is urban development manage-
ment and the final stage is new building or renovation
projects.
The process of transforming Poblenou’s industrial areas
has been carried out through a series of actions that have
been implemented over the ten years of the project. In the
middle term, these actions ensure substantial changes in
the physical environment, in the presence and type of
companies and institutions in the territory and, conse-
quently, in the types of relationships established between
the people who coexist there.
The total surface area of 22@ covers almost 200
hectares. Of these, the area for redevelopment (land that is
not classified as roads) is 1,323,357 m2, that is, over 130
hectares. The final aim of the plan is to create almost
4,000,000 m2 of gross floor area above grade for production
spaces, dwellings, technical services and facilities.
A total of 47% of the 200 hectares corresponds to six
areas that will be developed through predetermined, pub-
lic initiative plans that have already been definitively
approved, although some still require work on certain
areas through specific plans.
The planning stage has been completed for more than
68% of the redevelopment area. This represents
2,975,161 m2 of floor area and 909,332 m2 of land. Of this
area, 123,678 m2 of land is classified for facilities and
148,388 m2 for green zones. In addition, the planning that
has been carried out defines conditions for the develop-
ment of over 3,000 dwellings as part of a public subsidized
housing scheme.
In terms of the number of planning instruments, in the
ten years since its launch, 127 plans have been approved
definitively for the 22@ district, of which 80 have been pro-
moted by private initiative. In private initiatives, the plans
that are being processed have been monitored and advice
and guidance given to the teams responsible for drawing
them up. Information has also been provided for the inter-
ested parties during the process. The plans define the posi-
tion of land for private use and land to be transferred to the
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya113
municipality for social housing, facilities and green zones,
the characteristics of the new buildings and all of the urban
development parameters that, after the processes of urban
development management, enable the implementation of
building projects and the marketing of the resulting real
estate products.
The ‘Modification of the Special Plan for the Protection
of Architectural Heritage in the District of Sant Martí.
Industrial Heritage of Poblenou’ was approved in 2006. It
incorporates urban planning for existing structures in the
area. The Special Protection Plan includes 68 elements and
industrial buildings, in addition to the 46 that were already
protected. This demonstrates even more clearly that the
Poblenou extension area has its own urban structure that
differs from that of the central Eixample district.
In addition to planning for the 22@ district, plans have
also been developed for outside the boundaries of the
urban development area, notably the ‘Diagonal-Besòs
Interuniversity Campus’, which covers almost 8 hectares.
The uses envisaged for the future Campus are focused on
university activity, including teaching, research, technology
transfer and services for the university community, as well
as other research and innovation activities associated with
the core areas of the new Campus: energy, mobility, water
and sustainability.
In addition, the Modification of the General Metro pol -
i tan Plan for the historical centre of Poblenou, which cov-
ers around 43 hectares of the district, has been modified
and the Heritage Catalogue has been expanded. This
Catalogue has the following main objectives: a) maintain
the general character of Poblenou as a neighbourhood
with urban streets (old streets, narrow streets and urban
extension area streets); b) identify and protect the build-
ings and groups of buildings that are most relevant in
terms of architectural and urban development heritage in
the defined area (currently there are 12 elements cata-
logued; this number will rise to 65 elements that have
some kinds of heritage protection and 492 buildings with
urban development protection); and c) promote actions to
redevelop instead of replace.
Up to the end of 2010, eleven green areas had been
developed covering a total of 26,226 m2; a total of
14,224 m2 are under construction; and 33,073 are being
designed. Up to 31 December 2010, a total of 101,132 m2
of gross floor area above grade had been built for facili-
ties. In the first half of 2011, another 7,000 m2 had been
completed. Examples of the completed facilities include:
Ca l’Aranyó/Pompeu Fabra University, the Media -
complex building, Can Jaumandreu, CEIP Llacuna, the
MediaTIC building and the Audiovisual Council of
Catalonia (CAC).
With respect to subsidised housing, up to the first quar-
ter of 2011, the 22@ plan had already drawn up planning
for the urban development of over 75% of the subsidized
housing envisaged. A total of 1,160 dwellings have already
been built and a further 410 are under construction, which
brings the total to 1,570. In addition, a permit has been
granted for a further 96 dwellings, whose construction
should begin in the near future. The 1,666 dwellings, plus
the 445 whose management has been approved, amounts
to over 50% of the 4,000 envisaged in the ‘Modification of
the General Metropolitan Plan’.
Up to the end of 2010, permits had been granted for a
total of 1,401,789 m2 of gross floor area, of which
959,847 m2 are above grade and 441,942 m2 are below
grade. The distribution of this floor area by use is 70% for
financial activities, 17% for dwellings and 13% for facilities.
5.2. Urban development management
From the start of the 22@ plan to the end of 2010, a
total of 190 management instruments were promoted,
including agreements. These directly involved over 900
people, including individuals and legal entities, and
affected around 270 activities, most with 2 or 3 employees,
which required compensation and relocation, and around
80 dwellings whose inhabitants had to be rehoused.
The land managed throughout this period amounts to
around 625,000 m2 (approximately 47% of that envisaged
in the 22@ plan), of which around 200,000 m2 will be
transferred to municipal ownership for open spaces,
facilities, roads, subsidized housing and economic activi-
ty. This land will have a managed area of 1,920,000 m2 of
gross floor area, of which 120,000 m2 of gross floor area
will be transferred to public ownership for subsidized
housing and a further 30,000 m2 of gross floor area will be
transferred to public ownership for economic activity.
114 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya114
Finally, private property developers have participated
in urban development management, with 45.26 million
euros of funding for the Special Infrastructure Plan, and
the City Council has taken in 24.55 million euros in com-
pensation for the value of compulsory transfers that can-
not be carried out physically.
5.3. Infrastructures
The Special Infrastructure Plan (PEI) envisages the
redevelopment of 37 kilometres of roads, determines the
urban development charges and the needs for each serv-
ice, and offers a comprehensive solution that reconsiders
the role of public spaces and private community spaces
as an infrastructure support.
The redevelopment of 98 stretches of roads has been
completed, and a total of fifty projects have been carried
out. Consequently, about 40% of the PEI has been exe-
cuted, with around 14,400 lm (linear metres) of roads
resurfaced out of a total of 37 km and an urban develop-
ment area of almost 310,000 m2. All of the corresponding
infrastructures have been transformed, including the over
5,100 ml of new sewers and the 34,820 ml of ductbanks
(for electric and telecommunications cables), as well as 44
galleries constructed and three more underway.
To strengthen these new infrastructures, two new
pneumatic waste collection centres have been built as
well as an electrical substation. A district heating and
cooling system is being constructed in Carrer Tànger,
whose expected completion date is 2011.
One singular project is the extension and adaptation
of the historical chimney at Ca l’Aranyó for use as an
exhaust for fumes from the future heating and cooling
system substation.
The introduction and continuity of renting dark cable
has also been important. A total of 41 km of fibre have
already been installed to serve the companies in the district.
To sum up, the main indicators in the first ten years
are as follows: 98 stretches of road completed; 44 public
galleries; 880 lm of public galleries; 2,200 lm of private
galleries; 13,100 lm of cooling and heating network; 59
clients connected to the heating and cooling network;
11,050 lm of pneumatic waste collection network for
municipal waste and 65,112 lm of ductbanks.
5.4. Economic development
The transformation of the district has enabled the
installation of ten university centres with over 25,000 stu-
dents, and 12 research and development and technology
transfer centres. The latest business census carried out
within the geographic area of 22@ Barcelona has shown
a continuous increase in companies established in the
area since 2000.
This census, which was drawn up several years ago,
excludes individuals (freelancers) and companies in the
sectors of trade, hotels and catering, construction, real
estate activities, travel agencies and bank offices. If we
take these exclusions into account, on 31 December 2009,
the number of companies established in 22@ Barcelona
since 2000 was 1,502, which is 4.2% more than in the
2008 census. Thus, in terms of evolution and despite
being in the most severe recession in the last 70 years,
22@ Barcelona continues to grow in the number of com-
panies. This fact has a direct influence on the financial
activity of all the shops, hotels and offices in the area.
Out of the new companies set up in the 22@
Barcelona district in 2009, 50.7% provide business servic-
es, 21.9% manufacturing industry services, and 9.6% per-
sonal services and other social activities.
The pace of economic renewal in the district is clear
and, despite the current economic climate, the rate of
installation is obviously positive. Thus, between 2000 and
2003, a total of 489 companies set up in 22@ Barcelona;
between 2004 and 2006 the number was 552; and during
2007 and 2009, it was 461.
The latest data on the number of workers, which were
drawn from the business census, indicate that the num-
ber of workplaces within the geographic area of 22@
Barcelona has risen to reach 44,600.
The rise in the total wage bill for the district is due to
the increase in the number of companies and in the work-
force of companies that are already present in the zone.
In 2009, half of the companies (51%) had not experi-
enced any changes in the number of employees, 24%
employed less people and 21% employed more. The large
companies and those dedicated to ICT are those that, in
proportion, experienced the most growth in the creation
of workplaces. The proportion of knowledge- and tech-
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya115
116 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
nology-intensive activities was considerable. Thus, 74.2%
of the 1,500 companies (1,114) were dedicated to activi-
ties considered @, which highlights the relevance of the
new economy in the district.
In fact, many of the companies that have folded in
recent years were involved in the manufacturing industry,
whilst the ‘new economy’ has been able to attract more
companies and workers and has helped 22@ Barcelona to
grow and create quality employment for the city. In com-
parison, in Catalonia as a whole, @ activities account for
58% of the total economic activities.
A study of companies who carry out their activity
within the geographic region of 22@ Barcelona estimated
that their turnover was approximately 6 billion euros,
which is 300 million more than in 2008; that is, 5.4% more
than in the previous census.
At total of 8.1% of companies with headquarters in
22@ Barcelona have a turnover of over 15 million euros;
12.2% have a turnover between 3 and 15 million euros;
20.3% between 600,000 and 3 million euros; and almost
60% have a turnover of up to 600,000 euros.
Almost 7 out of every 10 companies (68%) that have
work centres in the 22@ Barcelona district are ‘micro-
companies’ that have no more than 10 employees. Of
these microcompanies, most (9 out of every 10) have their
entire workforce in 22@ Barcelona.
In terms of the activity carried out by companies, 1 out
of every 2 companies (54%) forms part of, or is associated
with, one of the five clusters in the 22@ Barcelona district
(ICT, audiovisual, medical technologies, energy and
design).
- 26% of companies carry out ICT activities.
- 24% of the companies carry out design activities.
- 11% of the companies carry out audiovisual activities.
- 5% of the companies carry out activities linked to
medical technologies.
- 4.5% of companies carry out activities associated
with the energy sector.
One in four companies carry out research and devel-
opment activities. ICT and medical technologies are the
two strategic sectors in which research and development
is carried out by the highest proportion of companies
(4 out of 10).
A total of 23.5% of companies in the 22@ Barcelona
district export goods and services. Among medium-sized
and large companies, this percentage stands at 38%. By
clusters, the companies dedicated to medical technolo-
gies export the most (4 out of every 10 or 39%), followed
by design companies (31%).
The data obtained from the study indicate that
human capital is a differentiating factor in the district,
due to the high degree of training of the people who
work there.
On average, 72.5% of employees of @ companies in
the district are university graduates. In fact, one out of
every two companies in 22@ Barcelona has more than
50% of staff with a university qualification. In Catalonia
as a whole, according to the results of the labour force
survey (EPA), only 37% of the employed, salary-earning
population has reached higher education level.
6. 22@ Barcelona: expor t ing the model
Today, 22@ Barcelona is an international benchmark
for urban, economic and social transformation for cities
such as Rio de Janeiro, Boston, Istanbul and Cape Town.
It is is a model that is studied and followed by universi-
ties and science and technology parks worldwide.
The experience in the Innovation District is being
made available to other districts in the city through the
accumulated know-how. Thus, the model is being
extended to the rest of the city of Barcelona.
The model of urban clusters promoted by 22@ has
established the bases for a dialogue on territory-econo-
my-society by bringing together universities, companies
and government in an economic transformation that
goes beyond the borders of the 22@ innovation district.
22@ Barcelona is one of the benchmarks for the
International Association of Science Parks and the
Competitiveness Institute, in terms of the number of
companies and number of professionals established in
the district.
Next year will be the 25th anniversary of the the El
Vallès Technology Park: the first technology park to be
created in Catalonia and the first to begin its activity
with companies that are situated in Spain. The year 2012
will also mark the 15th anniversary of the first science
park in Spain, Barcelona Science Park, where for the first
time a university, the University of Barcelona, led the
development of a park. Next year, 22@ Barcelona will
celebrate 12 years of developing a model that is close to
the Knowledge City of Scandinavia and the dimensions
of some current Chinese parks, but also embraces inno-
vation management based on tools, experiences and
structures such as clusters, living labs and the smart city.
This has already made the district into an international
benchmark, as stated by Jan Annerstedt (2011) at the last
International Association of Science Parks (IASP) World
Conference in Copenhagen. The progress of science and
technology parks in Catalonia has gathered speed in the
last two decades1. Initially, the aim was to import suc-
cessful models; now international benchmarks are cre-
ated that incorporate ‘sticky knowledge’ (Townsend,
Soojung-Kim & Weddle, 2009) from the territory, which
generates unique economic value that is difficult to copy
- sticky - to link the agents in the innovation system and
their dynamics with a specific geographic location.
Existing theoretical models, such as the triple helix
drawn up by Henry Etzkowitz and Loet Leydesdorff
(1997) and the National Innovation System by Lundvall
(1992), place science and technology parks as central ele-
ments in the innovation system and as the basis of eco-
nomic and social development in the territory. An
overview of the history and time scale of Catalan parks
enables us to make an initial analysis of the empirical
reality in Catalonia.
The emergence of knowledge-based economic and
development models position the university as the
central agent in the process of knowledge capitaliza-
tion (Etzkowitz & Leydesdorff, 1997). The classical
sociological model formulated by Merton (1977) con-
siders scientists as unselfish in their task, but compen-
sated for by the recognition of their professional col-
leagues. In the second academic revolution, knowl edge
The triple helix at the science and technology parks of Catalonia
M. Carmen Adán and Joan BellavistaCatalan Network of Science and Technology Parks (XPCAT)
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya117
1. More recent projects in Catalonia are also being led by universities, suchas the UPC’s Innovation Park, the UAB Research Park, LaSalle TechnovaBarcelona, ESADE Creapolis and the UPF Research Park. Other projectssuch as the Barcelona Biomedical Research Park and Biopol’H supportthe creation of an environment in which universities, clinical laborato-ries, companies and hospitals collaborate to lead innovations in thehealth sector. The experience of the oldest incubator in Europe, BarcelonaActiva, led to the creation of the Barcelona Nord Technology Park tohouse technology companies when they leave the incubator. Innovation intraditional sectors in Catalonia, such as the wine, tourism and leisureindustries, is central to two projects led, among others, by Rovira i VirgiliUniversity, the Science and Technology Park for the Wine Industry andthe Science and Technology Park for Tourism and Leisure. The tradition-al automotive industry in El Baix Llobregat also constitutes the basis of
the industrial sector in this territory. The potential transfer of technologyand innovation from companies situated in this territory to sectors whoseimportance is increasing, such as aerospace and mobility, led to the cre-ation of Deltabcn in Viladecans. Closely associated with the territory andits economic and social development are the Science and Technology Parkof the University of Girona, the Lleida Agri-food Science and TechnologyPark, the Technology Park of Tarragona, the Tecnoparc of Reus, theTecnoCampus Mataró-Maresme, the Catalunya Central Technology Parkand Orbital 40. All of these were created to interact and relate withagents in their environment and contribute to promoting competitivenessin the relevant business sector. More recent park projects such as the BZBarcelona Innovation Zone, a project led by the Zona FrancaConsortium, and the Parc de l’Alba, designed around the Alba synchro-tron, aim to attract large-scale business projects.
is transformed into profitable capital, and science and
technology are considered an endogenous variable in
the economic system (Schumpeter, 1949). In this con-
text, economic motivation acquires a status that is
comparable with scientific progress, which has signifi-
cant consequences. It affects the definition of the role
of scientists, as the task of entrepreneur is added to the
more traditional roles of teaching and research. In
addition, it affects the social organization of science:
the production of knowledge in this new context is
characterized, according to Gibbons’ Model 2, by the
participation of a heterogeneous group of actors who
must collaborate in a multidisciplinary context
(Gibbons et al., 1994). Furthermore, a new mission of
universities is introduced: economic and social devel-
opment is added to the functions of teaching and
research that universities have carried out to date.
Universities are increasingly adopting this third
mission to transfer their knowledge to industry and
society in general. According to the triple helix model,
we must add institutional differentiation between pub-
lic control (government and public research) and pri-
vate control (the company and the market) to the ini-
tial relationship that links science and the market. The
dynamic relationship between universities, companies
and government is what lies behind the new paradigm
of knowledge-based economic and social develop-
ment. Integration and conflict between the three helix-
es is what guides the course and direction of innova-
tion. The interactions between these three institutional
areas promotes the exchange of structures and func-
tions in new ‘interface’ spaces that act as intermediaries
between the agents that comprise the innovation sys-
tem. Some examples of these hybrid spaces are offices
for technology transfer, business incubators and sci-
ence and technology parks. According to the triple
helix model, this emerging system is configured at a
global scale. However, the subsystems that make up
the system are the result of local trajectories (Etzkowitz
& Leydesdorff, 1997).
Currently, economists, sociologists and politicians
agree on promoting a more relevant future for local,
regional and megaregional territories by developing
research and innovation ecosystems, and boosting the
number of connections in networks that help to attain
development objectives (Florida, 2009; Munroe &
Westwind, 2007; Townsend, Soojung-Kim & Weddle,
2009). The importance of the location of economic
agents to economic and social development was high-
lighted by Alfred Marshall (1920) when he defined the
concept of economies of agglomeration in the industri-
al districts of northern Italy; by the GREMI group when
it included cultural and social aspects as innovation
resources (milieux innovateurs, Maillat, 2002); by Porter
(1991), in the development of the concept of ‘cluster’;
and by Krugman when he included the spatial dimen-
sion as a key element in explanations of the nature of
economic forces (Krugman, 1991). As well as the spa-
tial dimension, the triple helix model links local and
global strategies, based on the dynamic interaction
between different institutional and functional spheres -
universities, companies and government - and enables
an analysis of the emerging knowledge-based para-
digm (Etzkowitz et al., 2000).
As the involvement and dynamic relationships
between universities, companies and government
have increased in the configuration of the innovation
system, science and technology parks have become
more prominent. Parks are agents of the innovation
system that act as intermediaries in the value chain
(science-technology-business and market) and con-
tribute to creating bridges between other agents in the
system, on the basis of a shared language and culture:
that of entrepreneurship. Parks fulfil the third mission
of universities. This is revealed in the numerous defini-
tions of the concept of a park, which, among other
characteristics, highlight their role in the management
of knowledge, technology and innovation. This man-
agement is highly specific and the responsibility of a
team of professionals who are qualified for the task.
Parks also boost mechanisms of knowledge and tech-
nology transfer from universities to help in the cre-
ation of companies and in their growth. The most
widely used definition of a science and technology
park is that of the International Association of Science
Parks (IASP):
118 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
A science and technology park is an organization
managed by specialized professionals, whose main
aim is to increase the wealth of its community by
promoting the culture of innovation and the com-
petitiveness of its associated businesses and knowl-
edge-based institutions. To enable these goals to be
met, a science and technology park stimulates and
manages the flow of knowledge and technology
amongst universities, R&D institutions, companies
and markets; it facilitates the creation and growth
of innovation-based companies through incubation
and spin-off processes; and provides other value-
added services together with high-quality space and
facilities. (IASP Board, 2002)
One of the functions of enterprising universities is
to improve the contribution of the university to inno-
vation and to the creation of value in production and
business processes, and to facilitate the interaction
between public and private research. Catalan universi-
ties are currently in a strong position in research, as
shown by rankings of Spanish public universities for
2009 (Buela-Casal et al., 2010). According to the crite-
ria analysed in this article, six of the Catalan public
universities are situated among the eleven top posi-
tions in global rankings of research productivity.
Two Catalan universities are among the top 200
universities in the world according to the Times Higher
Education (2010) ranking, which takes into account
the quality of universities’ teaching, research, interna-
tionalization and innovation. However, the quality of
universities in Catalonia continues to be more focused
on parameters of research than those of innovation, as
reflected in a recent study on the Catalan innovation
system drawn up by the OECD (2010). Catalan univer-
sities have successfully adopted teaching and research
roles, but their role as enterprising universities is still
relatively new.
In Catalonia, universities have gradually incorporat-
ed entrepreneurial functions through the establishment
of technology transfer offices (OTRI), and subsequently
through the creation of the first park in Spain to be asso-
ciated with a university, Barcelona Science Park (PCB), in
1997. Currently, nine of the twenty-four Catalan parks
have been directly promoted by universities. In addition,
universities are directly or indirectly present in almost all
park projects, not only through ownership or promotion,
but also through contracts, collaboration agreements,
offering of science and technology services and innova-
tion management services. In addition, Catalan parks
house 192 public R&D and public technology centres. A
total of 43% of Catalan parks house university OTRI
offices, to unify objectives and bring services associated
with R&D groups and centres to the companies that are
located in the same environment.
Nevertheless, knowledge is generated not only
through research in university departments, but also
through studies carried out in corporate research and
development departments, technology platforms and
other advanced services that provide knowledge for
the development of future products and processes. The
services that are offered by universities and the parks
themselves to public and private R&D units housed in
park spaces would not be available if the companies
had to cover the costs of investing in and maintaining
the highly specialized equipment and services. The
availability of these services is particularly relevant for
the survival of spin-offs or small technology-based
companies that can be founded and grow due to the
easy, economical access to these infrastructures.
According to Tapan Munroe (2010), the sharp increase
in the number of workplaces in the USA over the last
decade is not due to large companies, but to jobs cre-
ated by start-ups. The growth of this kind of company
promotes employment and economic growth.
In Catalonia, the total number of workers in parks
in 2010 was 65,043 (XPCAT, 2011). Employment
growth in Catalan parks since 20052 has been very pos-
itive, with an average year-on-year increase of 28%3
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya119
2. The first year for which official data are available on parks in the CatalanNetwork of Science and Technology Parks (XPCAT).
3. In the analysis of these data, we should take into account that during the2005-2010 period, projects were consolidated for parks that had been inoperation for over ten years, and the number of park projects in Cataloniaincreased in the same period.
(Graph 1). In the last year, the growth slowed down,
possibly as a direct result of the economic situation,
even though the trend continued to be positive. These
data are particularly relevant if we compare them with
the year-on-year variation in the employed population
of Catalonia, which dropped from the end of 2008 to
the end of 2010 (Idescat, 2011).
Catalonia has quickly recognised the central role of
people and talent in its transition to a knowledge-
based economy (OECD, 2010). The percentage of
R&D staff who work in Catalan park facilities has
been very high since data have been available4, at
around 50% (XPCAT, 2011). This figure contrasts with
the percentage of R&D staff in the total employed
population in Spain, which, according to data avail-
able for 2007, was only 9.8 in every thousand
120 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
70,000
0
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
60,000
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
Graph 1
Evolut ion of t he number of workers at Catalan parks (2005-2010)
Source: drawn up by the authors on the basis of the ‘Activity Report’ of the Catalan Network for Scienceand Technology Parks for 2010, 2009 and 2008.
Table 1
Services offered by Catalan parks
Financial and legal services X X X n.d n.d X n.d X n.d X n.d
Company relocation assistance X X X X X X X X X
Own risk capital and seed funding X X X X X X X
Access to financing (risk capital and seed funding) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Meeting rooms, auditorium X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Bank office and services X X X X X X X X X X
Cafeteria, restaurant X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Catering service X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Event organization X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Hotel X X X X X X X X X X
Intellectual property consultancy service X X X X X X X X X X X X
Nursery X X X
Laboratory services X X X X X X X X X
Management support services (consultancy, etc.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Marketing and communication services X X X X X X X X X X X X
Medical services X X X X
Public transport X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Nearby residential areas X X X X X X X X X X X
Administrative services X X X X X X X X
Security services X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Shops in the park X X X X X X X X X
Sports services X X X X X X X X X X X X
Training X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Travel agency X X X X X
Videoconference room X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PTV
PCB
PR U
AB
22@
Tech
nova
PRBB
PRI U
PC
PCT
UdG
PTC
Lle
ida
PT T
arra
gona
Tecn
opar
c
PT B
CN
ord
TCM
b_T
EC
PT C
atal
unya
Cen
tral
ESA
DE
PR U
PF
P To
uris
m L
eisu
re
P W
ine
Indu
stry
Del
tabc
n
Biop
ol’H
BZ
P A
lba
Orb
ital 4
0
Source: XPCAT (2010), ‘Activity Report’, Catalan Network of Science and Technology Parks.
4. Data are available from 2009 onwards.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya121
Yes71.43%
No14.29%
In progress14.29%
Graph 2
Incubators in Catalan parks
Source: XPCAT (2010), ‘Activity Report’, Catalan Network of Science and Technology Parks.
5. According to the definition of an innovative company used by the SpanishNational Statistics Institute (INE), which is the basis of the data used inthis study.
employed people (Cotec, 2010). Although it appears
contradictory, in periods of high unemployment, a
considerable number of vacancies are reported for
skilled posts in areas in which there are not enough
trained professionals to carry out the tasks (Munroe &
Westwind, 2007). Attracting and retaining talent is
important. Richard Florida (2010) stated in his recent
book, The Great Reset, that territories that have talent
working in high value-added services and that have a
high concentration of the creative class attain higher
revenues, more innovation and a better aggregate
economic performance.
In addition to exchange between science and the
market, an efficient innovation system requires other
externalities produced by agents in the territory that
can be exploited by the production system. Parks are
one of the few spaces in which the concentration and
creation of knowledge is proactive and drives this eco-
nomic change (Rooks, 2011). Investing in incubators
and science and technology parks is a successful for-
mula for the creation and growth of start-ups and to
revitalize the economy (Munroe, 2010). The creation of
start-ups and technology-based companies is key to
the sustainability of employment and economic growth
(Munroe & Westwind, 2007). Science and technology
parks help start-ups to grow in the different stages of
company development, and support all of the needs
that they have in this process of growth (Townsend,
Soojung-Kim & Weddle, 2009).
In Catalonia, 85.72% (Graph 2) of parks have, or are
in the process of creating, an incubator. In 2010, Catalan
parks had incubated 328 companies in 26 operating incu-
bators, and the number of companies incubated has
increased steadily since data have been available, which
is for the period 2007-2010 (XPCAT, 2011).
The number of innovative and technology-based
companies in Catalan parks in 2010 was 2,385, which is
10% more than in the previous year. Over 80% are small
companies or microcompanies, that is, companies that
have fewer than 49 employees. In a highly competitive
economy with continuous technological change, it is
essential to have as many interactions as possible to be
able to respond to the uncertainties of new knowledge
(OECD, 2002). In many cases, the company in the
strongest position is not the fastest, the most economical
or that which launches the best product or process, but
that which is best adapted to the environment (Ferràs,
2011). Small and medium-sized companies can adapt to
the rapid, frequent changes in a dynamic environment
such as the knowledge-based society. The survival of
SMEs in a changing environment has meant that the lab-
oratories of large companies, which were relatively self-
sufficient until the mid-twentieth century, and had their
own technology support systems for developing products,
are now increasingly open to combining internal and
grammes are used as part of political strategy in various
countries and regions of the world, including the USA,
Brazil, England, China and Poland.
The availability of strong infrastructure and an analysis of
the experience of funding and managing this infrastructure,
including its successes and mistakes, can provide new
guidelines for formulating strategy and public policy for the
mid- to long-term future of science and technology parks
(Chesbrough, 2010). The Government of Catalonia’s public
policy on parks has been mainly focused on the creation and
promotion of some of the existing projects, in collaboration
with organizations such as universities and city councils. In
addition, since 2005 the Government of Catalonia has estab-
lished a system of agreements with the Catalan Network of
Science and Technology Parks (XPCAT) to promote activity
as a network and the development of the entire movement
of Catalan parks and its impact on the territory.
As can be seen in the following graph (Graph 3), 26%
of the owners or promoters of Catalan parks are local or
regional government bodies such as city councils and
provincial councils, followed by universities and higher
education centres, at 19%, and then by private companies
and entities that support companies, including associa-
tions or groups of businesses, at 18% (XPCAT, 2011).
According to these indicators, which take into account the
presence of the different institutions rather than their
degree of participation, the three helixes of the innovation
system coexist in Catalan parks. The result of coordinating
all the actions of the three helixes and the rest of the agents
in the system outlines the path that should be followed to
guide the Catalan innovation system.
To complement the analysis of Catalan parks, we
should add a new helix to the model: that of internation-
alization (Leydesdorff, 2011). A total of 54% of foreign
companies in Spain are located in Catalonia (OECD,
2010). The percentage of international companies in sci-
ence and technology parks is almost 10% (Graph 4)
according to data from 2010, which represents a growth of
5 points as compared to the previous year (XPCAT, 2011).
The private sector illustrates that the coordination of
local and global trajectories is key to promoting innovation.
Most companies in Catalan parks are of local origin, at over
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya123
Spanish Government
Autonomous Community Government
Local or regional government
Universit ies or higher education centres
Financial entit ies
Chambers of Commerce
Companies or other supporting entit ies
Institute or research centres
Professional associations
Other
0% 10% 20% 25%15% 30%5%
Graph 3
Ent it ies t hat are owners and promoters of Catalan parks
Source: XPCAT (2011), ‘Activity Report 2010’, Catalan Network of Science and Technology Parks.
124 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Rest ofSpain
10.06%
International 9.07%
Catalonia80.87%
Graph 4
Or igin of companies in Cat alan parks
Source: XPCAT (2011), ‘Activity Report 2010’, Catalan Network of Science and Technology Parks.
6. Other examples of innovations with an international impact can be foundin XPCAT’s e-newsletter (www.xpcat.net).
7. Information from the news section of the 22@ Barcelona website,www.22barcelona.com.
8. Catalan Network of Science and Technology Parks (XPCAT).9. Association of Science and Technology Parks of Spain (APTE).10. Internacional Association of Science Parks (IASP).11. World Alliance for Innovation (WAINOVA).
80% (Graph 4), but many of them are founded with a glob-
al mentality and product. There are numerous examples of
this, including: Zolertia, a company in El Vallès Technology
Park whose activity on the international market accounts
for over 80% of its total revenue (APTE Tecno 2011);
Estacions Nàutiques, a company whose headquarters are in
the Science and Technology Park for Tourism and Leisure
(PCT), which has recently exported its know-how to the
Inter-American Development Bank (IDB); the Smart
Mobility project promoted by Creafutur, a foundation
hous ed in ESADE Creapolis whose collaborators include
the MIT Media Lab in Boston and the company Hiriko
Driving Mobility; the first augmented reality project pre-
sented in Europe and created with Google technology by
companies in the Lleida Agri-food Science and Technology
Park (PCiTAL); the company Miraveo, a UPC university
spin-off housed in the Barcelona Nord Technology Park,
which for strategic reasons develops its business in Silicon
Valley from its headquarters in Barcelona6. Catalan parks
are also attractive locations for international companies
seeking new spaces to expand their market. Over 9% of
companies in Catalan parks are international. For example,
Airborne is an aeronautics company in the UdG Science
and Technology Park. In addition, the Danish company
Winners World Wide recently set up its first Spanish office
in 22@ Barcelona7 as part of its internationalization strategy.
For the overall efficiency of the system, the aim is ‘not
only to increase and improve the technological capacity
of the production system or the stock and the scientific
and technological capacity of lecturers and researchers,
but also to increase the complexity of paths of internal
relationships and connections of all agents in the global
world’ (Piqué, Bellavista & Adán, 2008). That is why
parks are organized in networks in the local environ-
ment through XPCAT8, in the state environment through
APTE9 and connected with international nodes through
IASP10 and WAINOVA11, to ensure the flow of both local
and global knowledge.
The evolution of the financial system will have a
considerable influence on the development potential of
the instruments and infrastructures that enable progress
towards the future research and innovation system.
Currently, limited access to loans and the instability of
the financial system has dragged all the sectors of the
economy into an economic recession that has already
had a noticeable impact on employment, companies
and governments (Castells, 2011). It should be taken
into account that financing of technology-based com-
panies through risk capital is effective, but needs to be
complemented by the increasing participation of busi-
ness angels and new networks of local investors
(Townsend, Soojung-Kim & Weddle, 2009).
According to its Greek origins, the word crisis means
separation or rupture. Crises are situations of change that
open up a wide range of opportunities for the future, as
well as periods of reflection to select the social and eco-
nomic model that we want for our country. It is the ideal
moment to establish a new social contract and a new con-
tract between the people, resources and the capacities that
we have to move forward. In this context, science and
technology parks in Catalonia and in the rest of the world
are in a privileged position as a tool that groups all ele-
ments of research and innovation in the same physical
space and in an organized network for the transfer of
activities that outline the future paradigms (Bellavista &
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya125
Sanz, 2009; Bellavista, 2009). It has been shown that tech-
nological and innovative companies are withstanding the
recession better than other kinds of companies. In addi-
tion, some of the most successful current companies, such
as Google, were created in periods of crisis (Engel, 2007;
Munroe, 2010). Richard Florida stated that Barcelona was
the hub of a megaregion in a process of development that
could play a very important role in the future (Florida,
2010). The result will depend on whether Catalonia knows
how to make use of its strategic advantages by coordinat-
ing universities, companies and the government through
instruments such as science and technology parks, whose
effectiveness has been demonstrated in many countries of
the world. This will put Catalonia in a leading position in
the global economy. Thus, it will opt for a sustainable
model of economic and social development, which
ensures the transfer of knowledge, technology and inno-
vation into social and economic well-being for citizens.
References
ANNERSTEDT J (2011), ‘Future Megatrends for Science & TechnologyParks. Create your own roadmap!’, XXVIII IASP World Conference onScience and Technology Parks, Copenhagen (Denmark), 19-22 June.
BELLAVISTA J., ADAN MC (2009), ‘Los parques científicos y tecnológicosen el desarrollo de la ciencia, la tecnología y la empresa’, SEBBM, 161(September).
BELLAVISTA J, SANZ L (2009), ‘Special section on science and technolo-gy parks: habitats of innovation’, Science and Public Policy, journal of sci-ence, research, technology, innovation and policy, vol. 36 (7): 499-509.
BELLAVISTA J (2009), ‘Preparant les universitats i els parcs científics itecnològics per a la postcrisi’, Memòria Socioeconòmica de Barcelona 2008,Consell Econòmic i Social de Barcelona (CESB), Barcelona: 127-131.
BUELA-CASAL G, BERMUDEZ MP, SIERRA JC, QUEVEDO-BLASCO R, CASTRO
A (2010), ‘Ranking de 2009 en investigación de las universidades públi-cas españolas’, Psicothema, vol. 22 (2): 171-179.
CASTELLS M (2011), ‘Crisis y sistema’, La Vanguardia, 30 de juliol.COTEC (2010), Tecnología e Innovación en España. Informe Cotec 2010,
Fundación Cotec para la Innovación Tecnológica: Madrid. EL ECONOMISTA (2011), ‘Las pimes ubicadas en los parques tecnológi-
cos facturan un 40% más’, 19 July 2011.ENGEL J (2007), ‘Understanding, fostering, and managing creativity
and innovation’. Paper presented at the XXIV IASP World Conference,Barcelona, Spain, 1-4 July 2007.
ETZKOWITZ H, WEBSTER A, GEBHARDT C, CANTISANO BR (2000), ‘Thefuture of the university: evolution of ivory tower to entrepreneurial par-adigm’, Research Policy, 29: 313-330.
ETZKOWITZ H, LEYDESDORFF, L (1997), ‘A Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government relations’ in Etzkowitz & Leydesdorff (Eds.),Universities and the Global Knowledge Economy. A Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government relations, London: Pinter Publishers.
FERRÁS X (2010), Innovación 6.0. El fin de la estrategia, PlataformaEditorial, Barcelona.
CHESBROUGH HW (2010), ‘Open Innovation on Science andTechnology Parks’, Jornada d’Immersió Estratègica de Parcs Científics iTecnològics de Catalunya, 21 and 22 June, Caldes de Malavella (Girona).
CHESBROUGH H W (2009), Innovación Abierta, Plataforma Editorial,Barcelona.
FLORIDA R (2010), The Great Reset: How New Ways of Living andWorking Drive Post-Crash Prosperity. HarperCollins Publishers.
GIBBONS M, LIMOGES C, NOWOTNY H, SCHWARTZMAN S, SCOTT P, TROW
M (1994), The New Production of Knowledge: The Dynamics of Science andResearch in Contemporary Societies, London: Sage Publishers.
KRUGMAN P R (1991), Geography and Trade. MIT Press, Cambridge,MA.
LEYDESDORFF L (2011), ‘The Triple Helix, Quadruple Helix,...and an N-tuple of Helices: Explanatory Models for Analyzing the Knowledge-based Economy’, Journal of Knowledge Economics, vol.2 (2): June.
LUNDVALL B A (1992), National Systems of Innovation, London: PinterPublishers.
MAILLAT D (2002), From the industrial district to the innovative milieu:contribution to an analysis of territorialized productive organizations,http://www.unine.ch/irer/wp9606b.doc
MARSHALL A (1920). Principles of Economics. London: MacMillan.MERTON R (1977), La sociología de la ciencia. Investigaciones teóricas y
empíricas, Madrid, Alianza Editorial, 2 vols.MUNROE T (2010), ‘Incubators Fertile Ground for Job Creation’, Contra
Costa Times, 07.03.10. MUNROE T, WESTMIND M (2007), Silicon Valley: The Ecology of Innovation,
Euromedia Comunicación: Malaga.OECD (2010), ‘Catalonia, Spain’. OECD Reviews of Regional
Innovation. OECD Publications: Paris.OECD (2002), Dynamising National Innovation Systems, OECD
Publications: Paris.PIQUÉ JM, BELLAVITA J, ADÁN MC (2008), ‘Catalunya i la connexió al sis-
tema d’innovació global’, Paradigmes, 0 (May): 151-164.PORTER, M. (1991), La ventaja Competitiva de las Naciones, Barcelona:
Editorial Plaza & Janés.ROOKS L (2011), ‘Nuturing Knowledge Ecosystems’, XXVIII IASP
World Conference on Science and Technology Parks, Copenhagen(Denmark), 19-22 June.
SCHUMPETER J (1949), ‘Economic Theory and Entrepreneurial History’in Clemence (Ed.), Essays on Economic Topics of J.A. Schumpeter. KennikatPress: New York.
TIMES HIGHER EDUCATION (2010), Times Higher Education world uni-versity ranking, http://www.timeshighereducation.co.uk/world-univer-sity-rankings/2010-2011/top-200.htm (09/11/10).
TOWNSEND A, SOOJUNG-KIM A, WEDDLE R (2009), Future KnowledgeEcosystems. White Paper, Creative Commons Atribution-Noncommercial-Share Alike 3.0, California.
XPCAT (2011), Memòria d’activitats 2010, Xarxa de Parcs Científics iTecnològics de Catalunya.
126 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Econom ic change and globalisat ion in t he cit y
The widespread arrival of globalisation at the end
of the last century brought about changes in the pat-
terns of behaviour of most agents worldwide.
Citizens, companies and institutions have had to rein-
vent themselves to meet the demands of a new con-
text in which innovation and creativity play an essen-
tial role.
Historically, cities have always been at the cross-
roads of processes that occur at global scale (Sassen,
2001). Furthermore, the factors that distinguish the
exceptional change created by globalisation in the
twenty-first century are, firstly, the intensity, complex-
ity and scope of the networks that emerge with the
new dynamics of economies of agglomeration gener-
ated between companies, and, secondly, the exponen-
tial increase in the relative importance of intangible
and digital production systems. At the same time, the
percentage of cities that participate in the global
urban hierarchy is rising: large or small cities, those
that are economically strong or structurally weak,
multicultural or monocultural, diversified or special-
ized, face similar economic and social challenges.
Regardless of their specific characteristics, they seek
the best recommendations to position themselves
successfully in the international context.
The phenomenon of globalisation accompanies
and provides the frame for a paradigm shift in local
agents. Interrelation, interdependence and the inter-
nationalisation of flows of capital, goods and jobs are
creating a new picture of the competitiveness of cities.
This change is not new: the different structures adopt-
ed by the capitalist system over time (from the first
factories, mass production or Fordism to the new
knowledge-based economy and the emergence of cre-
ativity as a key driver of competitiveness) have gener-
ated various forms of economic and social reproduc-
tion that, in turn, have led to new processes of urban
development and the emergence of different models
of the city. Two key aspects have been central to the
considerable change in the way actors relate with each
other. The first is digitalization and a lack of standard-
ization in production processes. Thus, whilst new
technologies are no longer a sector on their own, but
a cornerstone in the behaviour and operation of new
strategic sectors of the economy, the specific nature
and uniqueness of processes and products have
become key in the new rules of competition. Secondly,
a new division of labour has emerged in which the
distinction between manual workers and managers
has become blurred, and the capacity to create and
talent have become essential input for the value chain
(Scott, 2008).
The transference of the economic interrelations of
a knowledge-based economy to the territory estab-
lishes a new dimension in the ability of cities to attract
economic activity. The importance of human capital in
the new production methods is behind the structural
changes in urban behaviour. Thus, the comparative
advantage of lower costs or tax benefits for companies
located in a specific place is being replaced by a new
way of competing, not only to attract companies, but
also to attract talent and highly qualified workers.
Creative cities: a new paradigm for local agendas?
Montserrat Pareja-EastawayCreativity, Innovation and Urban Transformation (CRIT) research group, Faculty of Economics and Business, University of Barcelona
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya127
Consequently, given that the growth and develop-
ment of cities is increasingly centred on knowledge
sectors dominated by creative workers with talent,
local agendas are more focused on the factors that
attract this kind of employee.
In this context, the label ‘creative city’ has become
a popular recipe for gaining a place in the competitive
global urban scene. Authors such as Landry (2008) or
Florida (2002) have outlined the conditions required
to successfully meet the goal of attracting the ‘creative
class’1 and making each city into a hive of innovation.
However, two different views polarize the general rec-
ommendations for local government. Some consider
that is it essential to boost both the elements of cities
that are associated with quality of life and those that
are mainly linked to the cultural and environmental
context, rather than those that are directly related
with the production system. In contrast, others believe
that the need to interact and generate synergies
between people with skills and/or talent makes it
essential for cities to create informal and formal meet-
ing spaces that facilitate the creation of positive exter-
nalities between workers, which in turn opens up
channels for collaboration and increases creativity.
According to some empirical evidence2, the diver-
sity and special characteristics of cities form contexts
in which it is difficult to apply a one-size-fits-all
urban policy. Others (Hall, 2004; Musterd and Gritsai,
2010) recognize the importance of the time, specific
features and pathways of each city in the design of
policies to support competitive strategies. Nev er the -
less, cities face diverse kinds of challenges both in the
strategic planning of their future (for example, to
become a creative, innovative, inventive, sustainable
city) and in the resolution of everyday problems that
ensure the quality of life of their inhabitants. In fact,
many ‘official’ or ‘unofficial’ reports by institutions
such as the European Union or the ministerial depart-
ments of culture and economic promotion in many
Member States3 see creativity not as a solution, but as
an approach or process to attain both an improve-
ment in economic indicators and in the collective
standards of quality of life and cohesion of citizens.
The approach in this article reflects a need to ques-
tion the direction that cities are taking: if creativity,
talent and knowledge are the new keys to competi-
tiveness recognized by both large and medium-sized
cities, in developed and developing countries, with a
diverse production sector or one strong sector, then
what is the main paradigm used to draw up the local
agenda? What are the questions and needs that really
must be resolved? How does innovation outline the
future of cities?
The ter r it ory and at t ract ion of economic act ivit y
Cities are the dynamos of economic activity and
are constantly subject to change and instability as a
result of technological progress, socio-demographic
changes and transformations at institutional scale.
Cities are the main source of economic prosperity,
given that it is the territory that provides incentives
for the location of production activity. Thus, whilst
historical patterns of urban behaviour are based on
the ability to attract resources, which is clearly a zero-
sum game, it is now more important for the city to
form part of of the urban network at global scale, to
become a node for flows of experience and knowledge
exchange (Castells, 2010; Pareja-Eastaway and Piqué,
2010). In this new approach, some cities clearly offer a
better set of attributes for business and economic
1. The definition of ‘creative class’ is subject to a controversial debate thatranges from covering all people with talent and professional success(Florida, 2002) to a more romantic, marginal and bohemian view of thecreator (Gardner, 1993).
2. For example, the Accommodating Creative Knowledge -Competitiveness of European Metropolitan Regions within theEnlarged Union (ACRE) project and its analysis of 13 European citiesand metropolitan regions.
3. For example, the European Commission document ‘Unlocking the poten-tial of cultural and creative industries’. COM (2010) 182 (http://eur-lex .europa.eu/ legal -content /EN/TXT/PDF/?ur i=CELEX:52010DC0183&from=EN), the EU Council Conclusions on Culture as aCatalyst for Creativity and Innovation(http://www.consilium.europa.eu/uedocs/cms_Data/docs/pressda-ta/en/educ/107642.pdf) and directives from the Lisbon Strategy, Europe2020.
128 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
activity in general than others. These attributes
include both tangible assets in the form of easily
measurable physical elements (i.e. motorways and air-
ports) and aspects that are more difficult to describe,
such as image, quality of governance and social and
cultural features (Begg, 2002).
Although they are from different academic disci-
plines and geographic origins, most of the theories
that analyse the determining factors in the location of
economic activity in a territory can be grouped into
five approaches (see Figure 1):
1. Economic pathway of the city (path dependency).
The historical development of cities has a great influ-
ence on their current situation. The association of a
city with a specific economic profile does not emerge
overnight: the past largely determines the present of
cities. Consecutive economic transformations
unavoidably leave their legacy on the territory.
2. Classic factors: ‘hard’ factors. The availability of
capital and workers with the required qualifications,
as well as an institutional context that promotes busi-
ness location through specific programmes and ac -
tions as well as subsidies or tax rebates are tradition-
ally considered to be determining factors in economic
location. The availability of good infrastructure and
transport links as well as higher education centres
have also been considered important factors.
3. Classic factors: clusters. Traditionally, great
importance has been given to the advantages of
agglomeration, economies of scale and economic
clusters as promoters of economic growth. Industrial
clusters have been the object of analysis and reflec-
tion, as they play a major role in the assessment of
innovation and the definition of policies that support
industrial activity (Porter, 1990). Industrial clusters are
concentrations in one location of companies that
work in the same sector or sectors and are related
throughout the value chain, collaborate or compete
with each other, and have links with other actors
(such as universities). Clusters are clearly the result of
political action in a territory: they are non-random
agglomerations of economic activity.
4. ‘Soft’ factors. These factors highlight the impor-
tance of certain urban facilities or attributes that con-
tribute to creating an environment that is attractive to
certain people. From the moment that talent becomes
Summary of t heor ies on the locat ion of economic act ivit y
- International accessibility. International trans-port links (airports, high-speed trains, ports,etc.).
- Employment. Job offers and opportunities forpromotion.
- Working conditions. Types of contract, salary.
- Education. Universities and other higher edu-cation institutions.
- Technical infrastructure. Accessibility of publictransport, etc.
- Social infrastructure. Nursery schools, healthservices, etc.
- Housing conditions. Stock, price, accessibility,diverse offer of holdings, etc.
- Living conditions. Cost of living, other expens-es, tax system, etc.
- Geographic concentrations of institutions inone economic environment that establishesinterconnections between them to createeconomies of agglomeration.
- Participants: suppliers of specialized infrastruc-tures, clients, manufacturers of complementaryproducts, companies associated with excel-lence or technology, knowledge-intensive insti-tutions or organizations associated with busi-ness and trade.
- Quality of the environment. Geographicdimension, urban landscape, image of the city.
- Quality of the urban architecture. History, cul-tural inheritance, important buildings.
- Quality of the residential environment.Diversity in the neighbouring environment,including parks and public spaces.
- Working conditions (environment). Flexitime,work environment, attractiveness of the work-place and its environment.
- Quality of life. Pace of life, cultural opportuni-ties, leisure, sports, services, shopping, gastron-omy.
Source: based on Musterd et al., 2007.
the motor of the new economy based on creativity and
knowledge, these territory-associated aspects become
more important as factors in the location of economic
activity. Quality of life, the urban atmosphere and tol-
erance are some of these factors.
5. Network factors. Personal or professional net-
works, which may be implicit or explicit, form connec-
tions between the actors that participate in the differ-
ent forms of economic activity. In fact, network factors
are an alternative formulation of classic location fac-
tors, both in the form of the connections resulting
from good infrastructure provision, and in the impor-
tance of links established between companies and
people within a cluster. In addition, they add to the
theory of the location of economic activity aspects
such as people’s individual pathways and their links
with the territory.
The prominence of certain factors over others
depends on the priorities required by the dominant
economic system. Therefore, the transformation of an
essentially industrial economy into one that is post-
Fordian or post-industrial has led to changes at the
geographic scale of analysis (from the town to the
global city), changes in internal regional structures
(from monocentrism to polycentrism), changes in
economic specialization (from industry to services)
and changes in production modes and the division of
labour (Musterd et al., 2007). The economic paradigm
that currently defines both production relationships
and the role of the city is based on creativity and tal-
ent. The capacity to attract and foster both of these
factors depends essentially on the city’s innovative
and competitive potential.
Creat ivit y, innovat ion and creat ive
environm ent s
The term ‘creativity’ emerged at the end of the
1990s as the touchstone for most of the solutions and
proposals associated with innovation and the strategic
planning of cities in the academic arena and in local
political agendas. This phenomenon has gathered
force since the recession and requires urgent meas-
ures to recover rates of growth. Like most widely used
terms, creativity has different and even contradictory
meanings depending on who uses the word. The cre-
ative class, the creative economy, the creative city - all
of these concepts have become commonplace in dis-
cussions and analyses that range from the study of
creativity at individual scale, which is considered peo-
ple’s capacity to create in an intrinsic, brilliant and
socially collaborative way, to the analysis of the con-
tribution of creativity, transformed into talent, as
innovative input in recent production processes that
are successful in the new competitive situation.
Simultaneously, the concept of creativity has become
‘commonplace’ in many academic disciplines and has
obtained different dimensions associated with the
specialization of each science. Thus, a range of studies
fit under the umbrella of ‘creative’: from research
related to the bohemian and/or bourgeois classes to
symbolic analyses, the industrial district itself or the
evolutionist economy.
The concepts of ‘creativity’ and ‘talent’ go hand in
hand and are directly associated with the term
‘human capital’, which is considered the accumulated
experience, abilities and skills that people bring to the
production process as input. This is clearly an endoge-
nous factor of growth, as it is through education and
training that individuals become qualified workers.
Traditionally, human capital has been perceived as
one of the essential primary resources of companies
and it legitimises the location of businesses together
in a territory as a cluster, given the ease of knowledge
transfer, the stimulation of entrepreneurship, and the
potential creation of partnerships. In the specific case
of creative and innovative sectors, clusters foster com-
petition and, at the same time, innovation.
In this article, we do not intend to describe in
detail the theories that define creativity and associate
it with the production process through innovation.
However, there is general agreement that while we
can associate creativity with the individual capacity to
produce genuine ideas without the motivation of
compensation or economic incentives, innovation is
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya129
considered the standardized, systematic application of
creativity in the value chain, to attain economic bene-
fits. Economic innovation refers to the development of
new ideas and new production methods that ulti-
mately could become new products. Innovation is
associated with the presence of creativity and knowl-
edge and, in economic terms, is directly linked with
the capacity to generate economic growth.
Creativity is always defined in relation to structures
of time and space. Historically, creativity has enabled
us to change the existing economic paradigms through
new ideas. Beyond individual creative genius, the
application of creativity to specific production systems
triggers processes of innovation associated with the
territory. Thus, the link between economic transforma-
tion and change at local scale is a fact that is hard to
dispute. In recent years, some cities appear to have
rapidly improved their positions in the urban hierarchy
due to their ability to attract new economic activities
with a high capacity to generate growth, whilst other
cities have remained stagnant. The key to understand-
ing these differences lies in the city’s fundamental role
in promoting ‘creative environments’.
The association between creative sectors and the
creative city is not necessarily direct. As Pratt (1997)
stressed, a city that has a high percentage of GDP
generated in creative economic sectors is not the same
as a creative city. Although there are many definitions
of creativity, few examine its association with the ter-
ritory. From the relatively scarce academic contribu-
tion to the definition of ‘creative territory’ (Törnqvist,
1983, and Andersson, 1985, among others) we can
sum up that the following aspects are essential:
- The existence of channels that can generate a
high density of flows of information and knowledge
(infrastructure).
- Presence of qualified workers and/or workers
with skills and abilities (people).
- Conditions that promote synergies of all kinds
between actors, whether they are companies, people
or institutions (atmosphere).
In addition to these features, the creative milieu has
the characteristics of instability and chaos; it is the envi-
ronment from which ideas emerge. Hall (2000) high-
lighted another two aspects of a creative environment:
wealth and culture. In the origin of cities, culture and
those who promoted it, who were mainly the enterpris-
ing, rich bourgeois, are inextricably linked with the cre-
ative environment, so many creative cities were bourgeois,
but in no way were all or even most bourgeois cities creative
(Hall, 2000: 645). The differentiating element is talent,
and the personification of talent in the creative individ-
ual or group. The association between culture, creativity
and knowledge has been extensively studied and
defined. The cultural industries, which form part of the
hard core of creative industries, are those that produce
and distribute goods and services, and contribute some
specific attributes, uses or proposals involving some
form of cultural expression, without underestimating
the potential commercial value they could have. The
creative industries are those that use culture as input,
but their output is primarily functional.
Although the emergence of a favourable environ-
ment for creativity seems to be a random process and
the product of chance, in many cases a specific local
urban political strategy can be identified that is
focused on attracting talent, provoking chaos, and
fostering instability to trigger ideas and innovation.
Therefore, one current priority objective on many local
public agendas is to define what requirements and
conditions foster the development of processes that
help to generate creativity.
Economic production relations take different forms
in the territory, and are defined by some authors
(Munroe, 2009; Harrington, 1990) as a ‘creative or
innovative ecosystem’. The key elements that come
together in this environment include networks com-
prised of specialized, complementary producers and
local labour markets defined by the availability of cer-
tain skills and qualifications. The magnitude of both
aspects is largely responsible for the territory’s innova-
tive and learning capacity. The territory is a determin-
ing factor as it produces creativity: in fact, some
authors consider that it is easier to stimulate creativity
by changing conditions in the environment than by trying
to make people think more creatively (Czikszentmihalyi,
130 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya131
1996: 1). The generation of a creative environment in
the city must be supported by interrelations that pro-
mote exchanges and transfers of experiences between
territories with a global dimension. Due to the current
tension between the local and global arenas, methods
are required to insert the city into a broad frame of ref-
erence. As indicated by Pareja-Eastaway and Piqué
(2010), cities have become clusters of innovation,
nodes of global networks that contribute knowledge
and, at the same time, benefit from the flows of talent
and innovation that are created and develop around
the processes of generating value in the territory.
The construction of an innovative environment that
facilitates the exchange of talent, cross-cutting expe-
riences in different value chains and stimulates the
creation of new ideas is part of the political agenda
and one of the strategic objectives of many cities and
regions at global scale. (Pareja-Eastaway and
Piqué, 2010: 188)
In creative ecosystems, universities have another
function in addition to their traditional role as drivers
of innovation (Florida et al., 2006). Academic centres
contribute not only by providing new technologies
and innovative elements for the production process,
but also with their capacity to generate an attractive
environment that revitalizes the generation and mobi-
lization of talent. Universities become a true catalyst
of synergies in the territory, which is an essential (but
insufficient) condition for stimulating the creative and
knowledge economy.
From t he creat ive and knowledge econom y
t o t he cr eat ive cit y
The recession has affected the world and revealed
the obsolescence of certain production models based
on low productivity and a lack of skilled labour. The
Spanish economy is a clear example of this process.
This structural change directly affects cities, which
must transform themselves and (rapidly and immedi-
ately) replace the attributes of their production sector
for new tools based on knowledge and innovation.
The question that arises is to what extent the city that
is defined as creative can become the new physical
space for the new economy. Can a close link be
formed between the creative economy and the cre-
ative city?
To start with, the creative economy is very difficult
to define and analyse. A freelancer who works in the
audiovisual sector part-time or on a temporary con-
tract is as much a part of the creative economy as an
engineer who works in the innovation department of
a multinational company. The genius of individual
creativity contrasts with its standardized application
in innovation processes in the heart of a company.
Without intending to draw up a comprehensive
list, below we present some of the difficulties in con-
ceptualising the creative economy4.
- The d ivision between sectorsthat are creative
and those that are not is risky and often inaccurate.
The use of the same statistical codes in most European
countries (and in studies and research of various kinds,
such as KEA, ACRE and NESTA5) involves the inclu-
sion of a wide range of sectors that use creativity indi-
rectly or partially in their production.
- The creative economy brings together very differ-
ent types of com pan ies. There is space for large
multinational companies that have big departments
dedicated to innovation (or applied creativity), in
which uncertainty and the risk of each idea failing
economically is compensated for easily by the eco-
nomic success of past or future operations. In con-
trast, in certain creative sectors, the participation of
4. For an excellent study on creative industries see HKU, (2010), TheEntrepreneurial Dimensions of the Cultural and Creative Industries,Hogeschool vor de Kunsten Utrecht, Utrecht. Available at: http://ec.europa.eu/culture/key-documents/doc/studies/entrepreneurial/EDCCIreport.pdf.
5. KEA European Affairs. Consultancy specialising in culture and cre-ativity. http://www.keanet.eu/en/index.html. ACRE: Ac com mo -
dat ing Creative Knowledge. Competitiveness of European Met ro pol -i tan Regions within the Enlarged Union, funded by the 6thFramework Programme of the European Union. http://acre.soc-sci.uva.nl/index.html. NESTA: National Endowment for Science,Technology and the Arts. British institution in charge of promotinginnovation in the UK. http://www.nesta.org.uk/aboutus.
132 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
microcompanies and freelancers is more common; the
companies are small and operate by ‘projects’, and
work teams are formed for each job or product.
- The job m arket for ‘creatives’ is one of extremes
as, depending on the sector, the working conditions
are diametrically opposite: high salaries and ease of
finding work coexist with job instability, part-time
work, a large amount of uncertainty and non-conven-
tional forms of employment.
- Professional and/or academic qualifications are
not necessarily associated with creative talen t.There
is a wide spectrum of the levels of studies, abilities
and skills of creative workers, and a very wide mix of
job profiles ranging from highly qualified workers to
craftspeople.
- The production cond itionsin creative sectors
are extremely diverse: some involve standard, system-
atic production processes, with defined criteria in
terms of the value of the innovation that they incor-
porate, whilst others involve product development
without a clear definition of quality, in which routine
and the replacement of human capital for capital
goods is clearly impossible. In this case, it is unfeasi-
ble to outsource part of the production process.
- The kin ds of m arketsfor products in the cre-
ative economy have very varied characteristics: there
are volatile, unpredictable markets based on ‘emo-
tions’ and ‘intuitions’; and there are also situations in
which there is considerable knowledge of the
demand, and only a very small margin of uncertainty.
One surprising aspect is the approach to quality con-
trol in these sectors: is it really possible to measure the
quality of a show by the number of tickets sold?
Alternatively, why are numerous prizes organized for
innovation? The interest in a new product is not based
on the purchases that are made, but on its potential
success.
The creative and knowledge industries tend to be
closely connected to urban environments, to the
extent that the creative economy is automatically
associated with the ‘creative city’. Certainly, some
cities have attained the classification of ‘creative’ in
recent years mainly due to the increasing presence of
creative sectors in the composition of their economic
fabric. In addition, the specific attractiveness of some
cities for certain creative workers makes them into
places that must be visited and even into ideal places
to live. It is useful to identify under what conditions
the development of creative industries could be posi-
tively promoted.
Urban com pet it iveness: fact or s t hat shape
t he creat ive cit y
Paradoxically, in the era of information and inno-
vation, cities are more than ever spaces for generating
value and the raw material where power is exercised,
and cultural production and social selection takes
place (Hall, 1998).
One fact that has become clear in the most recent
urban transformations is that a more cross-cutting,
horizontal analysis (that is not purely economic) has
been incorporated into what is considered a competi-
tive city. Cities can only achieve a competitive econo-
my on the basis of new game rules. At the same time,
there is a disassociation between a city’s economic
dynamism, which may be related to traffic jams, a
degraded environment and housing shortage, and an
ideal city to live in: a competitive (urban) economy
should be one that increases the quality of life of those who
live and work there (Begg, 2002: 3).
Creativity interpreted as an individual capacity or
as a defined and socially accepted process is nothing
new; it has as references the structures of time and
space; and creation does not necessarily imply inno-
vation. Critical factors for innovation are the skill of
workers and access to funding.
According to Musterd and Gritsai (2010), Bontje et
al. (2011) and others, a set of factors determines the
(creative) economic structure of cities today:
- Th e pathway.Dependence on the past and
deep-rooted urban histories are the reason for many
of the opportunities available to cities and those that
live in them. A city’s legacy should not only be con-
sidered in economic terms, but also in relation to the
society’s culture and traditions. Cities that can adapt
their profile to new conditions of economic competi-
tion and incorporate the legacy of the past as an asset
in this transformation have great chances of success.
The creative and knowledge economy finds a
favourable environment in cities that have been cen-
tres of political and/or economic decisions in the past,
determining that they have traditionally had incen-
tives to generate more competitive and innovative
structures. This gives a city a certain degree of flexibil-
ity (a multifunctional profile) that enables it to
respond as needed to adapt to new economic chal-
lenges over time. In Europe, the existence of a system
of cities dating back to the Middle Ages, with strong
historical specializations in terms of trade, universities
or cultural centres, is particularly attractive for certain
sectors associated with creativity. In addition, the
impact of the industrial revolution and each city’s past
capacity to undergo transformation, move into the
tertiary sector and diversify its productive fabric pro-
vides it with certain opportunities in the present, and
facilitates its adaptation to new contexts of global
competitiveness.
These arguments do not exclude the possibility of
breaking with the past or making a decisive commit-
ment to new options. A city’s past pathway influences,
but does not determine, its present: the wealth of a
city’s legacy means that it is advisable to build on
what already exists, and unadvisable to break the his-
torical dependency on the past. However, there are
exceptions to this general rule, although the associat-
ed risks are clear.
- Classic factors of location .Beyond the availabil-
ity of capital and labour, territories today consider that
classic location factors are an essential condition, but
not enough on their own. Communications and con-
nections have improved considerably everywhere, and
are no longer the factor that differentiates between
cities. In contrast, some aspects associated with clas-
sic factors still make a relevant contribution to the
generation of economic growth, for example, the
availability of capital and a qualified workforce. One
aspect to take into account is that classic location fac-
tors may be essential for large multinational compa-
nies, but less important for smaller or recently found-
ed creative companies.
However, we should bear in mind that much of the
economic activity, particularly that related with cre-
ative and knowledge sectors, is still found in concen-
trations or ‘clustered’ in the territory. Consequently,
some of the features that characterise the synergic
operation of a cluster, such as personal relationships,
the exchange of information and explicit and implicit
knowledge, are essential to the emergence and expan-
sion of the creative economy. In fact, sectors that are
considered creative tend to choose locations close to
each other, even more than other sectors. Elements
that determine the existence of a creative and innova-
tive cluster are a shared location for creative activities,
with the presence of strong interrelations and the
generation of collaborative synergies between compa-
nies. As Castells (2010) stated, key processes in inno-
vation and decision making occur in face-to-face con-
tacts, which still require a shared space.
- Soft factors. Certainly, the set of factors that
comprise a city’s attractiveness, based on the availabil-
ity of amenities, the cultural offerings, the atmosphere
or tolerance, are aimed at attracting the attention of
people rather than companies. Many authors have
identified these as determining factors in the attraction
of talent and, therefore, the attraction of ‘creative’
workers or directors who are ready to generate new
ideas, new technologies and new creative contents
(Florida, 2002:8). According to Florida, the attraction of
talent is followed by the generation of economic activ-
ity. Therefore, one of the prerequisites of becoming a
creative city is its capacity to attract talent through the
formation of spaces that are considered attractive, in
the broadest definition of the term. This approach is
diametrically opposite to the proposal of other authors
(i.e. Scott, 2006; Castells, 2010; Musterd and Gritsai,
2010) who, in different studies, conclude that greater
availability of amenities that make a city attractive or
the existence of an open and tolerant atmosphere do
not contribute decisively to attracting talent. In con-
trast, it is creative capacity itself that needs other tal-
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya133
134 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
ented people to share ideas, spirit and projects, and a
city that is receptive to this need.
- Network factors. Personal relationships and
networks are crucial for workers in creative and
knowledge sectors. Those who have talent move to
find work opportunities in a city; if these opportuni-
ties do not arise, the only reason that they move is
because they have links with the territory in which
they were born or studied, or they have personal or
professional networks of contacts there. Talented peo-
ple appreciate in a city its capacity to incorporate new
forms of working as well as the possibility of interest-
ing work opportunities for those who were born and
studied there. The ability of some cities to incorporate
spaces for knowledge and networks of communica-
tion is now one of the factors that drives the new
economy, in the same way that the availability of nat-
ural resources and the distribution of power were
determining factors in the time of the industrial econ-
omy (Castells, 2010).
Recipes? Element s for t he design of urban policies
The future of cities is intrinsically linked to the
future of countries, which simultaneously determines
the opportunities for cities. As indicated by the OECD
(2006), a national strategy for competitiveness cannot
overlook the spatial structure of the economy or the
quality and characteristics of the cities that affect eco-
nomic behaviour, social cohesion and environmental
conditions. In the past, many of the urban policies
were reactive and curative, rather than proactive and
dynamic. Therefore, new formulas are needed to cre-
ate new collaborative structures between levels of
government, which clearly assign responsibilities and
134
Pathways Place Personal networks
Table 2
Leitmot if of t he new paradigm for local agendas
- Improvement of local leadership and thecapacity to make strategic decisions on knowl-edge and creativity.
- Innovation in institutional cultures and behav-iour.
- Maximization of the use of existing assets,whether they are cultural, physical or econom-ic, to develop a creative future.
- Identification of distinctive and unique ele-ments of local development throughout histo-ry. Enabling the development of this potential.
- Improvement in the coordination of existinginstitutionsin their strategic and everyday action.
- Connection of existing economic activity withthat based on creativity and knowledge.
- Consideration of the state of hard factors oflocation in the city and ensuring the availabilityand quality of these factors.
- Provision of suitable spaces for the interactionof creative employees and knowledge indus-tries.
- The attraction of external talent should not beat a cost to the communities that live in thecity.
- Use of cultural and/or creative facilities forrevitalizing depressed areas of the city.
- Definition of a realistic image of the city, basedon its identity.
- Involvement of resident groups in the promo-tion of the city.
- Representation of the city in the context of itsregion and planning of joint strategies at met-ropolitan scale.
- Guarantees of high-quality housing, adapted tothe needs of creative workers.
- Promotion of all kinds of incentives that facili-tate mobility and increase the networks ofcreative and talented workers.
- Recognition of the importance of universitiesas centres for the entry and exit of talent.
- Promotion of student networks.
- Provision of tools to facilitate long-term staysin the city.
- Design of policies aimed at attracting andretaining talent.
- Promotion of synergetic and joint action ofthe different actors in the city: government,companies and citizens.
- Design of spaces that enable co-working andthe use of existing networks.
Source: based on the results of the ACRE project (http://acre.socsci.uva.nl/).
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya135
functions. Nevertheless, while certain states currently
apply models that are more inclusive of territorial
dynamics, others are creating opportunities for action
for local territorial policies.
The recent recession has rekindled the debate
about how to return to the path of growth. To a large
extent, countries depend on cities to adapt to the new
context. However, there are certain limitations that
can make this adaptation difficult: shortfalls in infra-
structure, a workforce that is either not highly quali-
fied or not suitably qualified and the excessive weight
of the public sector in the past, among others. Budget
cuts leave the creation of workplaces in the hands of
the private sector: it is in this context that creativity
and innovation, as keys to competitive advantage,
play a crucial role.
As cities are considered centres of competitive-
ness, the phenomenon of grouping together many of
the production processes has become widespread as a
potential strategy for attaining specialization in key
sectors in the territory, particularly in the case of cre-
ative and knowledge sectors. Taking advantage of
existing synergies (industrial districts) or creating new
interactions through strategic planning processes
(clusters) is an essential element in the design of local
agendas that identify and recognize the change in
context and the role of the city. In fact, in recent years,
the recession has meant that local governments in the
USA and Europe have renewed their interest in this
kind of policy, and have promoted sectors that are
removed from everything that has a difficult or uncer-
tain future. In fact, the European Commission (2008)
has outlined a strategy for fostering innovative clus-
ters around Europe.
Designers of local public policy have selected the
most appropriate interventions, based on the context
and on local demand. As stated by Musterd et al.
(2011), local policies cannot be implemented if they
follow a standard recipe. Tailor-made designs are
required that build on what already exists in the city.
Three points become the leitmotif of the new para-
digm in the definition of strategies in the local agen-
da: pathways, place and personal networks6 (see
Figure 2).
Cities need to continue to maintain their identity,
despite opting for similar approaches in their goal of
increasing competitiveness; the heterogeneity of cities
continues to be an essential added value in their com-
petitiveness. The use of elements from their historical
pathways and the need to find a balance between
reinvention and their own identity is one challenge
for most cities. Some authors suggest that cities that
can associate local attractiveness (local buzz) with
global trends (global pipelines) could become the
most inventive and economically profitable in the
long term (Bontje et al., 2011).
Cities must create suitable conditions so that inno-
vative companies with high potential to create jobs
choose them as a location. This task must guarantee
both economic and social improvement. To stimulate
innovation in general, the organizational and cultural
formulas that have been implemented by government
bodies up to now need to be reconsidered. In short,
cities must incorporate new ways of thinking that give
greater importance to the consumer, the user, and, in
short, to the citizen.
References
BEGG, I. (ed) (2002) Urban Competitiveness. Bristol: The Policy
Press.
BONTJE, M.; S. MUSTERD AND P. PELZER (2011) Inventive City-
regions. Path Dependence and Creative Knowledge Strategies. Farnham:
Ashgate.
CASTELLS, M. (2010) ‘Age Globalisation, Networking, Ur ban i sa -
tion: Reflections on the Spatial Dynamics of the Information Age’.
Urban Studies. Vol. 47. No. 13, 2737-2745.
European Commission (2008) ‘Towards world-class clusters in
the European Union: Implementing the broad-based innovation
strategy’. Brussels: European Commission. Available at: http://eur-
6. The proposal would be to replace Florida’s three Ts (Technology, Talent andTolerance) for three alternative Ps (Pathways, Place and Personal Networks).
CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. (1996). Creativity: Flow and the Psychology of
Discovery and Invention, New York: Harper Perennial.
FLORIDA, R. (2002) The Rise of the Creative Class. New York: Basic
Books.
FLORIDA, R.; G. Gates; B. Knudsen and K. Stolarick (2006) The
University and the Creative Economy. Available at: http://creative-
enhances the longevity of the relationships among COI.
Weak ties and durable bonds are both flexible and
dynamic and so are created and recreated. When a high
number of these ties connect individuals and organiza-
tions in often geographically distant COI, the linkages
lead to the creation of Networks of Clusters of Innovation
(NCOI). The global NCOI is essentially a web of individ-
ual and institutional relationships. In limited instances
the elements of these networks intensify to the point of
mutual dependence, giving rise to the emergence of
Super-Clusters of Innovation (Super-COI).
3. Covalen t bonds are permanent connections
among players in a COI and emerge if the durable bonds
are nearly permanent and the role of each COI is embed-
ded in the business and processes of the other.
A Super-COI is formed when multiple covalent
bonds are continuously created and recreated between
individuals and entities in two or more geographically
dispersed COI such that they operate in a coordinated
fashion. The Global Network of Clusters of Innovation
consist of COI, NCOI and Super-COI, and characterize
the linkage among them —principally weak ties, durable
bonds and/or covalent bonds.
Met hodology: t he Framework as an Analyt ical
Framework
In this paper, we use a case study methodology as an
exploratory research method. Specifically, we aim to
140 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
illustrate the usefulness of the Global Network of
Cluster of Innovation Framework to analyse to what
extent a cluster can be considered a COI as part or a
NCOI. It also illustrates the areas that need to be
addressed by policymakers in their intent to create a
globally connected COI.
The unit of analysis is the city of Barcelona and the
22@Barcelona initiative to ignite the creation of a COI.
The data was gathered through primary as well as sec-
ondary sources of information. We started by developing
an accurate literature review to better understand the
idiosyncrasy of this urban cluster. Following, we inter-
viewed 5 stakeholders that play different roles in the
development of the clusters and that are involved in dif-
ferent stages of the innovation process. The interviewees
include public as well as private stakeholders.
We guided the interviews using the Table 1. We asked
them to filled the table indicating one of the four
responses available. We also asked them to tell us about
the programs and initiatives that are being employed by
public organizations to foster the elements of the COI.
Once the interviews were completed, we analysed the
results and draw some conclusions as well as recom-
mendations to accelerate the creation of a globally con-
nected COI in the metropolitan area of Barcelona.
Barcelona and the 22@Barcelona init iat ive: is it a
COI and par t of a NCOI?
The 22@Barcelona is a productive district located in
the heart of Barcelona (Spain). Today, Microsoft, Yahoo,
GE, American Express, T-Systems and Telefonica are
some of the companies located in this area. Known as
the “Innovation District”, the 22@Barcelona has been
pointed to be one of the most innovative areas in
Southern Europe. This current urban technology cluster
was a former peripheral industrial manufacturing space.
In the mid-nineteenth century, the area hosted many
vibrant and successful textile manufacturers. As the city
grew, the textile industries moved to peripheral neigh-
bourhoods and towns, and this district remained unin-
habited and almost abandoned.
In 2000, the City Council of Barcelona approved a
plan to transform this old industrial neighbourhood into
a new innovative district consisting of universities,
research centres and knowledge-based industries, as well
as social and public facilities. In June 2000, the “General
Metropolitan Plan” was unanimously accepted. Among
others, this plan aims to promote the sustainable urban,
economic and social development of the 22@Barcelona
district. Ten years after the approval of the plan, more
than 1,500 firms have already been established in the
22@Barcelona district or are in the process of building
their corporate headquarters there. The impact of the ini-
tiative is reaching also close by neighbourhoods; many
entrepreneurs and managers are located in other areas of
the metropolitan city of Barcelona and are involved in the
22@Barcelona tech community.
Public initiatives promoting innovation and entre-
preneurship are focused on five main economic areas:
media, ICT, medical technologies, energy and design.
These areas were identified to be driving the economic
development of the region and were also attracting tal-
ent to the city from all over the world, especially from
North West European countries. Today, around 70% of
the companies that have moved to the 22@Barcelona
district belong to one of these five strategic economic
sectors. The goal of the government is to focus the efforts
on these clusters and to make Barcelona a worldwide
landmark in these areas.
Based on the model of the Triple Helix Innovation
System (Etzkowitz and Leydersdorff, 2000), each eco-
nomic sector is represented by government institutions
and high-technology enterprises, as well as by universi-
ties and other research bodies. Each cluster also includes
a technology incubator, housing spaces for researchers
and specialized service providers, among others. The
close location of these agents eases knowledge fluency
between and collaboration among the entities.
Additionally, in order to promote fluent and frequent
relationships, networking events, such as meetings, con-
ferences and training programs, are organized periodi-
cally. These events are excellent opportunities for profes-
sionals, researchers and government representatives to
interact with each other.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya141
142 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Policies in place or potentially started
Table 1.
Analysis of t he Barcelona and 22@Barcelona init iat ive according t o t he character ist ics of t he Global Network of Clust ers of Innovat ion Framework
…is there a critical mass of entrepreneurs,lawyers, investors,… specialized in new-firmcreation?
…are individuals highly mobile (e.g. highrotation of jobs, open to re-locate, willing tomove internationally,…)?
…is capital invested and re-invested in newtechnology inventions and small companies?
……is knowledge easily shared and transfe-rred from individuals working in start-ups touniversities and big corporations and all viceversa?
…are companies born global, employingglobal resources and targeting internationalmarkets from the start?
…do all the players involved in the entre-preneurial process (e.g. founders, entrepre-neurs, governments) collaborate and havealigned incentives? Do all of them respectthe same “rules of the game”?
…is there a critical mass of entrepreneurs,professionals, small and big corporations,…which frequently interact and collaboratewith geographically distant individuals andorganizations?
…is there a critical mass of entrepreneurs,professionals, small and big corporations,…which closely collaborate and have mutualdependency with individuals and organiza-tions in geographically distant clusters?
Conferences in entrepreneurship (e.g. Entrepreneurs’ Day)Support to start companies (e.g. Barcelona Activa,University Incubators)Investing as fund of funds (e.g. Ingenia Capital, Ysios Biofund,Inveready Seed Capital, Nauta Capital)Supporting private angel investor networks and facilitatingthe individual investments in early stage high-tech companies(e.g. BCN BA, ESADE BAN)
Programs that support international mobility of graduatesand researchers (e.g. La Caixa grants for local students tostudy abroad, Balsells Fellowships for engineers to study inCalifornia, icrea for attracting international researchers andsenior managers)
Creation of shared spaces (e.g. cafeterias, meeting rooms)Networking events and conferences (e.g. monthly breakfast)Mobility from universities to big start-ups (e.g. from uni-versities to start-ups in Technology Parks)Mobility from big corporations to big start-ups (e.g.internship programs in big corporations) Knowledge exchange among industries (e.g. Disonanciasfor knowledge exchange between designers and mediacorporations)Collaboration between investors and start-ups (e.g.Inmediate program)
Internationalization programs with offices in Barcelona aswell as internationally (e.g. NYC, Montreal, Tokio,… officesof ACCIO)
Technological Bridges to US and AsiaPartnerships with international incubators (e.g. PlugTechnology Center in Silicon Valley)Promoting cross-country collaboration (e.g. Inmediate project)Global conferences (e.g. BizBarcelona)
To certain extent,without public support
To certain extent, withpublic supportIn your cluster/ region... Yes No
X
X
X
X
X
X1
X
X
1. The question is if the government should operate in that area, or leave it grow organically.
Overall, the interviewees agree that Barcelona hosts a
dynamic and growing entrepreneurial community. They
support that today there is a critical mass of individuals
trying to start new companies. In order to increase the
awareness in this area, government entities are organiz-
ing conferences about entrepreneurship and innovation
(e.g. Entrepreneurs’ Day) and providing support for
starting entrepreneurs (e.g. though organizations such
as Barcelona Activa and University Incubators).
However, the interviewees also agree that there are not
cient mobility, land at a reasonable price, high quality
public spaces, etc. In particular, a city can provide com-
petitive advantages if there is a local ‘economic cluster’
or a specific composition of activities and services for
founding or establishing companies with a certain pro-
file.
Cities need a specific profile and a specific lifestyle
that, if selected with intelligence, can be a powerful
instrument for creating added value and attracting a cer-
tain kind of people, companies and activities.
This reflection reveals that much of the support that
companies need to be competitive and the features that
citizens need to attain significant levels of quality of life is
closely related to the model of city, its urban structure and
its functional profile, and these aspects are managed by
local and regional authorities. In short, urban policy is an
essential factor for creating a competitive advantage and
sustainable quality of life.
One of the main and most difficult missions of local
governments is to guide the model of the city in an intel-
ligent direction, inspired by the idiosyncrasy of the place
and its elements of excellence, and with the considerable
participation of different actors. In this context, the key
for local governments, which are often just a short time
in power, is to choose well: to identify which critical proj-
ects the city should adopt, in which to pour the energy,
enthusiasm and leadership required to progress in this
direction. This is a viable way of creating a competitive
advantage and magnetism in the convulsive stage of
globalisation. For this reason, leadership is crucial, as it is
the gelling agent that makes the different components of
the city act in an integrated way.
For decades, the city and regional governments have
been organized through rigid sector-based departments
that leave little opportunity for interrelation and synergy.
Specific bodies are increasingly important for the devel-
opment of smart projects, which are almost always joint
projects that emerge in places of convergence or at urban
acupuncture points, as they were brilliantly named by
Jaime Lerner. We cannot only work on one scale; projects
need to be alternated to tackle different urban and terri-
torial scales, implement solid projects and create syner-
gies. Some of the most innovative and imaginative proj-
ects in the twenty-first century, such as one-north in
Singapore, are being created through a specific agency, in
this case called JTC (Jurong Town Corporation). Such
agencies can integrate aspects of urban design, innova-
tion, universities, infrastructure, biotechnology, new
technologies, art, housing and leisure. Other spaces in
the city such as residential areas, some environmental
reserves, port areas, etc., could easily be developed by a
152 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
range of actors through conventional procedures, but the
critical projects that can strongly boost the city’s transfor-
mation are cross-cutting and require intelligent, specific
management.
The city of the twenty-first century is based more
than ever on innovation and this is produced at the
intersection between disciplines, at the meeting places
between diverse philosophies and attitudes, in physical
spaces for exchange, in the nodes of physical and virtu-
al convergence, in places frequented by the most cre-
ative and tolerant people in society. The traditional
instruments of urban planning are often incapable of
providing a suitable response to the needs that our
cities have today. Our urban development culture,
expressed in the traditional way of drawing up urban
plans and managing them, runs the risk of become out-
dated and rigid in its bureaucracy.
In the research on the different cities in the world that
we are carrying out at the Fundación Metrópoli through
the CITIES project, we have found a basic distinction
between cities, apart from their size, in their level of eco-
nomic development or their urban profile. There are
‘cities with a plan’ and ‘cities without a plan’. The smart
territories are those that can draw up a city plan and find
a balance between their economic strategy, their cohe-
sion and social development, as well as sensitivity to and
solutions for the environment.
Smart territories use territorial strategies and partici-
pative urban planning to develop sustainably and to
attain an intelligent balance between the environment,
society and economy. Research excellence and the
opportunity to draw up plans for the future do not only
arise in cities that are well developed economically.
Levels of coherence and balance can be obtained in dif-
ferent stages of economic development. The good news is
that the best message we can transmit to cities that have
problems is that the time has come for cities that have
traditionally been outside circuits of success and innova-
tion. Through leadership, the participation of actors and a
smart plan for the future, they can create their own com-
petitive advantages in a short period of time, and meet
their objectives in a world that is increasingly open and
has vast possibilities.
Urban development in the twenty-first century is not
a zero-sum game. Basic management of municipal budg-
ets has a very limited impact on the potential transfor-
mation of a city. A plan for the city, with leadership and
the capacity for collaboration between the different
actors in the city exponentially increases the future
opportunities. The key may lie in local and regional gov-
ernments having the vision, required credibility, and abil-
ity to stimulate the private sector and civil society in the
development of objectives and projects of collective
interest. In our opinion, to create a human and attractive
habitat in the knowledge society, we need to reinvent the
governance of cities. We need more political and eco-
nomic power for cities and their regional environments
and new horizons of quality in urban development. We
must strengthen the creative leadership of cities, come up
with new formulae for the participation of the popula-
tion, deal with sensitivity with local idiosyncrasies, and
strengthen the feeling of belonging. These aspects are
essential to collective projects.
In an economy based on knowledge, innovation and
smart capital, the factors of competitiveness are not just
economic; they depend on social balance and environ-
mental quality. In the future, large, medium-sized and
small cities can obtain competitive advantages by high-
lighting their identity and strengthening their global con-
nections. Cities in the globalised world must reinvent
themselves and be aware that the most attractive territo-
ries, those that can have a magnetic effect over their sur-
roundings, will be those that have an enthusiastic, shared
project for the future; not just those that have specific ini-
tial conditions.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya153
1. Just a sample of these plans include Sydney Metropolitan Plan 2036; ParisSDRIF 2031; Chicago Metropolitan Plan GO TO 2040.
1. Int roduct ion
Major cities across the world are currently address-
ing the imperatives and challenges of the Next
Economy. World cities in particular are emerging as the
indispensable sites of knowledge creation, entrepre-
neurship, and face to face transactions. Dynamic
processes of economic and spatial restructuring to har-
ness the potential of the knowledge economy were
already underway prior to the global economic down-
turn. For the last decade cities throughout Europe,
North America and East Asia have been deploying a
range of instruments to enhance their knowledge econ-
omy. Policies to attract talent, to create clusters of high-
value specialisation, to improve local skills and educa-
tion, to support entrepreneurs, and to deepen
knowledge transfer links between business and univer-
sities, are now very common among forward-thinking
cities.
Although academic literature often separates the
discourse about world cities as hubs of corporate loca-
tions and decisions making, from knowledge economy
and innovative cities, the places where new knowledge
creation and commercialisation occur, the obvious
truth is that these things increasing happen in the same
cities. It is the world cities that have embraced the
knowledge economy most directly. On one hand, the
major source of knowledge economy enterprise has
often been former ‘knowledge economy workers’ leav-
ing large corporate. On the other hand world cities that
have large scale corporate, institutional, and hospitality
functions often have to deliberately ‘make space for’
knowledge economy activity to ensure that it is not
‘crowded out’ by other activities that can yield greater
returns in the short term. Therefore we have seen the
rise of both diversification of world city economies to
include greater innovation activity, and the emergence
of a group of ‘smart world cities’ where innovation
activity is at the core of the world city proposition. In
both groups new knowledge economy districts are
emerging as means to make space for the new econo-
my in the context of older cities that need urban
restructuring.
2. A ft er t he crash… new cit y economies
The impact of the 2008-9 downturn has accelerated
this policy horizon, bringing with it a clearer spatial
vision for the city. In particular it is clear that knowl-
edge-based urban development has become a critical
tool for the acceleration of innovative cities. Creativity
and knowledge production are acknowledged as pre-
dominantly urban phenomena that demand the scale,
intensity, infrastructure and diversity that only cities can
offer. Knowledge is now recognised as a, perhaps the,
key driver in future urban competitiveness in numerous
world city plans devised in the years up to 2011.1 These
Do world cities need knowledge districts?Observations on 22@Barcelona and its counterparts
Greg ClarkGlobal Advisor on City Development
154 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
cities recognise the forthcoming intensity of competi-
tion to attract talent and foster innovation, and are
adopting an assortment of policy measures and incen-
tives to prepare for it. The current buzz concepts of the
Smart City, Cognitive City, Knowledge City, Intelligent
City, Creative City and others all seek to capture this
overarching trend towards urban development that
puts the economic value of knowledge first.
Within this context knowledge economy districts
are gradually being endorsed as a key engine of such
development. Sometimes described as ‘knowledge
precincts’, ‘innovation quarters’ or ‘urban villages’,
these spatial designs have been initiated by a handful
of pioneering cities committed to the long-term proj-
ect of knowledge urbanism, and the idea has been
followed by other cities aspiring to the status of a
knowledge city through urban development pro-
grammes. Examples of the latter include Brisbane,
Dubai, Melbourne, Riyadh, Monterrey, Kochi and
Shanghai.
In most cases knowledge economy districts are
devised to function as part of a city’s economic devel-
opment strategy that brings together ideas about inno-
vation, global markets, and human capital under a
medium or long-term plan. In some cases they demon-
strate a city’s intention to increase the skills and knowl-
edge of residents as a tool for urban regeneration and
social development. They may also be created as a cat-
alyst to building strong spatial relationships between
urban economic clusters.
Knowledge economy districts are rarely created as a
stand-alone project. They tend to be accompanied by
citywide initiatives which include:
– Maintaining a diversified economic base, fed by
extensive supplier and distribution networks and spe-
cialised services
– attracting and nurturing large pools of human
capital
– installing high technology into the city hardware
and into social life more generally
– investing in internal and external transport infra-
structure
– providing a competitive quality of life and place,
through housing, environmental and cultural invest-
ments
3. Knowledge econom y dist r ict s in wor ld cit ies
The specific investment in urban knowledge-econ-
omy districts is growing rapidly. Whereas previously
science and technology parks were mostly constructed
on ‘greenfield’ sites beyond the central city, these new
urban districts are built to be integrated into the urban
terrain. This is largely because urban economics has
shown that innovation and the optimisation of knowl-
edge is achieved through iterative and interactive
processes that rely on citizen involvement, diversity
and more mixed-use environments. In Europe for
example, eight cities including Newcastle and Aarhus
have formed the REDIS network - a group with com-
mitted plans to develop centrally located ‘knowledge
quarters’ devoted to the innovation economy.
Knowledge environments are therefore being located
firmly within the everyday circuits of the city, while still
possessing a distinctive character, clear sense of place
and a perceived internal homogeneity.
Urban knowledge districts take many forms; urban
science parks, technology incubators, media hubs,
knowledge campuses, creative districts, and science
quarters are just some of the ways knowledge-based
economic development take shape in twenty-first cen-
tury cities. In each case they involve the clustering of
R&D activity linked by mixed-use environments bene-
fiting from housing, business, education and leisure
within an organic or artificial urban setting. Three types
of district can be identified:2
1. Business-finance clusters. This usually consists
of the clustering of knowledge-intensive service activi-
ties—e.g. law and management consultancy—around
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya155
2. Tan Yigitcanlar, Koray Velibeyoglu and Cristina Martinez-Fernandez(2008), ‘Rising knowledge cities: the role of urban knowledge precincts’,Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol.12 (5).
corporate head offices and other multinational compa-
nies, operating in sync with high-end financial servic-
es. Typically these are located very centrally and
enhance trust and tacit knowledge transfer.
2 High-tech production, usually of ICT or biotech-
nology. A major illustration of this model is Silicon
Valley in the San Francisco metropolitan region, which
functions as a knowledge hub comprising regional uni-
versities and for-profit industry research. Innovations
produced in the hub are then developed by nearby
industries operating in a highly flexible manner.
Sometimes these clusters are developed in suburban
areas with an atmosphere more resembling a universi-
ty campus due to the specific preferences of their engi-
neering knowledge workers.
3 Creative industry clusters —e.g. movie-making,
music and fashion. These clusters rely more heavily on
tacit knowledge and face-to-face communication, and
less on ICT-based social networking.
Because knowledge districts are designed as mixed-
use projects (in order to achieve a critical mass of firms
and knowledge workers), they present a challenge to
the modern city traditionally designed according to
fixed zoning, or mono-functional, planning principles.
Declining housing affordability has presented a
major barrier to the development of knowledge
precinct strategies
What benefits can knowledge districts provide the
actors involved?
– opportunities for sharing resources (i.e. the joint
use of expensive laboratories)
– enhance networking and face-to-face interaction
to produce greater innovation
– strengthens links between firms and universities
– ideal space for incubating start-up firms
– ability to test products on the ‘living lab’ that is the
immediately adjacent city.
What benefits can knowledge districts provide
cities?
Despite the mutual benefits outlined, the effect of
the global recession has been considerable on the
uptake and proposition of knowledge districts, even if
the impact varies across cities. This relates to the firm
division along the lines of how knowledge districts are
financed; there are public sector-led knowledge quar-
ters, which rely on national, regional and supranation-
al (e.g. EU) funding that has been secure through the
crisis. Other cities’ districts involve the private sector as
156 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Theme ExampleHow does a knowledge district benefit?
Branding
Economic agglomeration
Revitalisation
Human capital
Events
Social cohesion and place-making
Leadership
Markets the city as a progressive forward-thinking city committed toknowledge. The district associates the city with a landmark develop-ment committed to grasping the future not the past.
Provides central focal point for all local knowledge economy activity.
Policy tool for urban regeneration, especially of de-industrialisingand/or environmentally degraded zones in the inner or near-innercity.
Attracts highly skilled talent both domestically and from abroad.
Lever for attracting business events and potentially larger-scale inter-governmental activity.
Provide a setting for enhanced interaction, pedestrianisation, face-to-face contact, place identity and generally improved social capital.
Offers an ideal setting for identifying and supporting talent that, if suitably mentored, can become the future business leadership of the city.
Barcelona 22@, Taipei 101
Crossroads Copenhagen, Boston InnovationDistrict
Helsinki Digital Village, Seoul Digital Media City
Dubai Media City, Silicon Alley
Masdar, Abu Dhabi
one-north Singapore
one-north Singapore
the primary investor, and the value proposition has
dramatically declined.3 Land prices and real estate val-
ues have fallen, meaning that private investors achieve
lower than expected revenues. As a result, developers
have downsized their infrastructural ambitions for such
districts, and much of the private funding for districts
has evaporated altogether.
This has happened for example in Newcastle’s
Science central knowledge quarter, where public sector
funding is struggling to fill the gap over the short term.
Other impacts elsewhere include a lack of funding and
risk capital for firms which occupy the knowledge dis-
tricts. Bio-technology and life-science companies are
particularly affected, meaning many end up looking for
alternative locations. The medium-term fate of knowl-
edge districts also is heavily dependent on how sup-
portive national governments are in boosting R&D and
knowledge investments.
4. Case st udies from Singapore, New York,
Seoul, Bost on, and Barcelona.
one-north Singapore
Announced in 2000, One North is a 500-acre dis-
trict in south-west Singapore, close to the National
University of Singapore, National University Hospital,
and Singapore Polytechnic. Modeled on Silicon Valley,
and named because Singapore is lies 1 degree north of
the Equator, the entire project is to cost $7 billion up to
2025. When fully completed, One-North will house
state-of-the-art R&D infrastructure to provide a wider
focal point for R&D and entrepreneurial activities in
the bio-sciences and information technology. One-
north has been described by the city-state government
as ‘the icon of the new economy in Singapore’ and an
opportunity to ‘transport Singapore's economy into
the knowledge age.’4
One North hosts a series of interconnected re -
search clusters for biosciences, interactive media,
physical sciences, and health care. The target is to cre-
ate a space for firms in one sector to draw upon talent
in others.
One North is committed to mixed-use development
that can create a vibrant 24-hour community. Res tau -
rants, cultural facilities, housing, international schools
and integrated public transport all feature in the One-
North Master Development Plan.
The Biopolis cluster is the most advanced. The idea
for the complex has influences from the US National
Institutes of Health, where government researchers
work alongside private pharmaceutical counterparts.
Since construction began in 2001, the first two phases
of Biopolis have managed to house 1,000 scientists
from seven public research institutes and 20 compa-
nies. Areas include cancer, metabolic disease, and
tropical diseases. The third phase, opened in 2010,
expanded the site to 5,000 scientists, making the one
of the leading clusters of its kind in the world. Firms
have access to low-cost, state-of-the-art lab facilities
equipped with world-class apparatuses. Generous
financial incentives, in the form of tax relief, R&D
grants and training subsidies, have been given to
attract international firms. Equally incentives to for-
eign talent are abundant in order to enrich the talent
pool. The government is providing full scholarships
worth $700,000 to 1,000 PhD candidates. In return, the
graduates agree to work in Singapore for 10 years,
moving back and forth between the public and private
sectors. Singapore’s government hopes this elite will
form a future research core for the city.
Fusionopolis is a 24-story building which works to
drive collaboration in media, communications, and IT.
It has 2 million square feet of office and lab space, an is
home to retail shops, international restaurants, and
recreation facilities. Fusionopolis includes apartments
that function as living labs equipped with experimental
appliances, so prototypes can be tested in action.
Solutions made and tested in Singapore—such as
seamless information technology, GPS-enabled de -
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya157
3. Willem van Winden (2010), ‘Urban knowledge Economies Affected by thecrisis?’, URBACT Tribune, http://urbact.eu/fileadmin/general_library/arti-cle-WINDEN_01.pdf.
4. Kai Wen Wong, Tim Bunnel (2006), `New economy' discourse and spacesin Singapore: a case study of one-north’, Environment and Planning A2006, volume 38, pages 69-83.
vices, and home-communicating mobile phones—are
to be presented as the future for Asian cities.
Vista Xchange, is a third cluster, a corporate and
business support hub, while Infopolis is another. One-
North is fairly unusual in that the entire project is
intentionally designed to offer seamless connectivity at
the individual level, by nurturing the face-to-face inter-
actions important for sustaining the innovation ecolo-
gy of the knowledge economy. In the One-North case,
social value is realised by an ecosystem ecology that
promotes endless places of interaction for tacit knowl-
edge transfer among firms and citizen entrepreneurs.
One North, like Silicon Valley, is also pioneering the
‘brain mobility’ of its workers. Its international profes-
sional community is deeply engaged with proximate
firms in the district, but is also creating an exceptional
worldwide network, developing ties with their original
community by leveraging their international social
links. Smaller companies in China, Australia and across
South and East Asia are providing many important out-
sourced services for these cutting edge One-North
occupants, showing the importance of having the
widest possible trade connectivity.
Overall, the One-North research park reflects the
traditional Singaporean approach of investment in
hard infrastructure. It is part of a systematic effort to
refashion its institutions and hardware to manage the
transition to an innovation-based economy.5 One
158 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
Font: www.jtc.gov.sg
5. Winston T. H. Koh (2006), ‘ Singapore’s transition to innovation-based eco-nomic growth: infrastructure, institutions and government’s role’, R&DManagement Vol.36 (2).
North is helping the effort to forge global network links
with key high-tech regions to expose research institu-
tions to global collaboration opportunities.
Singapore has shown how a smaller city can com-
pete on the world stage with greater public funding for
investment in basic research, and support for technolo-
gy commercialisation from universities and public
research institutes.
New York Silicon Alley
Silicon Alley is the name given to a vibrant cluster of
technology and new media firms in Lower Manhattan.
First described in 1995, Silicon Alley does not have
defined geographical boundaries. Originally, the cluster
consisted of new media firms in the Garment District
and Chelsea, but this spread to Flatiron District, SoHo
and TriBeCa.
New York’s technology scene was thought to have
evaporated with the dotcom crash in 2000, and doubts
have regularly been expressed because of the city’s
high real estate prices, competing industries and a
shortage of software engineering talent.6 But in fact the
city’s technology hub has actually prospered over the
past 7 years, led by an elite cluster of entrepreneurs. A
couple of years after the dotcom crash, Silicon Alley
began to recover thanks to the initiatives of NY Tech
meetup and NextNY. Innovation has shifted from
chips and hardware to software and design and social
networking, where New York thrives. As of 2009, New
York's Silicon Alley has become the startup leader in
advertising, new media, financial technologies, hosting
many of the world’s most dynamic web 2.0 companies.
247 venture capital deals worth $1.4 billion were struck
in New York in 2009 alone, despite the recession. The
city now attracts a huge volume of venture capital,7
surpassing number 2 city Boston in 2010. Seed funding
is up 50% between 2009 and 2011.8 Google purchased
the largest office space in New York in 2011, while
Apple and Facebook now have firmly established
bases in the city. New York’s success over the past few
years has been such that start-ups are now appearing
in boroughs beyond the original hub of Lower
Manhattan.
In New York’s case its technology (re)structuring has
proceeded fairly organically, as a dependent and deriv-
ative effect of global market forces and the concentra-
tion of wealth and talent already in place in the city. Yet
despite the image that this success has developed out-
side of city government input, New York City’s admin-
istration has worked hard to invest in the city’s start-up
potential.
The New York City government in 2011 has created
a ‘Road Map for the Digital City’ inviting institutions
across the world to send in plans to build a new applied
science research campus in New York. The report aims
to make New York ‘the world’s top-ranked Digital City,
based on indices of Internet access, Open Government,
citizen engagement, and industry growth.’ The city has
partnered with Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, and Four -
square to launch official accounts on each social net-
work that will serve as ‘one-stop shops’ for city news
and feedback from citizens. New York will also ‘unlock
important public information’ and increase access to
WiFi in parks and other public areas.9
We are going to be the IT capital of the world. New
York may be where the next Google or Facebook gets
born, or has already been born.
Mayor Michael Bloomberg, 2011
Led by the New York City Economic Development
Corporation (NYCEDC), the city is continuing to sup-
port a vibrant digital media sector in the following
ways:
– The establishment of a new engineering insti-
tu tion . In December 2010, NYCEDC invited leading
institutions around the world to explore the opportuni-
ty to build or expand an applied sciences facility in New
York City, leveraging City-owned property and a
potential capital investment to augment their own.
20. Angélo Battaglia and Diane-Gabrielle Trembla (2011), ‘22@ and theInnovation District in Barcelona and Montreal : a process of clusteringdevelopment between urban regeneration and economic competitiveness’,Télé-université of the Université du Québec, http://www.teluq.uqam.ca/chaireecosavoir/pdf/NRC11-3A.pdf.
Some of the primary obstacles the project faced
have included the fact that the human capital of the
area initially did not meet industry cluster needs, with
a low degree-level education ratio, while entrepreneur-
ship was minimal. This has meant that there was a low
initial base of local firms ready to collaborate, share
information, and take risks with new technologies and
business models. Secondly there was no substantive
provision of venture capital funding, always crucial to
attracting firms and supporting start-ups in industry
clusters. Furthermore Barcelona had few large estab-
lished firms outside financial services, with Madrid
being recently favoured (often with national Gov sup-
port), and as a result it has been only weakly embedded
in international corporate circuits.21
Despite these initial challenges, Barcelona’s 22@
project demonstrates how sustained public sector-led
initiatives can stimulate economic transformation and
cluster development. Using municipal capital,
Barcelona City Council also created Barcelona Activa,
an ‘enterprise agency’ operating on a city wide basis,
that would help generate new enterprises for the area.
Effectively the agency functioned as an independent
management tool for economic local development. It
deployed the instruments needed for a transformation
to the knowledge and entrepreneurship mode.
The agency plays a strategic role in supporting and
attracting local and foreign companies. 22@ has
sought to develop local assets that are capable of gain-
ing global networking skills through international
partnerships, with mixed results. The project is a dis-
tinct example of how urban planning has comprehen-
sively transformed a district’s territorial use, and in so
doing redirected the city’s ambitions to the global
level. The city now enjoys international leadership in
many of its strategic centres, and the international
community in the 22@ district constitutes close to 20%
of the population. What is remarkable is the success of
SMEs; two-thirds of the firms in 22@ have 10 or fewer
employees.22
Barcelona’s strategy with 22@ has been heavily ori-
ented to economic revitalisation rather than deeper
socio-cultural impacts. Nevertheless there has been an
emphasis on mixing high-end services with more tradi-
tional shops in order to increase overall socio-economic
dynamism. The Poblenou district has evolved from an
infrastructure-deprived area to a connected hub embed-
ded in global communication networks, although
encouraging an international vision among smaller firms
has proven difficult. Most importantly 22@ has proven a
powerful brand symbolising the city’s past and future,
and has been compelling enough to unite professionals,
technicians, land promoters, civic associations, munici-
pal councillors and other actors. This also has a clear
design element to it, embodied in the ambition of Agbar
Tower. Its transformation functions as a statement, a
commitment to creating a model of a compact, diversi-
fied and economically sustainable city.
The 22@ district continues to face several barriers to
business-to-business and knowledge worker engage-
ment. The comparatively limited number of major
national and international firms headquartered in
Barcelona are seen as limiting career opportunities and
partly responsible for fairly uncompetitive pay levels.
The predominance of Catalan as the working, internet
and social language has proved a barrier for interna-
tional workers more likely to be competent or prepared
to learn Spanish than Catalan. Strong internal hierar-
chies are also thought to be disincentives, while despite
strong efforts by the city to promote venture capital
funds, small firms have found access difficult.
Considerable overlap has been identified among the
city’s local economic development institutions, such as
the Chambers of Commerce, CIDEM, ACI and COPCA,
while their capacity to meet the expertise, responsive-
ness and funding needs of firms and entrepreneurs is
limited.
Barcelona’s experience overall demonstrates best
practice in terms of confidence-boosting branding and
urban regeneration which many policymakers world-
166 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
22. Marc Gafarot (2010), ‘City Knowledge and Innovation in the 21stCentury’, Catalan International View.
21. Nick Leon, Volume 10, Issue 2-3, October-December 2008.
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya167
Clusters Range of amenities Leadership Investment
typesMethod
of brandingInternational firm
presenceCity government
initiatives
Singapore(one-north)
New York(Silicon Alley)
Seoul(Digital Media City)
Boston(InnovationDistrict)
Barcelona(22@)
Biotech, interactivemedia, physical sciences, health care
24-hr communityecology: restaurants,cultural facilities, liv-ing-lab housing,internationalschools, integratedpublic transport
Compre-hensive asorganically insertedinto city centre, buthousing is notori-ously expensive
Mixed-use publicspace; 8,000 apart-ments—some pur-pose-built for for-eign populations;sporting facilities,eco village, adjacentnew towns withinternationalschools
Collaborative com-mercial spaces; resi-dential and recre-ational facilities onwaterfront
Housing and enter-tain-ment for cre-ative classes, butlimited educationand nightlife facilities
Research institutesand university-led,with clear publicstrategy
Mostly organic busi-ness-led, nowactively facilitatedby city govt at armslength
Metropolitan govtprovides businesssupport backedheavily by nationalgovt. Local develop-ment agencies lookafter relationships
Brainchild of CityMayor, who isdirecting the agen-da through branch-es of city govern-ment. Limitedbusiness leadershipthus far.
City administration-led; subsidiary agen-cies eg. BarcelonaActiva provideindependent man-agement. Researchdepts and businesshas played a guidingrole. Collective cityproject.
Substantial public-private investmentin hard infrastruc-ture and technologycommercialisation
Huge backing fromventure capitalfirms providesimpetus. Investment drivenby business to busi-ness consumption
Mostly city govern-ment funds, somePPPs for housingfacilities. Publicfinance toSME/micro creativeenterprises. SeoulBusiness Agencynurtures venturecapital investment
Big tax incentives toincoming firms.Leverage nationalfunding especially inhealth sector,new VentureBoston initiative toattract VCs
Infrastructuralinvestment fromthe public sector. Local business insti-tutions provide lim-ited support toentrepreneurs
Forge globalnetwork linkswith key high-tech regions
Using city’sestablished cre-dentials to com-pare favourablywith SiliconValley
Tight, consistentconcept toattract all majorplayers. Iconiclandmark SeoulLite, World Cupstadium incor-porated,keynote digitalstreet.
Using the con-cept, design andlandmarks tosymbolise gen-eralised trans-form-ation andglobal position-ing
Strong and growing,with internationalprofessional com-munity creating anetwork, throughold community ties,esp in China,Australia and SouthAsia
Began with mostlySMEs, recentlyattracted largerfirms with estab-lished subcontract-ing linkages andhighly developed(inter)national Markets
Reliance mostly onlarge national firmsto set the founda-tion for local start-ups and internation-al linkages
Heavily sought afteralthough mostlynational and statefirms so far.
Some, but manySMEs. Developinglocal and regional markets.International firmshave under-devel-oped links withlocal companies
Low-cost, state-of-the-ar tlab facilities; generous finan-cial incentives in the formof tax relief, R&D grantsand training subsidies toattract international firms;Incentives to foreign tal-ent—1,000 $700,000scholarships
Engineering talent attrac-tion scheme, new scienceresearch campus, makingpublic data accessible, lowcost office space, work-force development pro-grammes, broadbandimprovement, events andcompetitions, InnovationIndex
Moving city institutions intodistrict; enabling infrastruc-ture such as and R&DCentre/High Tech Centre
Venture Boston; InnovationCenter for explicit collabo-ration; Solar Challengecompetition; well-resourcedPPPs and national fundingpleas; trust relationshipswith incoming firms
Efforts to internationalisemarket reach; improvingentrepreneurship anddeveloping local assets sothat they are capable offorming international part-nerships; promotion of ven-ture capital investment
wide herald as an exciting model to emulate. The 22@
district is one of the world’s first dedicated to creating
an environment for the ‘creative classes’ and aiming to
maximise opportunities of international and local col-
laboration within and between sectors. However the
strategy and experience of the district development
demonstrate that the infrastructure and investment
has not been able to overcome large pockets of the
city’s risk-averse and introspective business culture.
The precise offer and significance of 22@ is not as
effectively marketed internationally as it could be,
while the links between local and international firms
are not as strong as in Singapore’s One-North, for
example. The partnership and leadership of the inter-
national presence in 22@ is not as systematic as it has
needed to be.
5. Observat ions
Arising from the case studies are some clear obser-
vations about successful knowledge districts. The com-
mon ingredients are that such districts:
- develop a rigorous and com pelling concept.
Firms and institutes involved, as well as ancillary
organisations, operate best when working around a
‘tight’ idea of the district, so that there is no focus on
weakly related activity that detracts from the area’s
intensity. Even as districts must be ready to adapt to
hyper-mobility and to provide settings for temporary
networking, there must still be a clear physical struc-
ture and collective ambition. This can be achieved
through strict admission criteria for tenants, specific
architectural styles, and purposeful design of public
spaces
- have a clear and shared identity. Occupants
have similar ambitions and motivations for location. In
such a situation they forge a series of joint initiatives
designed to promote exchange and predict trends,
enabled by a well-designed district layout. This creates
an environment of belonging, as well as providing the
groundwork for displaying an image to the outside
world.
- are well-connected to the city, both geograph i-
cally and admin istratively. Knowledge parks benefit
from clear physical and social links to the historic parts
of the city and other major gathering places. Tenants in
a district learn directly from the wide range of activities
taking place elsewhere in the city, and are able to cre-
ate synergies with urban trends if the connections
allow. In the same way knowledge districts should be
well synergised with the identity of the city, which is
best achieved through regular engagement and collab-
oration with the city government.
- look to host m u ltip le knowledge fields. The
favouring of just one or two knowledge fields can ham-
per other forms of new knowledge, resulting in a
decline in knowledge attraction and, perhaps, urging
scientists to emigrate. Policies are best oriented towards
fundamental knowledge circuits, accepting that com-
mercialisation outcomes are not always foreseeable and
cannot be consistently manufactured over the long-
term.
- are in attractive settings. Many studies have
shown the crucial importance of knowledge workers’
desires and attitudes in the shaping of successful
knowledge precincts.23 Knowledge workers are most
productive in mixed-use developments that provide
quality recreational and informal networking opportu-
nities. Highly skilled, creative and entrepreneurially-
minded people need dynamic environments with suit-
able ambiances and strong connections to the rest of
the city and to key transport links.
- exp loit all in ternational links of its knowledge
workers. The most vibrant and sustainable technology
districts, such as Silicon Alley in New York, make max-
imum use of its population diversity, mobility and
international social networks to create systematic and
reliable global trade links. These districts embrace their
‘brain mobility’ - individuals working in one or more
locations and moving seamlessly between them. The
168 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
23. eg Yigitcanlar, T., Baum, S. and Horton, S. (2007), ‘Attracting and retai-ning knowledge workers in knowledge cities’, Journal of KnowledgeManagement, Vol. 11 No. 5, pp. 6-17.
benefits of skilled professionals and senior managers
returning ‘home’ part time or for a short period to
establish local businesses that can supply firms in the
knowledge district are understood and promoted.
- capture the knowledge sp ill-overs in to local
firm s. This is achieved through a culture, often fostered
by the city government, of collaboration and desire to
share knowledge among local and new international
communities. Providing local institutions with the con-
fidence and know-how to interact on a mutually bene-
ficial level with global giants is vital. Reliance on
attracting international human capital to catalyse eco-
nomic development without considering the needs for
proper measures to connect this new population to the
existing one, its firms and institutions is rarely success-
ful. Proactivity is needed in making connections
between key players.
However, reliance on one or even a small set of
linked initiatives, in very specific locations, is insuffi-
cient for success in developing knowledge city status a
systemic approach is required. Supply-side policies
alone are insufficient and need complementing with
demand-side initiatives. What else do urban economic
strategies need to achieve in world cities?
- Innovation embedded across the city. In no va -
tion concepts need to include perspectives on social and
economic development, R&D and job creation and
business and economic value creation across all busi-
ness sectors. As such cities need to embrace social inno-
vation and public sector innovation, in addition to the
spatially confined knowledge districts. Such a holistic
approach is now being developed in Hong Kong.24
- In tegrated knowledge strategies need to be
properly linked to the development and planning pri-
orities in the region so that support policies can be
designed more effectively. Often land-use and and
infrastructure plans for population growth fail to take
into account the absence of knowledge institutions in
that area of the city, which will lead to serious knowl-
edge access deficits.
- Wide d iversity of sector skills is crucial to help
knowledge hubs re-invent themselves when confront-
ed with industry, technological or marketplace
changes. Narrow specialisms will result in a lack of
human capital to generate new industries and employ-
ment and to attract new firms and investment.
- Deep, rich and varied network connections.
Infrastructure is not enough. Even talent and infra-
structure is not enough. Hard and soft incubator infra-
structures with state-of-the-art office space cannot
produce commercial innovations without a more com-
prehensive grasp of how knowledge is generated,
transmitted and transferred. Cities need to have strong
dialogue with knowledge-producing centres such as
universities and research institutes to ensure needs are
being met and that the functional operations of knowl-
edge networks are being catered for. Although high
quality human and social capital will aid the chances of
successful high value services being developed in a
knowledge district, suitable connections and network
opportunities remain critical to the hub retaining a last-
ing zeitgeist.
- Facilitate cluster relationsh ips. Local policies
still have a key role in enabling the spatial relationships
of urban development clusters. Accessibility between
collaborative networks (and their constituent firms and
workers) across the city is vital for retaining the vitality
of knowledge. Effective networking programmes (eg
business events) and enhanced business friendly ICT
services can play their role here. Equally demand-side
initiatives to involve all clusters in a district can be
deployed, such as collaborative teaching models or dig-
italisation of services.
- Com mitment to un iversal h igh-quality educa-
tion with particu lar investm ent in English -lan -
guage train ing. Knowledge districts devoted to inter-
national creative clusters are held back when the level
of English and other foreign languages spoken in the
city generally is modest. The extension of English lan-
guage training in schools and colleges is important to
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya169
24. Alan Lun (2011), ‘Hong Kong’s Innovation and Technology Role inMainland China’s 12th Five Year Plan’, http://www.apicc.asia/wp-con-tent/uploads/2011/03/HKs-Inno-Tech-Role-in-12-5.pdf.
all non-English speaking cities. Alongside this is the
importance of wide and varied international school
provision in or nearby to the district to cater for the
children of knowledge workers. This factors is often
overlooked but is one of the first priorities for the inter-
national knowledge community in any city.
Overall, this short review of knowledge economy
districts shows that they are now a key part of world
city economic development strategies. But it also
reveals that more is needed to create and foster the
long term success of the knowledge city.
References
BATTAGLIA, ANGÉLO & TREMBLA, DIANE-GABRIELLE (2011), “22@ and
the Innovation District in Barcelona and Montreal: a process of clus-
tering development between urban regeneration and economic com-
petitiveness”, Télé-université of the Université du Québec,
and Audretsch, 1999; Etzkowitz and Dzisah, 2008). As a
result of agglomeration effects, New Economy
Metropolitan Clusters comprise not just isolated firms
but rather substantial ensembles of dynamic industries
(Hutton, 2004). Many of these agglomerations of eco-
172 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
nomic activities have been promoted by public and pri-
vate institutions to renew old industrial areas in the
inner cities while others have resulted from the natural
evolution of these areas and their transformation into
Urban Science Parks. These urban innovation hubs ben-
efit from easy access to a large and diverse pool of
labour and other resources that benefit the companies
in technology hubs (Luger and Goldstein, 1991).
Previous studies have shown that medium- and large-
sized metropolitan areas seem to be the suitable loca-
tions for Science Parks (Massey et al., 1992). In fact,
some studies have shown that workers that have to
commute long distances to their jobs in suburban
Science Parks experience considerable costs and incon-
veniences (Luger and Goldstein, 1991).
Increasingly, knowledge-based and technology-
intensive industries are taking the place of old industri-
al—and, in some cases, even residential—districts in the
large urban agglomerations (Hutton, 2004). As cluster-
ing forces drive talented, innovative and creative people
to concentrate in the most knowledge-intensive cities
and regions (Florida, 2008), in the New Economy the
tendency is to attract the talent by promoting the cre-
ation of New Economy Metropolitan Clusters. These
highly skilled employees are more sophisticated about
their quality of life (Knight, 1995), and thus business
agglomerations must provide an environment very dif-
ferent from that required by commodity-based, manu-
facturing activities in the production sector; they must
offer amenities, entertainment opportunities as well as
“soft factors”, software and orgware and (see Knight
and Stanback, 1970; Knight, 1973). Quality of life has
become a competitive tool for cities (Landry, 2000;
Malecki, 2000), and a successful urban structure seems
to be the one that has a rational and homogeneous dis-
tribution of economic and social activities, as well as of
housing spaces, green areas and other spaces, and cre-
ates a perfect equilibrium among economic develop-
ment, sustainability and quality of life (Lever, 1999). In
the New Economy, attractive cities offer quality educa-
tion, public transportation and health-care systems, as
well as cultural and entertainment amenities (see e.g.
Lyne, 1988; Hart et al., 1989; Decker and Crompton,
1990; Evans, 1994; Halstead and Steven, 1997). In urban
productive agglomerations, high- and clean-technology
knowledge-based enterprises coexist together with cul-
tural and leisure industries (Hutton, 2004). These
Science Parks combine technology, including computer
graphics and imaging, software design, multimedia
industries and graphic design industries that have been
deeply influenced by technological development; culture
represented by creative human capital and design func-
tions; and place and more specifically the innovative
milieu of the inner city (Hutton, 2004).
Cult ure, ar t and technology int egrat ion
in creat ive cit ies
A creative city is a socio-economic-productive organ-
ization that heightens its creative advantage by hosting
cultural industries and employing creative workers
(Lazzeretti and Nencioni, 2005). In general, these cities
are developed around a network of industries that gath-
er together in a geographic space or cluster and attract
many professionals, managerial, and technical workers
(Scott, 2006). Creative cities emerge where New
Economy is well developed and where there is an equi-
librium between the production system and the urban
cultural environment (Scott, 2006). The industries in
these clusters are creative industries, an extension of the
cultural sector that includes the multimedia sector and
other industries related to new technologies1 (Lazzereti
and Nencione, 2005). They are industries that supply
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya173
1. In many recent studies all three terms “Arts Industry”, “Cultural Industries”and the “Creative Industries” have been used interchangeably. We will use theconcept of creative industries as a compilation of three of them. According tothe Creative Industries mapping Document (2001) creative industries inclu-de advertising; architecture; art and antiques trade; crafts; design; designer
fashion; film, video, music and photography; music, visual and performingarts; publishing; software, computer games and electronic publishing, andtelevision and radio industries. Cultural industries as well as cultural goodsand services, are extremely heterogeneous as the outputs are strongly depen-dent on place-specific contexts and cultural environments (Scott, 2000).
goods and services associated with cultural, artistic and
entertainment values (Caves, 2000).
The convergence of technology, economy and art is
a competitive advantage in attracting creative workers
(Lazzeretti and Nencioni, 2005). These workers
demand the cultural, artistic and entertainment goods
and services that are produced in creative industries.
Thus employees in creative cities are both producers
and consumers of creative outputs (Scott, 2000). As a
result, creative cities consist of high-qualified employ-
ment; offer a wide pool of cultural amenities such as
museums, art galleries, concert halls, and multifaceted
entertainment districts; and provide a visible example
of a social and sustainable city dominated by green
spaces and upscale streetscapes, shopping facilities,
and well-appointed residential enclaves (Scott, 2006).
In these cities, culture plays a strategic role in sus-
tainable economic development (OECD, 2005). Creative
industries attract creative people, and, in turn, these
skilled and creative people attract other skilled and pro-
ductive people (Florida, 2008). Cosmopolitan cities
emerge as a result of the attraction of people from dif-
ferent countries and cultures, and the diversity becomes
a “vital spur to innovation” (Florida, 2008). Cultural
diversity activates new innovation clusters (Sacco and
Pedrini, 2003) and contributes to the rejuvenation of tra-
ditional sectors (Lazzeretti, 2007). In a high-cultural local
system, a large endowment of artistic, natural and cul-
tural resources is sustainably and efficiently managed by
a network of economic, non-economic and institutional
actors (Lazzeretti, 2003). If these “high culture” clusters
evolve into creative ones and transform the culture from
a production factor into a source of innovation (Cooke
and Schwartz, 2007), the environment may be able to
initiate or redevelop a variety of new clusters of innova-
tion and to attract creative professionals (Lazzeretti,
2007). When creative professionals are attracted by cre-
ative industries and these professionals reinforce the
innovation cycles that attract new creative workers, a
creative city emerges (Florida, 2005, 2008).
In some cities, the transformation of culture into
productive factors, and ultimately, into creative cities,
has occurred spontaneously. New York City is probably
one of the most well-known examples of a concentra-
tion of a large number of interconnected organizations
of art, culture and media. In New York City, the result-
ing art and technology clusters have spontaneously
emerged as a result of the activities of a critical mass of
artists and engineers. Now the city has a unique artis-
tic and intellectual nature that attracts creative talent
from all over the world.
Unlike New York, other cities are now on the path to
transform cultural heritage into creative production
factors. For example, Florence has a substantial number
of firms that economically exploit the culture, art and
natural heritage of the city (Lazzeretti, 2003). The
region has more than five thousand private restoration
firms that, although mostly concentrated in the city, are
organized in a network that integrates the local com-
munity. However, the empirical studies have also
shown that cultural heritage in Florence is not a mas-
sive agglomeration of production factors; that the cre-
ative class is not concentrated in this node; and thus
that the city of Florence, despite its rich cultural identi-
ty, cannot strictly be considered a creative city
(Lazzeretti and Nencioni, 2005).
In the same way that policymakers play an impor-
tant role in influencing economic forces, they also play
an important role in making cities within the same
global framework urbanistically different (Marcotullio,
2003). Policymakers can help manage externalities,
resolve free-rider problems, develop high-quality
infrastructure, and provide services such as labour
training and technological advice that otherwise
would be lacking (Scott, 2006). In many countries, the
economic-development programs are already being
defined in combination with cultural promotion efforts
(Scott, 2006). The primary challenge is to create new
types of opportunity and to develop in a way that is
sustainable culturally and environmentally (Knight,
1995).
Currently, Dubai is probably the most significant
example of a public plan that is trying to create an
attractive environment. “Dubai blasted itself on to the
174 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
world map” (Landry, 2006). The goal of the plan, which
includes the development of the “The Palm” and the
Burj al-Arab, the world’s tallest hotel, was to diversify
away from the oil and turned the country into a knowl-
edge-based society and economy. The economic trans-
formation is supported by an advanced business infra-
structure that is the platform for investors to create
value. The creation of Dubai’s Media City, the Dubai
Internet City and the Dubai Knowledge Village, are all
attempts to build clusters of expertise by convincing
companies to relocate (Landry, 2006).
From t radit ional science parks
t o knowledge cit ies
The evolution of Science Parks may be easily under-
stood within the framework of the learning region theo-
ry (Morgan, 1997). First, this theory supports that the
evolution of the development is based on an iterative
process where policymakers act in a cycle of defining
and re-defining innovation projects. Second, the theo-
ry supports that in many cases innovation is shaped by a
variety of institutional routines and social conventions.
Many efforts and resources have been wasted as a
result of these routines instituted by various govern-
ments in an effort to replicate Silicon Valley in their
countries. Real experiences have shown that the impact
generated by archetypal Science Parks has been, in many
cases, limited.
While traditional conceptualization of Science
Parks has been rough-and-ready (Massey et al., 1992),
now the tendency is to promote new flexible, diverse
and creative innovation hubs. The archetypal Science
Park whose goal was to linearly bring ideas from basic
research—developed in close universities and research
centres—towards commercialization (Massey et al.,
1992) is now transformed into a co-location of knowl-
edge-based creative industries. Where social scientists
and technologists are working together with urban
planners, new technology-intensive spatial organiza-
tions aim to promote a sustainable social and eco-
nomic reconstruction and to reduce current social
polarization.
The first steps of the Science Park evolution started
with the extraordinary success of Silicon Valley. This
ecosystem emerged spontaneously from university
research and grew based on a new generation of semi-
conductor and computer start-ups that emerged along-
side established companies (Saxenian, 1994). This
healthy, resilient and sustainable innovation ecosystem
arose from the co-location of research universities,
investment capital, entrepreneurs and a talented work-
force in an environment offering a high quality of life
(Munroe and Westwind, 2008).
The success of this Cluster of Innovation2 was rap-
idly recognized, and many regions around the world
tried to reproduce this experience by creating a defined
and particular spatial form and content for enterprises
to bring ideas into fruition. However, these agglomera-
tions of knowledge-based organizations that, in gener-
al, were located in semi-rural regions (1) close to acad-
eme and (2) separate from production activities
(Massey et al., 1992) failed to become active Clusters of
Innovation. Unlike Silicon Valley, new firm creation was
not a rapid and frequent mechanism for innovation and
global collaboration (Engel and del-Palacio, 2009).
Companies in archetypal Science Parks did not prove to
be producers of “leading-edge” high technology just by
being part of a “Science Park” structure, and, despite
their co-location, a significant gap in and lack of com-
munication were characteristic of these types of
Science Parks (Massey et al., 1992).
As a general routine and in order to get political
power, policymakers pushed initiatives promoting
archetypal Science Parks for many years. This has been
often justified as an attempt to (1) stimulate the forma-
tion of start-ups, spin-offs and, in general, new tech-
nology-based firms; (2) facilitate the technology trans-
fer and commercialization of academic research; (3)
create new jobs; and (4) encourage the growth of tech-
nology firms by providing them with high-quality
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya175
2. See Engel, J. and del-Palacio, I. (2009).
premises and creating synergies among them.
However, in reality, most of these spaces became pure
property initiatives (Massey et al., 1992) that sold or
leased spatially contiguous land and/or buildings to
businesses or other organizations whose principal
activities were basic or applied research or develop-
ment of new products or processes (Luger and
Goldstein, 1991).
Most of these archetypal Science Parks failed in the
incubation stage or early stage, unable to (1) create new
jobs or attract a critical mass of R&D activity, (2) estab-
lish productive relationships with universities, or (3)
provide enough amenities to make research parks a
friendly environment in which to live and work (Luger
and Goldstein, 1991). Moreover, as companies in these
Science Parks were designed for high-status occupa-
tions, their creation led “to increase social polarisation
and to grow geographical inequality” (Massey et al.,
1992). The lack of a social dimension and the gap
between the university and industries, and among
industries themselves, led to the abandonment and
disintegration of the archetypal Science Parks.
As the cities grew, the old industrial areas that orig-
inally were located in suburban spaces got to be part of
the cities. In many cases, the old industrial buildings
have been reused; in London for example, a power sta-
tion along the Thames River became the Tate Modern
Museum and in Paris, a train station on the Seine
became the Musee d’Orsay. Both, in Paris and in
London the renewal projects have been promoted by
diverse public and private organizations. In some other
cases the charm of the old buildings has attracted
diverse art and cultural movements, and the old
Science Parks have been spontaneously rebirth with art
galleries, antiques, as well as with other artistic and
cultural activities; in Berlin for example, a former
department store which was bombed out during the
war and virtually left to disintegrate, is now trans-
formed by squatters into a bohemian art forum as well
as café and bar.
Where social scientists and technologists are work-
ing together with urban planners, new technology-
intensive spatial organizations are being promoted.
These so-called Cities of Knowledge are consciously
planned communities that were physical manifesta-
tions of a particular political and cultural moment in
history and shaped into new and influential high-tech
urban environments (O’Mara, 2005). These remodelled
Industrial Districts3 are artistic representations of new
architectonic styles, include comfortable spaces and
facilities, and, as in “garden cities”, contain small satel-
lite communities separated by parks and countryside
(O’Mara, 1992). They provide exclusive environments
to promote universities’ research capacity, generate
industrial research and production, and make them
attractive to national and global businesses (O’Mara,
2005). These metropolitan areas have a positive eco-
nomic impact in their environment as they put into
play many dynamic and innovative institutions and
attract educated and skilled workers who consume cul-
tural products of all kinds at an accelerating pace
(Scott, 2000). The higher the level of technology and
knowledge, the faster the growth of regional innova-
tion rates (Boix and Trullen, 2006). The goal is to pro-
mote a sustainable social and economic reconstruction
to reduce social polarization.
Despite the diversity of goals and contexts, the basic
factors in an innovation system’s success are the exis-
tence of technical human resources, contacts with
entrepreneurial universities, the availability of seed
capital and government support, the industries’ com-
mitment and the acknowledgement to activate and
renew the economy of the region (Etzkowitz and
Dzisah, 2008). Universities provide a highly skilled
workforce, expert consulting services and specialized
laboratories to nearby industries. In Knowledge Cities,
these industries are creative industries, including cul-
tural, art and technology sectors. Co-location of inter-
disciplinary clusters creates synergies between the cul-
tural economy and industrial community and promotes
176 Revista Econòmica de Catalunya
3. We call Industrial Districts to intra-metropolitan cluster organizationsconsisting of companies/producers that are collaborating with each otherand have shared values (Becattini, 1990).
collaboration, the flow of information among them,
and the emergence of new creative ideas (Scott, 2000).
Unlike in archetypal Science Parks, in Cities of
Knowledge, creativity and innovation are integrated in
a wider social context (Scott, 2000). Like Industrial
Districts, Knowledge Cities are embedded in a network
of firms in the local social system (Becattini, 1986,
1990). These communities of scientific production are
places to live as well as to work, home to a range of
related and complementary production activities, cul-
tural amenities and services4 (O’Mara, 2005). Both the
creative industries together with cultural amenities and
services are magnets of highly skilled workers (Scott,
2000; Florida, 2005) that fuel the creative development
of the Knowledge City. If the new technology-based
companies do not collaborate and interact with univer-
sities, research centres, cultural organizations and art
associations, among others, Science Parks may still be
seen as isolated islands of science located within mul-
ticultural metropolitan environments.
22@Barcelona—t he innovat ion dist r ict
Since 2000, the City Council of Barcelona has
worked to transform an old industrial neighbourhood
of the inner city into a new innovative district consist-
ing of universities, research centres and knowledge-
based industries, as well as social and public facilities.
Known as the 22@Barcelona, these 200 hectares of land
hosted a large number of textile, food, metallurgy and
other factories in the past. However, between 1963 and
1990, the industrial area lost more than 1,300 factories;
some of them moved to cheaper nearby areas, while
other closed during the economic crisis of the seventies
and eighties.
The district’s recovery began in 1992 with the cele-
bration of the Olympic Games: new housing was built,
and communication with the city centre and with other
neighbourhoods grew. Subsequently, in June 2000, the
General Metropolitan Plan was unanimously accepted.
This plan includes the 22@Barcelona Project, which
aims to promote the sustainable urban, economic and
social development of the district. Specifically, it seeks
(1) to contribute to the urban development planning by
offering high-quality facilities and infrastructure and a
large pool of services and amenities; (2) to encourage
economic growth by providing specific support and
spaces for innovative companies by attracting interna-
tional high-tech industries, hosting universities and
research centres and building housing for university
students and researchers5; (3) and to increase the social
and cultural services by offering social housing, more
public green areas, new mobility plans and public
transport, and by facilitating other cultural services and
spaces.
Urban innovation
The first phase of the project seeks to renovate and
restore the area’s old industrial buildings. The project
aims to maintain the few traditional economic activities
still remaining in the neighbourhood and combine
them with knowledge-based activities, public facilities,
social housing and green spaces, among others. In
order to achieve this goal, the City Council of Barcelona
gave private owners the opportunity to vertically
increase their productive space on two conditions. The
first condition is that knowledge-based industries
should replace old industrial activities. The second con-
dition is that private owners should provide 30% of the
space for public uses: 10% will be used for social hous-
ing; 10% will be used for public and social activities,
including education, civic centres and libraries, as well
as research and innovation centres; and the last 10%
will be transformed into green spaces.
Externally, the area exhibits a clean, open and mod-
ern morphology. During the renovation, 114 old archi-
tectural elements have been protected and creatively
Revista Econòmica de Catalunya177
4. The access to services has been pointed as one of the most important fac-tors for a Science Park to success (Sanz, 2002).
5. Although some studies about Spanish university system state that technolo-gy transfer and, in general, university-industry relationships in Spain are
weak and sporadic (see Bellavista et al., 1998 and the Informe CYD 2006),the integration and important role played by the university in this projectshows the growing interest of Spanish higher education to get involved in theinnovation system (Bellavista, 2000).
combined with new, architectonically impressive build-
ings. Internally, the area houses the most advanced and
sustainable infrastructures to meet the needs of busi-
nesses and residents in the area. The infrastructure
planning is defined ad hoc for supporting the compa-
nies’ activities and needs identified by a group of inter-
national managers. For the social community, high-
quality infrastructures have been developed, including